Kathniel Break Up

Republic of the Philippines
PROFESSIONAL REGULATION COMMISSION

Manila
BOARD OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Registered Mechanical Engineer Licensure Examination

Saturday January 29, 2011 01:30 p.m. – 06:30 p.m.
----------------------------------------------------------------
MACHINE DESIGN, MATERIALS AND SHOP PRACTICE SET A
INSTRUCTION: Select the correct answer for each of the following

questions. Mark only one answer for each item by marking the box
corresponding to the letter of your choice on the answer sheet
provided.
STRICTLY NO ERASURES ALLOWED. Use pencil No.2 only.
MULTIPLE CHOICE
1. A thin hollow sphere of radius 10 in and thickness 0.1 in
is subjected to an internal pressure of 100 psig. The
maximum normal stress on an element of the sphere is
A. 2500 psi C. 7,070 psi
B. 5000 psi * D. 10,000 psi
2. In designing a cylindrical pressure tank 3 feet in

diameter, a factor of safety of 2.5 is used. The cylinder
is made of steel (yield stress = 30 ksi) and will contain
pressures up to1000 psi. What is the required wall
thickness, t, based on circumferential stress
considerations?
A. 0.75 in. C. 3 in.
B. 1.50 in. * D. 3.75 in.
3. A flywheel weighing 6 kN has a mean diameter of 90 cm. The

maximum speed of the flywheel is 7 rev/sec slowed down to 4
rev/sec during the shearing process. Determine the energy
released by the flywheel.
A. 7856 kg-m C. 9872 kg-m
B. 8145 kg-m D. 8241 kg-m *
4. When measuring a drill for size measure across the:

A. margins * C. shank
B. flutes D. point
5. The tool used in precision work to smooth or enlarge holes

is called a:
A. round out C. reamer *
B. drift pin D. protractor
6. Which of the following chisels would be used for cutting

oil grooves?
A. diamond-point chisel C. round-nose chisel *
B. cold chisel D. hot chisel
7. Which of the following is not a cut of file?

A. smooth C. half-round *
B. second cut D. bastard
8. Which of the following is the smallest size drill?

A. # 80 * C. # 1
B. # 60 D. # 0
9. Two parallel shaft connected by pure rolling turn in the

same direction and having a speed ratio of 4. What is the
distance of the two shaft if the small cylinder is 8 cm?
A. 10 cm C. 18 cm
B. 12 cm * D. 20 cm
10. What modulus of elasticity in tension is required to obtain

a unit deformation of 0.00107 m/m from a load producing a
unit tensile stress of 50, 000 psi?
A. 34.5 x 106 psi C. 46.7 x 106 psi *
5
B. 46.7 x 10 psi D. 4.67 x 106 psi
11. Determine the bursting steam pressure of a steel plate with

a diameter of 12 in.a and made of ¼ in steel plate. The
joint efficiency is at 75% and the tensile strength is 55
ksi.
A. 3, 440 psi * C. 3, 430 psi
B. 3, 437 psi D. 3, 427 psi
12. What is the working strength of a 2 in bolt which is

screwed up tightly in a packed joint when the allowable
working stress is 11,000 psi?
A. 12,400 lb C. 18,700 lb *
B. 15,500 lb D. 22,500 lb
13. Which of the following is the largest size drill?

A. A C. Z *
B. X D. XX
14. The size of a drill is stamped on the:

A. point C. margin
B. shank * D. flute
15. Which of the following safety precautions should be followed

when pouring babbitt?
A. operator must wear goggles
B. the surface to be babbitted must be free of moisture
C. the surface to be babbitted must be clean
D. all of the above *
16. Which of the following safety precautions should be

followed when renewing a flange gasket?
A. drain the line thoroughly
B. tie down isolation valves
C. isolate the section to be worked on
D. all of the above *
17. Before installing a new flange gasket be sure that the:

A. flange faces are painted
B. flange faces are absolutely clean *
C. isolating valves are open
D. old gasket is in place
18. On a standard wire gage:

A. #10 is larger than #5 C. # 1is smaller than #2
B. #25 is smaller than #20 * D. #30 is larger than #25
19. Which of the following tools would be most useful when

taking leads on bearings?
A. dividers C. micrometer *
B. outside calipers D. center gage
20. The cutting action in on both stokes in

A. Open side planer C. Double housing planer
B. Pit planer D. Universal planer *
21. The straddle milling is done by means of two

A. Side milling cutters * C. Plain milling cutters
B. Face milling cutters D. Form cutters
22. The formula to find out the number of turn of the crank
simple indexing is
A. T=20/N C. T=N/20
B. T=40/N * D. T=N/40
23. In a standard dividing head the ratio between the worm
wheel and the worm is
A. 10:1 C. 20:1
D. 30:1 D. 40:1 *
24. There are two different movements of the crank in

A. Simple indexing C.Compound indexing *
B. Differential indexing D. Angular indexing
25. In a vertical milling machine the spindle is situated to

the
A. Horizontal C. vertical *
B. Angular D. None of the above
26. Planer type built machine is built up for work of

A. light duty C. heavy duty *
B. medium duty D. None of the above
27. In a straddle milling operation how many cutters are used

to mill the work?
A. One C. Two *
B. Three or more D. Any one of the above
28. All four compression coil spring support one load of 700
kg/mm. All four springs are arranged in parallel and rated
same at 0.609 kg/mm. Compute the deflection in mm.
A. 64 C. 178
B. 147 D. 287 *
29. A body weighing 1000 lb falls 6 inches and strikes a 2000

lb per in spring. The deformation of the spring is:
A. 1 in C. 3 in *
B. 2 in D. 6 in
30. A 60 inch diameter steel pipe, 3/8 inch thick, carries

water under a pressure head of 550 ft. Determine the hoop
stress in the steel.
A. 34,320 psi C. 19,066 psi *
B. 25,780 psi D. 15,920 psi
31. The maximum moment induced in a simply supported beam of 20
ft span, by a 2000 pound load at midspan is
A. 125,000 ft – lb C. 30,000 ft – lb
B. 15,000 ft – lb D. 10,000 ft – lb *
32. Determine the length of belt needed for a two flat belt
pulleys having a diameter of 70 cm and 30 cm. The center
distance is 400 cm and pulleys rotate in same direction.
Assume power transmitted is 10 hp at 200 rpm.
A. 958 cm * C. 589 cm
B. 859 cm D. 895 cm
33. A round steel bar 12 inches long is to withstand a dead

load of 40,000 lb in compression. The rod must not shorten
more than 0.004 inch and have a factor safety of at least
10. Assume the ultimate strength of the material to be
110,000 psi and modulus of elasticity to be 15,500,000 psi.
Determine the diameter of the rod.
A. 2.14 in. C. 4.14 in.
B. 3.14 in * D. 5.14 in.
34. How long will it take to saw a rectangular piece of steel

plate size ½ “ x 4’ x 8’ the length of cut is 4 ft. The
power hacksaw makes 120 rpm and the feed per stroke is
0.008 in.?
A. 48 min. C. 50 hr
B. 0.83 hr * D. 52 min.
35. For gear cutting which cutter is used?
A. End mill cutter C. Plain milling cutter
B. Form relieve cutter * D. All of the above
36. In a slotter, the table gets ___ different feeds

A. One C. Two
B. Three * D. None of the above
37. If a clearance of a cutting edge is 15 deg, the lip (wedge)

angle in 75 deg, the rake angle will be
A. 80 deg C. 70 deg
B. 10 deg * D. None of the above
38. The approximate hardness of HSS end mill cutter is

A. 45 HRC C. 52 HRC
B. 62 HRC * D. 72 HRC
39. When the feed motion takes place in a slotting machine

A. during the cutting motion.
B. after each forward stroke.
C. at the end of return motion.
D. after each double stroke. *
40. Which of the following conditions may cause error during
knurling?
A. to much longitudinal feed. *
B. clamped length of tool too short.
C. surface speed too low.
D. unnecessary support with tail stock center.
41. Mark the milling method during which the formation of the
chatter marks is very likely
A. during down cut milling with a straight tooth cutter.
B. during up cut milling with a straight tooth cutter. *
C. during face milling with a straight tooth cutter.
D. while using spiral tooth cutter.
42. Mark the cutter which works simultaneously with up cut and
down cut process
A. Side milling cutter.
B. Semi-circular milling cutter.
C. Shell end mill. *
D. Plain milling cutter.
43. A polygon with 9 flats is to be milled using the indexing

head. The indexing head transmission ratio is
40:1.Determine the number of crank rotation and mark the
correct answer
A. 9 full rotation.
B. 5 full rotation, 2 holes on the 36 hole circle.
C. 4 full rotation, 12 holes on the 27 hole circle. *
D. 2 full rotation, 16 hole on the 47hole circle.
44. Where the relieved cutters are reground?

A. on the circumstances
B. relieved cutters are not reground
C. on the flank *
D. on the side faces
45. What happens if the job is loosely fitted between centers

in cylindrical grindings?
A. the job will be out of round. *
B. the job will be oversize.
C. the job will be thrown out.
D. the job will not rotate.
46. Internal and external taper on cylindrical jobs are ground

in
A. plain cylindrical grinding machine.
B. universal cylindrical grinding machine. *
C. internal grinding machine.
D. centreless grinding machine.
47. Which of the following is used to clean the gauge blocks

before and after use?
A. Brush
B. Cotton waste
C. Chamois leather or lenen cloth *
D. None of the above
48. The grade of grinding wheel depends upon

A. Grain size C. Structure
B. Kind of abrasive D. Hardness of bond *
49. Which kind of bond is commonly used?

A. Vitrified * C. Rubber
B. Shellac D. None of the above
50. The symbol conventionally used for resinoid bond is
A. ‘V’ C. ‘R’
B. ‘B’ * D. ‘E’
51. A grinding wheel is marked as 51A 46L 5V 23, out of these 5

means
A. Kind of abrasive C. Kind of bond
B. Structure * D. Grain size
52. Balancing of grinding wheel is done to

A. make the outside diameter concentric with the bore.
B. make the sides of wheel parallel.
C. equalize the weight in every portion of the wheel. *
D. None of the above.
53. Taps are resharpened by grindings

A. Flutes * C. Threads
B. Diameter D. Relief
54. The purpose of______is to prevent gears from jamming
together and making contact on both sides of their teeth
simultaneously
A. tooth fillet C. backlash *
B. stress relieving D. all of these
55. Choose the economical type of material for gears that

give/sustain good operating quality/life for intended
operation
A. plane carbon steel C. all of these
B. high alloy steel D. heat treated carbon steel *
56. Allowance added in the casting pattern to compensate for

the contraction of metal
A. tapering allowance C. finish allowance
B. shrinkage allowance * D. draft pattern
57. Ratio of the angle of action to the pitch angle

A. contact ratio * C. ratio of gearing
B. approach ratio D. module
58. The principle materials used in the production of metal

working tools:
A. high carbon steel *
B. titanium, phosphorous
C. tungsten, silicon, hadfield Mn
D. vanadium, chromium, molybdenum
59. Also called eccentrically loaded bearing is ________.

A. full bearings C. partial bearing
B. offset bearing * D. fitted bearings
60. In the selection of wire rope, regular lay means wires and
strands are arranged in the following manner:
A. twisted in the same direction
B. twisted in opposite direction*
C. twisted in any direction
D. twisted in along direction
61. In involute teeth, the pressure angle is often defined as
the angle between the line of action and the line of
tangent to the pitch circle. It is also termed as-
A. helix angle C. Angle of obliquity *
B. angle of recess D. Arc of action
62. Height of tooth above pitch circle or the radial distance

between pitch circle and top land of the tooth.
A. top root C. land
B. addendum * D. hunting tooth
63. The function of clutch in the machine tool is?

A. lowering of drive speed
B. to disconnect or connect at will the drive *
C. alignment of drive shaft
D. to insure that two shaft line up at high speed
64. The rule of thumb in journal bearing design; the clearance

ratio/clearance should be.
A. 0.0090 C. 0.0010 *
B. 0.0042 D. 0.00120
65. Cold rolled shafting is not available in diameter larger

than__________
A. 6 inches C. 6 ½ inches
B. 5 inches * D. 5 ½ inches
66. The cast iron flywheels are commonly designed with a

factor of safety of______
A. 14 to 15 C. 8 to 9
B. 10 to 13 * D. 6 to 12
67. A pair of equal and opposite (not collinear) forces that

tend cause a rotation of a body
A. couple * C. equilibrium
B. centroids D. vector
68. The ratio of the pitch diameter in inches to the number of

teeth
A. pitch circle C. module
B. English module * D. pitch diameter
69. When high strength and durability are a requirements for

choosing gear materials it is preferable to
use_________material
A. hardened bronze C. phenolic laminated
B. steel * D. white iron
70. The distance between similar, equally-spaced tooth surfaces

in a given direction and along a given line.
A. pitch circle C. pitch *
B. pitch plane D. pitch diameter
71. The use of hardened steel for the mating metal gear appears
to give the best results and longer operational life. The
usual hardness is in the range of-
A. over 600 BHN * C. below 350 BHN
B. 300 to 400 BHN D. over 400 BHN
72. Continuous stretching under load even if the stress is less
than the yield point
A. plasticity C. creep *
B. elasticity D. ductility
73. The most known lubricants being utilized in whatever

category of load and speed are oil, air, grease and dry
lubricants like
A. bronze C. silicon
B. lead D. graphite *
74. A coupling that allows axial flexibility/movement in the

operation. Made of alternate bolting of steel, leather,
fabric and/or plastic material into the two flanges
A. Flexible disk coupling *
B. flexing Oldham coupling
C. Flexible toroidal spring coupling
D. Elastic-material bonded coupling
75. It consists of two cranks, a stationary piece called the

line of centers and the connecting rod is a
A. five-bar linkage C. three-crank linkage
B. four-crank braces D. four-bar linkage *
76. Find the torsional moment in N-m developed when the shaft
delivers 40.2 hp at 260 rpm.
A. 901 x 10 to the 3rd power C.1102 x 10 to the 2nd power
B. 901 x 10 to the 2nd power D.1102 x 10 to the 3rd power *
77. Compute how many ¼ inch diameter set screws required to

transmit 3 HP at a shaft speed of 900 rpm. The shaft
diameter is 1 ¼ in
A. 2 C. 4 *
B. 3 D. 2.5
78. A pair of gear and pinion having a ratio of 4 with the gear
having 100 teeth and the pinion with 25 teeth. Find the
circular pitch, if the center distance is 15 and the pitch
is at 6.
A. 0.94 C. 0.610
B. 0.754 * D. 0.552
79. A gear of 80 teeth and a pinion of 20 teeth has a gear and

pinion ratio of 4. Find the center distance , in inches, if
the circular pitch is 0.885.
A. 14.1 * C. 16.1
B. 15.1 D. 17.1
80. The section modulus of a circle of radius 5 cm is equal to:

A. 58.2 cm3 C. 98.2 cm3 *
3
B. 78.2 cm D. 108.2 cm3
81. A hollow shaft with outside diameter of 14 cm and wall

thickness of 0.08 cm transmits 200 kW at 400 rpm. What must
be the angular deflection of the shaft if the length is 5
meters? Take G = 12,000,000 psi.
A. 0.019 deg C. 1.94 deg
B. 1.14 deg * D. 2.44 deg
82. Compute the safe wall thickness of a 90 cm diameter steel

tank. The tank is subjected to 7 MPa pressure and the steel
material has yield stress of 220 MPa. Use a factor of
safety of 3.
A. 4.3 cm * C. 3.2 cm
B. 3.8 cm D. 2.5 cm
83. A bolt has a tensile load of 300 lbs. The bolt is made of
SAE 1040 material with Sy = 55 ksi, what is the stress area
of the bolt?
A. 0.1023 in2 * C. 0.327 in2
2
B. 0.1230 in D. 0.5190 in2
84. With an electric arc welding rate rate of 18 in/min, how

long will it take to weld a ½ in. thick plate by 3 ft long
seam?
A. 3 min. C. 1.5 min.
B. 2 min. * D. 4 min.
85. Determine the power transmitted, in kW, by a main power

transmitting steel shaft with 2 3/8 inches in diameter
using SAE 1060 material mounting a 12 inches pulley at a
speed of 170 rpm.
A. 21.3 * C. 28.5
B. 25.8 D. 0.75
86. Determine the polar section modulus, Zp (in3) of a shaft

delivering 5 hp at 150 rpm. The diameter of the shaft is 1
inch and allowable stress of 6000 psi.
A. 0.175 C. 0.489
B. 0.196 * D. 0.895
87. Compute the deflection of a 20 coils helical spring having

a load of 120 kgs. The modulus of elasticity in shear of
spring is 98 GPa, outside diameter of 10 cm and wire
diameter of 10 mm. The spring is squared and ground ends.
A. 162.1 mm C. 134.1 mm
B. 154.4 mm D. 126.1 mm *
88. The torsional deflection of steel shaft is 0.6 deg per

meter length. The shear stress is 60 MPa. Compute the
diameter of the shaft in mm. Steel modulus of elasticity is
79 GPa.
A. 90 mm C. 130 mm
B. 105 mm D. 145 mm *
89. What is the size of an air cylinder operating at 10 bar

with a required force of 7854 N? Use a load ratio of 90%.
Load ratio means the ratio of required force and
theoretical force.
A. 100 mm C. 150 mm
B. 105 mm * D. 300 mm
90. A steel rod 30 ft long used in a control mechanism must

transmit a tensile force of 980 lb without stretching more
than 1/8 in. nor exceeding an allowable stress of 20,000
psi. What must the diameter of the rod be? (E = 30 x 106 psi
)
A. 1/4 in C. 1/2 in
B. 3/8 in * D. 3/4 in
91. A steel bar initially free of stress, is held between rigid

supports. Determine the stress in the bar if the
temperature drops 130 deg F. (k = 6.5 x 10-6 per deg F)
A. 11,400 psi C. 20,600 psi
B. 15,600 psi D. 25,400 psi *
92. When working on bearings and checking for high spots, it is

customary to apply:
A. white lead C. dykem blue
B. red lead D. Prussian blue *
93. If you wanted to check the face of a pump slide valve or

other flat-faced valve, you could check for trueness on a:
A. flat board C. piece of glass
B. surface plate * D. bearing plate
94. Before splicing electric wires, they should be:

A. tinned C. soldered
B. cleaned and tinned * D. insulated
95. Which of the following is not a standard thread form?

A. Square C. Double flute *
B. American National D. 60 deg. sharp V
96. Hand taps are provided in sets of three called:

A. taper, plug and end C. taper, plug and bottom *
B. short, taper and bottom D. short, medium and long
97. When preparing to tap a hole, the size of the drill will be
A. equal to the size of the tap
B. larger than the size of the tap
B. smaller than the size of the tap *
D. none of the above
98. When preparing to tap a hole for a pipe fitting the size of
the drill will be :
A. larger than the tap size *
B. smaller than the tap size
C. equal to the size of the tap
99. Which of the following does not have to be lubricated when

drilling?
A. steel C. monel
B. brass * D. tool steel
100. The tool to use when cutting a hole in the side of a

round piece of metal is called a:
A. vise C. “V” block *
B. jaw holder D. chuck
*** END ***

1

Manila

Sunday January 20, 2019 01:30 p.m. 06:30 p.m.
----------------------------------------------------------------

provided. STRICTLY NO ERASURES ALLOWED. Use pencil No.2 only.
MULTIPLE CHOICE
1.Determine the shear stress at the inside surface of a hollow

circular shaft where the torque is 8000 ft-lb of inside and outside
diameters are 2 in and 4 inches respectively.
A. 4.1 Mpa C. 5.5 ksi

B. 28.1 MPa * D. 12.4 ksi
2. What material which usually pre-heating is very essential in

welding?
A. cast iron C. brass
B. high carbon steel D. stainless steel *
3. When a nut is tightened by placing a washer below it, the bolt will
be subjected to which stress?
A. tensile stress * C. shear stress
B.compressive stress D. circumferential stress
4. A solid steel shaft having a diameter of 3 inches twists through an

angle of 5 deg in 20 ft of length because of the action of a torque.
Determine the maximum shearing stress. Note: shear modulus for steel
is 12 x 10 (raised to 6) psi.
A. 45.15 Mpa * C. 5409 psi

B. 6550 kPa D. 7300 psi
5. Proof strength is related to which of the following?
A. elongation * C. yielding
B. necking D. fracture
6. What is the most abundantly used material in industry?
A. cast iron C. medium carbon steel

B. mild steel * D. Aluminum
7.What is the maximum power of a solid steel shaft 2 inches in

diameter can transmit at 200 rpm if the maximum permissible shearing
stress is 68.93 Mpa.
A. 40 hp C. 50 hp *
2
B. 30 hp D. 35 hp
8. How many 3/8-inch bolts are arranged in a 5-in-diameter bole circle

would be required to transmit 100 hp at 315 rpm through a flange
coupling? The maximum permissible stress is 68.93 Mpa.
A. 10 bolts C. 12 bolts
B. 8 bolts * D. 6 bolts
9. A pipe for conveying water to a hydroelectric turbine operates a

head of 300 ft. If the diameter of the pipe is 762 mm and the
allowable stress is 8000 psi, what is the wall thickness required?
A. 0.244 ft C. 6.2 mm *
B. 2.44 cm D. 0.43 in
10. If the following solid shaft diameters, which is the smallest that
can be used for the rotor of a 6 hp motor operating at 3500 rpm, if
the maximum shear stress for the shaft is 8500 psi?
A. 5/16 in C. 1 in
B. 3/8 in D. ½ in*
11. A thin hollow sphere of radius 10 in and thickness 0.1 in is

subjected to an internal pressure of 100 psig. The maximum normal
stress on an element of the sphere is:
A. 2500 psi C. 7,570 psi

B. 5000 psi * D. 10,500 psi
12. In designing a cylindrical pressure tank 3 feet in diameter, a

factor of safety of 2.5 is used. The cylinder is made of steel (yield
stress = 30 ksi) and will contain pressures up to1000 psi. What is
the required wall thickness, t, based on circumferential stress
considerations?
A. 0.725 in. C. 3.25 in.

B. 1.50 in. * D. 3.15 in.
13. What is the percentage (range) of carbon present in mild steel is
A. less than 0.008 C. 0.30 0.80

B. 0.008 0.30 * D. 0.8 2.11
14. Ceramic cutting tools are made of which of the following?

A. mixture of oxides of aluminium C. titanium oxide
B. silicon oxides D. tungsten carbide
15. A flywheel weighing 6 kN has a mean diameter of 90 cm. The maximum

speed of the flywheel is 7 rev/sec slowed down to 4 rev/sec during
the shearing process. Determine the energy released by the
flywheel.
A. 7956 kg-m C. 3214 kg-m
B. 8145 kg-m D. 8241 kg-m *
16. Two parallel shaft connected by pure rolling turn in the same
direction and having a speed ratio of 4. What is the distance of
the two shaft if the small cylinder is 8 cm?
A. 11 cm C. 19 cm
3
B. 12 cm * D. 21 cm
17. What modulus of elasticity in tension is required to obtain a unit

deformation of 0.00107 m/m from a load producing a unit tensile
stress of 50, 000 psi?
A. 3.45 x 107 psi C. 46.7 x 106 psi *
B. 46.7 x 107 psi D. 4.67 x 106 psi
18. Determine the bursting steam pressure of a steel plate with a

diameter of 12 in. and made of ¼ in steel plate. The joint
efficiency is at 75% and the tensile strength is 55 ksi.
A. 3, 440 psi * C. 4, 340 psi
B. 4, 427 psi D. 1, 127 psi
19. What is the working strength of a 2 in bolt which is screwed up

tightly in a packed joint when the allowable working stress is
11,000 psi?
A. 12,400 lb C. 18,700 lb *
B. 12,500 lb D. 20,500 lb
20. All four compression coil spring support one load of 700 kg/mm. All
four springs are arranged in parallel and rated same at 0.609
kg/mm. Compute the deflection in mm.
A. 264 C. 568
B. 247 D. 287 *
21. A body weighing 1000 lb falls 6 inches and strikes a 2000 lb per in
spring. The deformation of the spring is:
A. 4 in C. 3 in *
B. 2 in D. 5 in
22. A 60 inch diameter steel pipe, 3/8 inch thick, carries water under
a pressure head of 550 ft. Determine the hoop stress in the steel.
A. 24,310 psi C. 19,066 psi *
B. 34,780 psi D. 13,920 psi
23. Height of tooth above pitch circle or the radial distance between
pitch circle and top land of the tooth.
A. top root C. land

B. addendum * D. hunting tooth
24. A cylindrical aluminum bar 1.0-in-diameter and 10 inches long is to

fit snugly in a steel collar when the bar is subjected to an axial
compressive force of 10,000 lb. How much larger in diameter should
the collar be? Note: E = 10 x 10(6) psi and poisons ratio = 0.33.
A. 0.0019 in C. 0.0024 in.

B. 0.00032 in D. 0.00042 in. *
25. The pressure within the cylinder of a hydraulic press is 1000 psi.
Cylinder diameter is 10 inches. Determine the thickness of the
cylinder wall, allowing a tensile stress of 2,500 psi.
A. 2.77 in * C. 3.5 in
B. 4.2 in D. 1.25 in
26. The ratio of the pitch diameter in inches to the number of teeth

B. English module * D. pitch diameter
4
27. The distance between similar, equally-spaced tooth surfaces in a

given direction and along a given line.
A. pitch circle C. pitch *

28. The maximum moment induced in a simply supported beam of 20 ft

span, by a 2000 pound load at midspan is
A. 105,000 ft lb C. 32,000 ft lb
B. 16,000 ft lb D. 10,000 ft lb *
29. Determine the length of belt needed for a two flat belt pulleys
having a diameter of 70 cm and 30 cm. The center distance is 400 cm
and pulleys rotate in same direction. Assume power transmitted is
10 hp at 200 rpm.
A. 958 cm * C. 659 cm
B. 795 cm D. 985 cm
30. A round steel bar 12 inches long is to withstand a dead load of

40,000 lb in compression. The rod must not shorten more than 0.004
inch and have a factor safety of at least 10. Assume the ultimate
strength of the material to be 110,000 psi and modulus of
elasticity to be 15,500,000 psi. Determine the diameter of the rod.
A. 2.41 in. C. 1.14 in.
B. 3.14 in * D. 4.23 in.
31. How long will it take to saw a rectangular piece of steel plate
size ½ x 4 x 8 the length of cut is 4 ft. The power hacksaw
makes 120 rpm and the feed per stroke is 0.008 in.?
A. 45 min. C. 32 hr
B. 0.83 hr * D. 42 min.
32. Find the torsional moment in N-m developed when the shaft delivers
40.2 hp at 260 rpm.
B. 901 x 10 to the 2nd power D.1102 x 10 to the 3rd power *
33. Compute how many ¼ inch diameter set screws required to transmit 3
HP at a shaft speed of 900 rpm. The shaft diameter is 1 ¼ in
A. 2 C. 4 *
B. 3 D. 2.5
34. A pair of gear and pinion having a ratio of 4 with the gear having
100 teeth and the pinion with 25 teeth. Find the circular pitch, if
the center distance is 15 and the pitch is at 6.
A. 0.94 C. 0.610
B. 0.754 * D. 0.552
35. A gear of 80 teeth and a pinion of 20 teeth has a gear and pinion
ratio of 4. Find the center distance, in inches, if the circular
pitch is 0.885.
A. 14.1 * C. 16.1
B. 15.1 D. 17.1

A. 58.2 cm3 C. 98.2 cm3 *
3
B. 78.2 cm D. 108.2 cm3
5
37. A hollow shaft with outside diameter of 14 cm and wall thickness of

0.08 cm transmits 200 kW at 400 rpm. What must be the angular
deflection of the shaft if the length is 5 meters? Take G =
12,000,000 psi.
A. 0.019 deg C. 1.94 deg
B. 1.14 deg * D. 2.44 deg
38. Compute the safe wall thickness of a 90 cm diameter steel tank. The
tank is subjected to 7 MPa pressure and the steel material has
yield stress of 220 MPa. Use a factor of safety of 3.
A. 4.3 cm * C. 3.2 cm
B. 3.8 cm D. 2.5 cm
39. The principal material used in high production metal working

tools.
A. hyper-Eutectoid C. high speed steel *

B. Lead D. high speed carbon
40. A bolt has a tensile load of 300 lbs. The bolt is made of SAE 1040
material with Sy = 55 ksi, what is the stress area of the bolt?
A. 0.1023 in2 * C. 0.327 in2
2
B. 0.1230 in D. 0.5190 in2
41. With an electric arc welding rate rate of 18 in/min, how long will
it take to weld a ½ in. thick plate by 3 ft long seam?
A. 3 min. C. 1.5 min.

B. 2 min. * D. 4 min.

transmitting steel shaft with 2 3/8 inches in diameter using SAE
1060 material mounting a 12 inches pulley at a speed of 170 rpm.
A. 21.3 * C. 28.5
B. 25.8 D. 0.75
43. Determine the polar section modulus, Zp (in3) of a shaft delivering

5 hp at 150 rpm. The diameter of the shaft is 1 inch and allowable
stress of 6000 psi.
A. 0.175 C. 0.489
B. 0.196 * D. 0.895
44. Compute the deflection of a 20 coils helical spring having a load

of 120 kgs. The modulus of elasticity in shear of spring is 98 GPa,
outside diameter of 10 cm and wire diameter of 10 mm. The spring is
squared and ground ends.
A. 162.1 mm C. 134.1 mm
B. 154.4 mm D. 126.1 mm *
45. What is the root diameter of a 1-in coarse-thread (Unified and

American National) series screw having 8 threads per inch.
A. 0.8376 in * C. 0.8035 in
B. 0.9222 in. D. 0.7987 in.
46. A steel rod 30 ft long used in a control mechanism must transmit a

tensile force of 980 lb without stretching more than 1/8 in. nor
exceeding an allowable stress of 20,000 psi. What must the diameter
of the rod be? (E = 30 x 106 psi )
6
A. 1/4 in C. 1/2 in
B. 3/8 in * D. 3/4 in
47. What is the root area of a 1-in coarse-thread (Unified and American
National) series screw having 8 threads per inch.
A. 0.4245 sq. in C. 0.5510 sq. in. *
B. 0.6855 sq. in D. 0.9810 sq. in
48. What is the thickness of a module 6 tooth measured along the pitch
circle?
A. 18.85 mm * C. 0.523 mm
B. 12.45 mm D. 1/6 mm

supports. Determine the stress in the bar if the temperature drops
130 deg F. (k = 6.5 x 10-6 per deg F)
A. 11,400 psi C. 20,600 psi
B. 15,600 psi D. 25,400 psi *
50. A 20-tooth 5 diametral pitch gear meshes with a 63-tooth gear. Find
the value of the standard distance.
A. 8.3 in * C. 6.3 in.
B. 2.0 in. D. 4.0 in.
51. How do you call the forming operations above the recrystallization
temperature?
A. hot working * C. cold working

B. recovery stage D. Austempering
52. A draft horse walks a steady pace of 3 miles per hour. What steady
force must he exert if the power output is exactly 1 horsepower?
A. 250 lb C. 400 lb
B. 125 lb * D. 100 lb
53. A plate clutch with a single friction surface of 10 inch outside

diameter and 4 inch inside diameter. If the uniform wear theory is
valid, find the torque the clutch will carry the total axial force
of 5000 lb.
A. 2550 in-lb C. 3500 in-lb *
B. 3714 in-lb D. 4500 in-lb
54. A plate clutch with a single friction surface of 10 inch outside

diameter and 4 inch inside diameter. If the uniform pressure theory
is valid, find the torque the clutch will carry the total axial
force of 5000 lb.
A. 2550 in-lb C. 3500 in-lb
B. 3714 in-lb * D. 4500 in-lb
55. Determine the number of leaves of a 13 in. long steel cantilever

spring to carry a load of 375 lb with a deflection of 1.25 in.
Note: the maximum stress of this spring is limited to 50 ksi with a
dimension of width equal to 1.93 in and 0.225 in thickness.
A. 6* C. 10
B. 8 D. 4
56. A spring with 12 active coils and a spring index of 9 supports a

static load of 220 N with a deflection of 12mm. The shear modulus
of spring material is 83 Gpa. Calculate the theoretical wire
diameter.
7
A. 15 mm * C. 18 mm
B. 16 mm D. 19 mm
57. A mass of 0.025 kg is hanging from the spring whose spring constant
is 0.44 N/m. If the mass is pulled down and released, what is the
period of oscillation?
A. 1.50 s * C. 2.1 s
B. 1.2 s D. 0.50 s
58. The formula to find out the number of turn of the crank simple
indexing is
A. T=20/N C. T=N/20
B. T=40/N * D. T=N/40
59. In a standard dividing head the ratio between the worm wheel and
the worm is
A. 10:1 C. 20:1
D. 30:1 D. 40:1 *
A. contact ratio * C. ratio of gearing

61. The use of hardened steel for the mating metal gear appears to give
the best results and longer operational life. The usual hardness is
in the range of
A. over 600 BHN * C. below 350 BHN

62. Which of the following is the maximum values of Poissons ratio for
an elastic material?
A. 0.85 C. 0.90
B. 0.50 * D. 0.70
63. Continuous stretching under load even if the stress is less than
the yield point.
A. plasticity C. creep *
64. Which of the following is the range of the percentage of carbon in

grey cast iron?
A. 1 to 3% C. 3 to 4% *
B. 1.5 to 7.5 % D. 8 to 10%
65. Why are alloys extensively used in industry?

A. because they are sufficiently soft
B. because they are malleable
C. because they have good strength *
D. because they are ductile
8
66. The depth of a blind hold can be measured by
A. steel scale C. micrometer

B. vernier caliper * D. slip gauges
67. Which of the following is the following approximate thickness where

plain butt welding process is used?
A. 10 mm thickness C. 15 mm thickness
B. 25 mm thickness * D. 75 mm thickness
68. The following statement is wrong about effect of cold working:
A. Good surface finish C. Increase in yield strength

B. Increase in hardness D. Increase in ductility *
69. The process of making angles, channels, I-sections etc. of steel is

known as
A. casting C. rolling mill *

B. extrusion D. forging
70. Given the modulus of elasticity 30 x 10 (raised to 6)psi

(steel)and Poissons ratio of 0.28 calculate the shear modulus of
elasticity.
A. 11.7 x 10 (raised to 6) psi * C. 12.45 x 10(raised to 6) psi

B. 10.45 x 10 (raised to 6 ) psi D. 9.45 x 10 (raised to 5 psi )
71. Calculate the required punching force for a round hole (0.375
in.) of aluminum with ultimate shear strength of 35,000 psi and
thickness of 0.25 in.
A. 20.6 kN C. 100.54 kN
B. 91.74 kN * D. 82.5 kN
72. During the filing operation, the following precaution must be

observed.
A. Do not rub fingers over the work. *

B. Do not rub fingers over the file.
C. Apply equal pressure during forward and backward stroke.
D. Clean the file frequently.
73. Which of the following forging process is used for making bolt
heads?
A. upsetting * C. swagging
B. drifting D. fullering
74. A high-speed steel cutting tool is used on the following type of

machine tool
A. grinders C. shaping machine *
B. honing machine D. lapping machine
75. The size of a shaper is specified by which of the following?
A. power of the motor

B. length of stroke *
C. size of table
9
D. dimensions of the vice used for holding the job
76. Which of the following is the standard point angle of a drill?
A. 60 C. 118 *
B. 90 D. 72
77. Pipes subjected to very high pressure are made by:

A. extrusion process * C. sand casting
B. Bessemer process D. forging
78. Gears from sheet metal for mass production are produced by
following method:
A. gear milling C. stamping *

B. gear shaping D. casting
79. Which of the following is the other name for mild steel?
A. low-carbon steel * C. high-carbon steel

B. medium-carbon steel D. alloy steel
80. Which is the most commonly used material for making jigs and
fixtures?
A. brass C. steel *
B. wrought iron D. aluminium
81. A steel pipe is to be used to support a weight of 130 kN. The pipe
has outside diameter of 100 mm, inside diameter of 90 mm , an area
of 1500 sq.mm and a moment of inertia of 1.7 x 10(raised to 6)
mm(to the 4th). Find the maximum length of the pipe considering
that E = 210 Gpa and the yield stress is 250 Mpa.
P=(π²EI)/(2L)²
A. 2.90 m C. 2.60 m *
B. 3.40 m D. 4.20 m
82. What is the natural frequency of an oscillating body whose period

of oscillation is 1.2 s?
A. 3.5 rad/s C.2.7 rad/s

B. 5.2 rad/s * D. 4.2 rad/s
83. A welding operation in which a non-ferrous filler metal melts at a

temperature below that of the metal joined but is heated above
450C.
A.arc welding C. brazing *

B.spot welding D. butt welding
84. A kind of gear used to transmit motion from one shaft to another
shaft at an angle to the first.
A.spiral gear C. worm gear

B.helical gear D. bevel gear *
85. The torsional deflection of steel shaft is 0.6 deg per meter
length. The shear stress is 60 MPa. Compute the diameter of the
shaft in mm. Steel modulus of elasticity is 79 GPa.
10
A. 90 mm C. 130 mm
B. 105 mm D. 145 mm *
86. What is the size of an air cylinder operating at 10 bar with a

required force of 7854 N? Use a load ratio of 90%. Load ratio means
the ratio of required force and theoretical force.
A. 100 mm C. 150 mm
B. 105 mm * D. 300 mm
87. A total deformation measured in the direction of the line of

stress.
A.Stress C. strain *
B.endurance limit D. Poissons ratio
88. A group of thin steel strips used for measuring clearances.
A.feeler gage * C. tachometer

B.micrometer D. caliper
89. A circle the radius of which is equal to the distance from the gear
axis to the pitch point.
A.pitch circle * C. root circle

B.base circle D. outside circle
90. Cast iron flywheels are commonly designed with factor of safety
of:
A.9 to 12 C. 8 to 11
B.10 to 13 * D. 7 to 10
91. In a stress-strain diagram, what is the correct term for the stress
level at �= 0.20% offset?
A. the elastic limit C. the plastic limit
B. the offset rupture stress D. the offset yield stress *
92. A specimen is subjected to a load. When the load is removed, the

strain disappears. From this information, which of the following can
be deduced about this material?
A. It is elastic.*
B. It is plastic.
C. The material has modulus of elasticity.
D. The material is resilient
93. How do you call a steel with 0.8 % carbon and 100% pearlite?
A.Austenite C. Solidus
B.Hyper-eutectoid D. Eutectoid *
94. In case of gears the addendum is given by:

A. one module * C. 2.16 x module
B.1.57 x module D. 1.25 / module
95. How do you call a cam where in the follower reciprocates or

oscillates in a plane parallel to its axis?
11
A.circular cam C. reciprocating cam

B.cylindrical cam * D. oscillating cam
96. What is the usual value of helix angle of a drill?

A.120 degrees C. 110 degrees
B.60 degrees D. 30 degrees *
97. Cutting speed for some materials are as under which one of the
following could be cutting speed for brass?
A.30 m/min C. 40 m/min *

B.80 m/min D. 50 m/min
98. A prismatic bar at 50 deg F is imbedded in a rigid concrete wall.

The bar is 40 in long, and has a cross sectional area of 4 sq. in.
What is the axial force in the bar if it is temperature is raised to
100 deg F? Note: the coef of thermal expansion is 5 x 10 (raised to
6 )/ deg F and the modulus of elasticity is 32 x 10 (raised to 6)
psi.
A. 32 kips * C. 205 kips

B. 45 kips D. 204 kips
99. In usual spur gearing, which of the following statement(s) is

correct?
A.Pitch circle and base circle are the same

B.Working depth includes the clearance
C.Tooth outline are usually involute curves *
D.Tooth outline are usually cycloidal curves
100.The deformation that results from a stress and is expressed in

terms of the amount of deformation per inch.
A.elongation C. strain *
B.poissons ratio D. elasticity
*** END ***
SUBMIT THIS TEST QUESTION SET TOGETHER WITH THE ANSWER SHEET TO
YOUR WATCHERS. BRINGING THE TEST QUESTION SET OUT OF THE ROOM WILL
BE A GROUND FOR DISCIPLINARY ACTION.
----------------------------------------------------------------
MACHINE DESIGN, MATERIALS AND SHOP PRACTICE SET B
INSTRUCTION: Select the correct answer for each of the following questions. Mark only
one answer for each item by marking the box corresponding to the letter of your choice
on the answer sheet provided.
MULTIPLE CHOICE
1. Determine the power transmitted, in kW, by a main power transmitting steel shaft
with 2 3/8 inches in diameter using SAE 1060 material mounting a 12 inches
pulley at a speed of 170 rpm.
A. 21.3 C. 28.5
B. 25.8 D. 0.75
2. Determine the polar section modulus, Zp (in3) of a shaft delivering 5 hp at 150

rpm. The diameter of the shaft is 1 inch and allowable stress of 6000 psi.
A. 0.175 C. 0.489
B. 0.196 D. 0.895
3. A thin hollow sphere of radius 10 in and thickness 0.1 in is subjected to an

internal pressure of 100 psig. The maximum normal stress on an element of the
sphere is
A. 2500 psi C. 7,070 psi
B. 5000 psi D. 10,000 psi
4. In designing a cylindrical pressure tank 3 feet in diameter, a factor of safety of

2.5 is used. The cylinder is made of steel (yield stress = 30 ksi) and will
contain pressures up to1000 psi. What is the required wall thickness, t, based
on circumferential stress considerations?
A. 0.75 in. C. 3 in.
B. 1.50 in. D. 3.75 in.
5. A flywheel weighing 6 kN has a mean diameter of 90 cm. The maximum speed of the
flywheel is 7 rev/sec slowed down to 4 rev/sec during the shearing process.
Determine the energy released by the flywheel.
A. 7856 kg-m C. 9872 kg-m
B. 8145 kg-m D. 8241 kg-m

A. margins C. shank
B. flutes D. point
7. The tool used in precision work to smooth or enlarge holes is called a:

A. round out C. reamer
8. Which of the following chisels would be used for cutting oil grooves?
A. diamond-point chisel C. round-nose chisel

A. smooth C. half-round

A. # 80 C. # 1
B. # 60 D. # 0
11. Two parallel shaft connected by pure rolling turn in the same direction and
having a speed ratio of 4. What is the distance of the two shaft if the small
cylinder is 8 cm?
A. 10 cm C. 18 cm
B. 12 cm D. 20 cm
12. What modulus of elasticity in tension is required to obtain a unit deformation

of 0.00107 m/m from a load producing a unit tensile stress of 50, 000 psi?
A. 34.5 x 106 psi C. 46.7 x 106 psi
5
B. 46.7 x 10 psi D. 4.67 x 106 psi
13. Determine the bursting steam pressure of a steel plate with a diameter of 12
in.a and made of ¼ in steel plate. The joint efficiency is at 75% and the
tensile strength is 55 ksi.
A. 3, 440 psi C. 3, 430 psi
B. 3, 437 psi D. 3, 427 psi
14. What is the working strength of a 2 in bolt which is screwed up tightly in a
packed joint when the allowable working stress is 11,000 psi?
A. 12,400 lb C. 18,700 lb
B. 15,500 lb D. 22,500 lb

A. A C. Z
B. X D. XX

A. point C. margin
B. shank D. flute
17. Which of the following safety precautions should be followed when pouring
babbitt?
D. all of the above
18. Which of the following safety precautions should be followed when renewing a
flange gasket?
D. all of the above

B. flange faces are absolutely clean

B. #25 is smaller than #20 D. #30 is larger than #25
21. Which of the following tools would be most useful when taking leads on
bearings?
A. dividers C. micrometer

B. Pit planer D. Universal planer

A. Side milling cutters C. Plain milling cutters
24. The formula to find out the number of turn of the crank simple indexing is
A. T=20/N C. T=N/20
B. T=40/N D. T=N/40
25. In a standard dividing head the ratio between the worm wheel and the worm is
A. 10:1 C. 20:1
D. 30:1 D. 40:1

A. Simple indexing C.Compound indexing
27. In a vertical milling machine the spindle is situated to the

A. Horizontal C. vertical

A. light duty C. heavy duty
29. In a straddle milling operation how many cutters are used to mill the work?
A. One C. Two
B. Three or more D. Any one of the above
30. All four compression coil spring support one load of 700 kg/mm. All four
springs are arranged in parallel and rated same at 0.609 kg/mm. Compute the
deflection in mm.
A. 64 C. 178
B. 147 D. 287
31. A body weighing 1000 lb falls 6 inches and strikes a 2000 lb per in spring. The
deformation of the spring is:
A. 1 in C. 3 in
B. 2 in D. 6 in
32. A 60 inch diameter steel pipe, 3/8 inch thick, carries water under a pressure
head of 550 ft. Determine the hoop stress in the steel.
A. 34,320 psi C. 19,066 psi
B. 25,780 psi D. 15,920 psi
33. The maximum moment induced in a simply supported beam of 20 ft span, by a 2000
pound load at midspan is
A. 125,000 ft – lb C. 30,000 ft – lb
B. 15,000 ft – lb D. 10,000 ft – lb
34. Determine the length of belt needed for a two flat belt pulleys having a
diameter of 70 cm and 30 cm. The center distance is 400 cm and pulleys rotate
in same direction. Assume power transmitted is 10 hp at 200 rpm.
A. 958 cm C. 589 cm
B. 859 cm D. 895 cm
35. A round steel bar 12 inches long is to withstand a dead load of 40,000 lb in
compression. The rod must not shorten more than 0.004 inch and have a factor
safety of at least 10. Assume the ultimate strength of the material to be
110,000 psi and modulus of elasticity to be 15,500,000 psi. Determine the
diameter of the rod.
A. 2.14 in. C. 4.14 in.
B. 3.14 in D. 5.14 in.
36. How long will it take to saw a rectangular piece of steel plate size ½ “ x 4’ x
8’ the length of cut is 4 ft. The power hacksaw makes 120 rpm and the feed per
stroke is 0.008 in.?
A. 48 min. C. 50 hr
B. 0.83 hr D. 52 min.
B. Form relieve cutter D. All of the above

A. One C. Two
B. Three D. None of the above
39. If a clearance of a cutting edge is 15 deg, the lip (wedge) angle in 75 deg,
the rake angle will be
A. 80 deg C. 70 deg
B. 10 deg D. None of the above

A. 45 HRC C. 52 HRC
B. 62 HRC D. 72 HRC

D. after each double stroke.
42. Which of the following conditions may cause error during knurling?
A. to much longitudinal feed.
43. Mark the milling method during which the formation of the chatter marks is very
likely
B. during up cut milling with a straight tooth cutter.
44. Mark the cutter which works simultaneously with up cut and down cut process
C. Shell end mill.
45. A polygon with 9 flats is to be milled using the indexing head. The indexing
head transmission ratio is 40:1.Determine the number of crank rotation and mark
the correct answer
A. 9 full rotation.
C. 4 full rotation, 12 holes on the 27 hole circle.

C. on the flank
47. What happens if the job is loosely fitted between centers in cylindrical
grindings?
A. the job will be out of round.
48. Internal and external taper on cylindrical jobs are ground in

B. universal cylindrical grinding machine.
49. Which of the following is used to clean the gauge blocks before and after use?
A. Brush
B. Cotton waste
C. Chamois leather or lenen cloth

B. Kind of abrasive D. Hardness of bond

A. Vitrified C. Rubber

A. ‘V’ C. ‘R’
B. ‘B’ D. ‘E’
53. A grinding wheel is marked as 51A 46L 5V 23, out of these 5 means
B. Structure D. Grain size

C. equalize the weight in every portion of the wheel.

A. Flutes C. Threads
56. The purpose of______is to prevent gears from jamming together and making
contact on both sides of their teeth simultaneously
A. tooth fillet C. backlash
B. stress relieving D. all of these
57. Choose the economical type of material for gears that give/sustain good
operating quality/life for intended operation
B. high alloy steel D. heat treated carbon steel
58. Allowance added in the casting pattern to compensate for the contraction of
metal
B. shrinkage allowance D. draft pattern

A. contact ratio C. ratio of gearing
60. The principle materials used in the production of metal working tools:
A. high carbon steel

B. offset bearing D. fitted bearings
62. In the selection of wire rope, regular lay means wires and strands are arranged
in the following manner:
B. twisted in opposite direction
63. In involute teeth, the pressure angle is often defined as the angle between the
line of action and the line of tangent to the pitch circle. It is also termed
as-
A. helix angle C. Angle of obliquity
64. Height of tooth above pitch circle or the radial distance between pitch circle
and top land of the tooth.
A. top root C. land
B. addendum D. hunting tooth

B. to disconnect or connect at will the drive
66. The rule of thumb in journal bearing design; the clearance ratio/clearance
should be.
A. 0.0090 C. 0.0010
B. 0.0042 D. 0.00120
67. Cold rolled shafting is not available in diameter larger than__________

B. 5 inches D. 5 ½ inches
68. The cast iron flywheels are commonly designed with a factor of safety of______
A. 14 to 15 C. 8 to 9
B. 10 to 13 D. 6 to 12
69. The use of hardened steel for the mating metal gear appears to give the best
results and longer operational life. The usual hardness is in the range of-
A. over 600 BHN C. below 350 BHN
70. Continuous stretching under load even if the stress is less than the yield
point
A. plasticity C. creep
71. The most known lubricants being utilized in whatever category of load and speed
are oil, air, grease and dry lubricants like
B. lead D. graphite
72. A coupling that allows axial flexibility/movement in the operation. Made of

alternate bolting of steel, leather, fabric and/or plastic material into the
two flanges
A. Flexible disk coupling
73. It consists of two cranks, a stationary piece called the line of centers and
the connecting rod is a
B. four-crank braces D. four-bar linkage
74. Find the torsional moment in N-m developed when the shaft delivers 40.2 hp at
260 rpm.
B. 901 x 10 to the 2nd power D.1102 x 10 to the 3rd power
75. Compute how many ¼ inch diameter set screws required to transmit 3 HP at a
shaft speed of 900 rpm. The shaft diameter is 1 ¼ in
A. 2 C. 4
B. 3 D. 2.5
76. A pair of gear and pinion having a ratio of 4 with the gear having 100 teeth
and the pinion with 25 teeth. Find the circular pitch, if the center distance
is 15 and the pitch is at 6.
A. 0.94 C. 0.610
B. 0.754 D. 0.552
77. A gear of 80 teeth and a pinion of 20 teeth has a gear and pinion ratio of 4.
Find the center distance , in inches, if the circular pitch is 0.885.
A. 14.1 C. 16.1
B. 15.1 D. 17.1

A. 58.2 cm3 C. 98.2 cm3
3
B. 78.2 cm D. 108.2 cm3
79. A hollow shaft with outside diameter of 14 cm and wall thickness of 0.08 cm
transmits 200 kW at 400 rpm. What must be the angular deflection of the shaft
if the length is 5 meters? Take G = 12,000,000 psi.
A. 0.019 deg C. 1.94 deg
B. 1.14 deg D. 2.44 deg
80. A pair of equal and opposite (not collinear) forces that tend cause a rotation
of a body
A. couple C. equilibrium
81. The ratio of the pitch diameter in inches to the number of teeth
B. English module D. pitch diameter
82. When high strength and durability are a requirements for choosing gear
materials it is preferable to use_________material
B. steel D. white iron
83. The distance between similar, equally-spaced tooth surfaces in a given

direction and along a given line.
A. pitch circle C. pitch
84. Compute the safe wall thickness of a 90 cm diameter steel tank. The tank is
subjected to 7 MPa pressure and the steel material has yield stress of 220 MPa.
Use a factor of safety of 3.
A. 4.3 cm C. 3.2 cm
B. 3.8 cm D. 2.5 cm
85. A bolt has a tensile load of 300 lbs. The bolt is made of SAE 1040 material
with Sy = 55 ksi, what is the stress area of the bolt?
A. 0.1023 in2 C. 0.327 in2
2
B. 0.1230 in D. 0.5190 in2
86. With an electric arc welding rate rate of 18 in/min, how long will it take to
weld a ½ in. thick plate by 3 ft long seam?
A. 3 min. C. 1.5 min.
B. 2 min. D. 4 min.
87. Compute the deflection of a 20 coils helical spring having a load of 120 kgs.
The modulus of elasticity in shear of spring is 98 GPa, outside diameter of 10
cm and wire diameter of 10 mm. The spring is squared and ground ends.
A. 162.1 mm C. 134.1 mm
B. 154.4 mm D. 126.1 mm
88. The torsional deflection of steel shaft is 0.6 deg per meter length. The shear
stress is 60 MPa. Compute the diameter of the shaft in mm. Steel modulus of
elasticity is 79 GPa.
A. 90 mm C. 130 mm
B. 105 mm D. 145 mm
89. What is the size of an air cylinder operating at 10 bar with a required force
of 7854 N? Use a load ratio of 90%. Load ratio means the ratio of required
force and theoretical force.
A. 100 mm C. 150 mm
B. 105 mm D. 300 mm
90. A steel rod 30 ft long used in a control mechanism must transmit a tensile
force of 980 lb without stretching more than 1/8 in. nor exceeding an allowable
stress of 20,000 psi. What must the diameter of the rod be? (E = 30 x 106 psi )
A. 1/4 in C. 1/2 in
B. 3/8 in D. 3/4 in
91. A steel bar initially free of stress, is held between rigid supports. Determine
the stress in the bar if the temperature drops 130 deg F. (k = 6.5 x 10-6 per
deg F)
A. 11,400 psi C. 20,600 psi
B. 15,600 psi D. 25,400 psi
92. When working on bearings and checking for high spots, it is customary to apply:
B. red lead D. Prussian blue
93. If you wanted to check the face of a pump slide valve or other flat-faced valve,
you could check for trueness on a:
B. surface plate D. bearing plate

B. cleaned and tinned D. insulated

A. Square C. Double flute

A. taper, plug and end C. taper, plug and bottom
B. smaller than the size of the tap
98. When preparing to tap a hole for a pipe fitting the size of the drill will be :
A. larger than the tap size
99. Which of the following does not have to be lubricated when drilling?
A. steel C. monel
B. brass D. tool steel
100. The tool to use when cutting a hole in the side of a round piece of metal is
called a:
A. vise C. “V” block
END
moment of 415 N-m. Determine the equivalent The joint efficiency is 70% and the tensile the Hp that can be transmitted by the clutch
PREBOARD twisting moment.
a. A. 597.84 N-m B. 456.42 N-m C. 546.43 N-m
strength is 60,000 psi.
A. 4020 psi B.4200 psi A.
assuming uniform pressure.
35.2 Hp B. 23.5 Hp C. 47.2 Hp D. 27.4 Hp
EXAMINATION IN MD D. 497.85 N-m
10. A 4 inches shaft using a flat key, whose width is 1
C. 2500 psi D. 2040 psi
18. A cylinder having an internal diameter of 508 mm
25. Determine the power capacity of a cone clutch
under uniform pressure and assuming the
ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS CORRECTLY AND inch, is transmitting a torque of 53,000 in-lb. If and external diameter of 814.4 mm is subjected to following pressure and assuming the following
QUICKLY. SHADE THE LETTER OF THE BEST ANSWER. the design shearing stress is 5000 psi, determine an internal pressure of 69 Mpa and an external of conditions; major diameter = 250 mm, minor
CHEATING IS NOT ALLOWED. the safe length of key. 14 Mpa. Determine the hoop stress at the inner diameter = 200 mm, length of conical elements in
a. A. 6.3 inches B. 5.3 inches C. 4.3 inches surface of the cylinder contact-125 mm, rotating speed = 870 rpm,
1. What is the polar section modulus of a 4-inch D. 7.0 inches A. 90.11 Mpa B. 91.10 Mpa C. 911.0 Mpa D. 19.10 coefficient of friction = 0.30, and allowable
solid shaft? 11. A 75 mm diameter shaft is transmitting 300 KW Mpa pressure = 70 kpa.
a. A. 25.13 in3 B. 12.57 in4 C. 12.57 in3 at 600 rpm. A flange coupling is used and has 6 19. The root diameter of a double square thread is A. 19.2 KW B. 21.9 KW C. 29.1 KW D. 12.9 KW
D. 25.13 in4 bolts, each 18 mm in diameter. Find the required 0.55 inch. The screw has a pitch of 0.2 inch. Find 26. A flywheel has a mean diameter of 4ft and is
2. A hollow shaft carries a torque 3.4 KN-m at a diameter if the bolt circle based on an average the outside diameter and the number of threads required to handle 2250 ft-lb of kinetic energy. It
shearing stress if 55 Mpa. The outside diameter is shearing stress of 27.5 Mpa. per inch. has a width of 8 inches, mean operating speed is
1.25 times that of the inside diameter. Find the a. A. 227.4 mm B. 477.2 mm A. 0.75 inch and 5 threads/inch C. 0.50 300 rpm and the coefficient of fluctuation is to be
inside diameter in mm. C. 274.7 mm D. 247.7 mm inch and 5 threads/inch 0.05. Find the weight of rim, assuming that the
a. A. 64.67 B. 46.67 C. 84.67 D. 74.84 12. A heavy duty shaft coupling is to be secured woth B. 0.75 inch and 4 threads/inch D. 0.50 arms and hub are equivalent to 10% of the total
3. It is specified that the angular deformation in a 25 mm bolts at a distance of 150 mm from the inch and 4 threads/inch rim weight. The flywheel is made up of cast iron
shaft should not exceed 1” in length of 1.8m. The shaft center. The shaft transmits 4330 KW of 20. Two shafts 3.6 m between centers carry pulleys with specific weight of 0.26 lb per cubic inch.
allowable shearing stress is 53 Mpa. Determine power at a speed of 1200 rp,. If the allowable 1.2 m in diameter and 0.91 m in diameter A. 334 lb B. 434 lb C. 433 lb D. 343 lb
the diameter of the shaft. The shaft material has G shearing stress for bolts is 100 Mpa, how many respectively, connected by a crossed belt. It is 27. A 20o involute spur gear has a tooth whole depth
= 77 x 106 Mpa. bolts are required? desired to put the belt on as an open belt. How of 16.95 mm, a tooth thickness of 13.2 mm, and a
a. A. 222.34 mm B. 234.22 mm C. 23.42 cm A. 3 B. 6 C. 5 D. 4 long a piece must be cut of it? pitch of 3. Determine the circular pitch of the
D. 24.22 cm 13. A 1.75-inch diameter shaft is supported by two A. 300 mm B. 350 mm C. 400 mm D. 250 mm gear.
4. What modulus of elasticity in tension is required sleeve bearings. The total load on the wo bearings 21. A flat belt is 6 inches wide and 1/3 inch thick and A. 26.6 mm B. 16.6 mm C. 25.6 mm D. 24.6
to obtain a unit deformation of 0.00105 from a is 2900 lb. Find the friction power loss, in Hp, if transmits 15 Hp. The center distance is 8 ft. The mm
load producing a unit stress of 45,000 psi? the coefficient of friction between shaft and driving pulley is 6 inches in diameter and rotates 28. A parallel helical gear-set consists of a 19-tooth
a. A. 40 x 106 psi B. 43 x 106 psi C. 45 x 106 psi bearing is 0.10 and the shaft rotates 200 rpm. at 2000 rpm such that the loose side of the belt is pinion driving a 57-tooth gear. The pinion has a
6
D. 46 x 10 A. 0.88 Hp B. 0.78 Hp C. 0.98 Hp on top. The driven pulley is 18 inches in diameter. left-hand helix of 20o, a normal pressure angle of
5. A thrust washer has an inside diameter of 0.5 inch D. 0.68 Hp The belt material is 0.035 lb/in3 and the 14 1/2 deg . and a normal diametral pitch of 10
and an outside diameter of 3 inches. For an 14. Find the horsepower lost when a collar is loaded coefficient of friction is 0.30. Determine the net tooth/inch. If the pinion is to transmit 50 Hp at a
allowable bearing pressure of 90 psi, how much with 1000 lb, rotates at 25 rpm, and a coefficient belt tension. speed of 1750 rpm, determine the center distance
axial load can it sustain? of friction at 0.15. The outside diameter of the A. 167.56 lb B. 157.56 lb C. 156.75 lb D. 175.56 of the two gears.
a. A. 618.5 lb B. 537.2 lb collar is 4 inches and the inside diameter is 2 lb A. 2.02 inch B. 6.06 inch C. 4.04 inch D. 2.06
C. 702.2 lb D. 871.2 lb inches. 22. Two pulleys, 80 cm apart, carry a belt in an open inch
6. An air cylinder has a bore of 25 mm and is A. 0.0629 Hp B. 0.0925 Hp C. 0.0269 Hp D. 0.0692 Hp connection. If the diameter of the pulleys are 40 29. A right-handed single-thread hardened steel
operated with shop air at a pressure of 90 ps. 15. A sleeve bearing has an outside diameter of 38.1 cm and 15 cm, what is the length of the belt worm has a catalog rating of 2.25 KW at 650 rpm
Find the push force extended by the piston rod in mm and a length of 50.1 mm, the wall thickness is needed? when meshed with a 48-tooth cast-steel gear. The
N. 3/16 inch. The bearing is subjected to radial load A. 248.35 cm B. 348.35 cm C. 265.45 cm D. 305.35 axial pitch of the worm is 25 mm, normal
a. A. 127 B. 70 C. of 450 lb, determine the bearing pressure. cm pressure angle is 14.5o, and the pitch diameter of
402 D. 305 a. A. 100 psi B. 150 psi C. 23. A pulley 600 mm in diameter transmits 40 KW at the worm is 100 mm. The coefficient of friction is
7. A line shaft is to transmit 200 Hp at 900 rpm. Find 200 psi D. 250 psi 500 rpm. The arc of contact between the belt and 0.085. Determine the shaft center distance.
the diameter of the shaft. 16. A vertical steel cylinder water tank is 30 m in pulley is 144o , the coefficient of friction between A. 241 mm B. 142 mm C. 412 mm D. 124
a. A. 2.18 inches B. 2.26 inches C. 3.18 inches diameter and 45 m high. The allowable stress of belt and pulley is 0.35 and the safe working stress mm
D. 3.26 in the steel plate is 120 Mpa. Without reinforcing of the belt is 2.1 Mpa. Determine the belt tension 30. A 20o straight-tooth bevel pinion having 14 teeth
8. A main transmitting shaft transmits 350 KW to angle bars and rods, determine the thickness of ratio, neglecting the effect of centrifugal force. and a diametral pitch of 6 tooth/inch drives a 42-
drive a generator at 2500 rpm, what is the the steel plate. A. 2.41 B. 2.14 C. 1.24 D. 4.12 tooth gear. The two shafts are at right angles and
required diameter of the shaft? A. 55.2 mm B. 56.2 mm 24. A disc clutch has 6 pairs of contacting friction in the same plane. Find the pitch angle of the
a. A. 58.5 mm B. 82.7 mm C. 65.2 mm D. 52.6 mm surfaces with an outside diameter of 200 mm and pinion.
C. 85.3 mm D. 56.2 mm 17. Determine the bursting steam pressure of a an inside diameter of 100 mm. The coefficient of A. 18.4o B. 20o C. 14.5o D. 20.5o
9. A round steel shaft rotates at 200 rpm and is hemispherical steel shell with a diameter of 100 friction of the clutch materials is 0.4 and the axial 31. A triple thread worm has a lead angle of 17 o and a
subjected to a torque of 275 N-m and a bending inches and made of 0.0635 m thick steel plate. force is 1500 N. The shaft speed is 1200 rpm. Find pitch diameter of 2.2802 inches. Find the center
distance when the worm is mated with a wheel of 39. A 10" diameter pulley is belt driven with a net mean diameter of the collar 4in. if the gate rises at 51. Calculate the power of electric motor for a drilling
48 teeth. torque of 250 ft-lbs. The ratio of tensions in the the rate of 2fpm, determine the size of the motor machine to drill a hole 15 mm diameter in cast
A. 6.72 inches B. 7.26 inches C. 6.27 inches D. 7.62 tight to stack sides of the belt is 4 to 1. What is the required to lift the gate if the mechanical iron workpiece at 450 rpm and 0.2 mm feed. The
inches maximum tension in the belt? efficiency is 85% for the speed reducing specific power is 0.03 kW and efficiency of motor
32. A double thread worm has a pitch diameter of 3 a. 250 lbs. equipment. is 80%.
inches. The wheel has 20 teeth and a pitch b. 800 lbs. a. 20 hp a. 0.6 kW
diameter of 5 inches. Find the gear helix angle. c. 83 lbs. b. 30 hp b. 0.9 kW
A. 4.69o B. 9.46o C. 6.49o D. 6.94o d. 500 lbs. c. 34 hp c. 0.7 kW
33. A sleeve bearing has an outside diameter of 1.5 in 40. Compute how many 3/8 inch diameter set screws d. 24 hp d. 0.4 kW
and a length of 2 in, the wall thickness is 3/16 in. required to transmit 3 Hp at a shaft speed of 1000 46. A 15/16-in wide key has a depth of 5/8 in. It is 12 52. A double square thread screw is used to raise a
The bearing is subjected to a radial load of 450 lb. rpm. The shaft diameter is 1 inch inches long and is to be used on a 200 hp, 1160 load of 20,000 lb at a velocity of 3 fpm. Outside
Find the bearing pressure. a. 1 ½ rpm, squirrel-cage induction motor. The shaft diameter of thread and pitch are 2 7/8 in. and 1
a. 100 psi b. 2 diameter is 3 7/8 inches. The maximum running in. respectively. Collar friction coefficient is 0.12,
b. 150 psi c. 3 torque is 200% of the full-load torque. Determine thread friction coefficient is 0.10. Mean diameter
c. 200 psi d. 1 the maximum compressive stress of the key of collar 5 in. Determine the power required to
d. 250 psi 41. A drop hammer of 1 ton dead weight capacity is a. 779 psi drive the screw.
34. Find the torsional deflection, in degrees of a solid propelled downward by a 12 inch diameter b. 997 psi a. 3.45 hp
steel shaft 110 mm OD 1.4 m long subjected to 3.1 cylinder. At 100 psi air pressure what is the c. 197 psi b. 4.29 hp
x 106 N-mm. The torsinal modulus of elasticity is impact velocity if the stroke is 28 inches? d. 279 psi c. 4.65 hp
80,000 N/mm-mm a. 47.4 ft/sec 47. A storage tank for air, 36 inche in diameter, is to d. 5.02 hp
a. 0.22 b. 31.6 ft/sec withstand an internal pressure of 200 psi with a 53. A carbide milling cutter 250 mm in diameter is
b. 0.195 c. 15.8 ft/sec design factor of 4 based on Su. The steel has the used to cut a block mild steel with a plain cutter.
c. 0.28 d. 63.2 ft/sec strength equivalent to C1020 annealed and the The block is 500 mm long. If the feed is 0.50
d. 0.24 42. A link has a load factor of 0.8 the surface factor welded joints should have a relative strength mm/rev and depth of cut is 1.2 mm, determine
35. A cut gear transmits 25 Hp at a pitch line velocity 0.8, the surface factor is 0.92 and the endurance (efficiency) of 90%. If Su for annealed C1020 steel the time required to take one cut. The over travel
of 6000 ft/min. If the service is intermittent the strength is 28000 psi. Compute the alternating is 57 ksi. Compute the longitudinal stress. is 16 mm. the cutting speed is 80 m/min.
dynamic load is: stress of the link if it is subjected to a reversing a. 128,000 psi a. 8.45 min
a. 244 load. Assume a factor of safety of 3. b. 821,000 psi b. 7.45 min
b. 264 a. 8150 c. 800,000 psi c. 9.45 min
c. 274 b. 10920 d. 12,800 psi d. 10.45 min
d. 284 c. 9,333 48. The mass of a flywheel is 175 kg and its radius of 54. A leather belt 6 inches by ¼ in. thick running at
36. An internal gearing requires an idler gear if the d. 7260 gyration is 380 mm. Find the torque required to 4000 ft/min. connects 12 in and 60 in. in
driving gear of 6 inches in diameter and the 43. Determine the average time to cut by automatic attain a speed of 500 rpm from rest in 30 seconds. diameter pulleys. The angles of contact are 270
center distance of the idler to the driver is 20 oxy-acetylene (machine) crosswise a 4ft x 8ft x a. 40.46 N deg. And 240 deg for small and large pulleys
inches. What is the inside diameter of the driven 4in thick steel plate. b. 44.12 N respectively. Coefficient of friction on large pulley
gear? a. 6.85 min. c. 35.66 N is 0.4 on small pulley 0.3. if the allowable tension
a. 62 b. 318 sec d. 38.48 N is 100 lb per in. determine the maximum
b. 70 c. 10 min 49. Calculate the power consumed during cutting of a horsepower that can be transmitted without
c. 74 d. 360 sec low carbon steel bar 40 mm diameter if cutting considering centrifugal force.
d. 81 44. A crate weighing 4,000 lb is moving at a speed of force is 150 kg at 200 rpm. a. 44 hp
37. In a standard bevel gear, the pinion rotates at 150 4ft/s. It is brought to rest by two compression a. 0.46 hp b. 55 hp
rpm, its number of teeth is 14 while the gear has spring in stopping the crate, the springs are to be b. 0.66 hp c. 33 hp
42 teeth, what is the pitch angle of the pinion? compressed 8 in. If the spring index is 6 and the c. 0.75 hp d. 66 hp
a. 18.4 degrees allowable stress is 52,000 psi, determine the d. 0.83 hp 55. What load in Newton must be applied to a 25 mm
b. 20 degrees maximum load on each springs. 50. A broach is used to cut a key way 8mm wide, round steel bar 3.0 m long to stretch the bar 1.3
c. 14.5 degrees a. 1491 lbs 5mmm deep in a boss 64mm long. Determine the mm?
d. 20.5 degrees b. 2037 lbs cutting length of broach if the rise per tooth is a. 42,056
38. The maximum moment induced in a simply c. 1675 lbs 0.0875mm and the number of finishing teeth is b. 52,840
supported beam of 20 foot span, by a 2,000 pound d. 2453 lbs 13. c. 55,016
load at midspan is 45. Two 2 ¾ in sellers standard square thread screws a. 672 mm d. 44,031
a. 125,000 ft-lbs are used to raise and lower a hydraulic gate b. 627 mm 56. In the LRT II project steel railroad rails of 10
b. 15,000 ft-lbs weighing 60 tons. A 570 rpm electric motor c. 762 mm meters long are to be installed. If lowest
c. 30,000 ft-lbs operates the screws. The coefficients of collar and d. 726 mm temperature considered is 20 deg. C and a
d. 10,000 ft-lbs thread friction are 0.03 and 0.14 respectively. The maximum temperature of 36 deg C is designed
for, and the modulus of elasticity of steel to be b. 20 tons factor of 1.4 yield. A assume efficiency of welded used is standard C-120 (L=122.9in.). Determine
207,000 Mpa, determine the clearance between c. 30 tons joint as 85%. the center distance between sheaves
the clearance between rails such that adjoining d. 40 tons a. 0.549 in a. 709 mm
rail will just touch at maximum design 63. A rectangular key was used in a pulley connected b. 0.455 in b. 865 mm
temperature. to a line shaft with a power of 8 kw at a speed pf c. 1.2 in c. 806 mm
a. 2.34 1200 rpm. If the shearing stress of the shaft and d. 0.3 in d. 686 mm
b. 3.32 key are 30 N/mm^2. Respectively. What is the 69. A 48 in diameter spoked steel flywheel having a 74. A safety valve spring having 9 and ½ coils has the
c. 3.41 diameter of the shaft? 12 in wide x 10 in deep rim rotates at 200 rpm. ends squared and ground. The outside diameter
d. 1.86 How long a cut (in inches) can be stamped in one of the coil is 115 mm and the wire is 13 mm. It has
57. 1What pressure is required to punch a hole 3 in. a. 22.2 mm inch thick aluminum plate if ultimate shearing a free length of 203 mm. Determine the length of
diameter through a ¼ in. steel plate? b. 21.7 mm strength of the aluminum is 40,000 lb/in2. During the wire to which this spring must be initially
a. 45 tons c. 25.8 mm stamping , the force exerted by the stamp varies compressed to hold a boiler pressure of 1.38 MPa
b. 20 tons d. 30.2 mm from a maximum F lb at the point of contact to on the seat of 32 mm diameter. Modulus of
c. 30 tons 64. A line shaft with a power of 150 KW at a speed of zero lb when the stamp emerges from the metal. rigidity is taken as G=80GN/m².
d. 40 tons 1200 rpm, had a rectangular key used in its pulley Neglect the weight of the flywheel weight of the a. 172
58. A steel tie rod on bridge must be made to connection. Consider the shearing of stress of the flywheel and spokes and use 0.28 lb/in3 density b. 179
withstand a pull of 6,000 lbs. find the diameter of shaft to be 40 N/mm^2 and the key to be 200 for flywheel material. c. 192
the rod assuming a factor of safety of 5 and N/mm^2, determine the shaft diameter. a. 43.2 in d. 158
ultimate stress of 64,000 psi. a. 66.62 mm b. 41.1 in 75. A single threaded trapezoidal metric thread has a
a. 0.705 in b. 53.31 mm c. 44.5 in pitch of 4 mm, and a mean diameter of 18 mm. It
b. 0.891 in c. 40.82mm d. 35.9 in is used as a translation screw in conjunction with
c. 0.809 in d. 44.94 mm 70. A shearing machine requires 150 kg m of energy a collar having an outside diameter of 37 mm and
d. 0.773 in 65. A cylinder having an internal diameter of 20 in to shear a steel sheet, and has normal speed of 3.0 an inside diameter of 27 mm. Find the required
59. An engine parts is being tested with a load of and an external diameter of 36 in is subjected to rev/sec slowing down to 2.8 rev/sec during the torque in N-m to raise a load of 400 kg if the
30,000 lb. the allowable tensile stress is 10,000 an internal pressure of 10,000 psi and an external shearing process. The flywheel account for 15% coefficient of friction is 0.3 for both thread and
psi, modulus of elasticity of 40×10^5 psi. If the pressure of 2,500 psi. Determine the hoop stress of its total weight, find the thickness of the rim in collar.
original length of specimen is 42 inches with at the inner surface of the cylinder. cm. a. 34.6 N-m
elongation not exceeding 0.0015 inch, what a. 24, 705.16 psi a. 0.00487 cm b. 32.6 N-m
diameter of the specimen is required? b. 19, 028.52 psi b. 0.00432 cm c. 39.1 N-m
a. 4.2 in c. 13, 142.86 psi c. 0.00363 cm d. 38.5 N-m
b. 3.0 in d. 11, 696.43 psi d. 0.00482 cm 76. Determine the diameter of the stud bolt that are
c. 2.5 in 66. A thin walled cylindrical pressure vessel is 71. What would be the weight of a flywheel in kg if required to fasten down the cylinder head of a
d. 5.17 in subjected to internal pressure which varies from the weight of the rim is 3 times the sum of the 203 mm x 304 mm gas engine. There are ten bolts
60. A steel rod 75 inches long tested with a load of 750 kPa to 3350 kPa continuously. The diameter weight of the hub and arms. Given the outside on the block. The explosion pressure is 31
3000 lb is suspended from the other end. If the of the shell is 150 cm. Find the required thickness diameter and inside diameter to be 24 in and 18 kg/sq.cm and studs are made of ordinary bolts
rod stretches 0.025 inches, find the modulus of of the cylinder based on yield point of 480 MPa in respectively and the rim width is 4.5 in. material SAE 1020. How deep should the bolt be
elasticity of the steel. net endurance limit of 205 MPa and a factor of (assume steel flywheel) drilled?
a. 36×10^6 psi safety of 2.5. a. 140.95 kg a. 38.1 mm
b. 11.5×10^6 psi a. 21.2 mm b. 160.95 kg b. 40.2 mm
c. 30×10^6psi b. 22.21 mm c. 200.95 kg c. 37.3 mm
d. 27×10^6 psi c. 23.83 mm d. 152.95 kg d. 35.5 mm
61. Considered is 20 deg C and a maximum d. 20.72 mm 72. A cast iron flywheel with a mean diameter of 36 77. A single square thread power screw is to raise a
temperature of 30 deg C is designed for, and the 67. A compression ring is to be used at the junction of inches changes speed from 300 rpm to 280 while load of 70 kN. The screw has a major diameter of
modulus of elasticity of steel to be 207,000 Mpa, a conical head and shell. Determine the required it gives up 8000 ft-lb of energy. What is the 36 mm and a pitch of 6 mm. The coefficient of
determine the clearance between rails such that area of the compression ring if the pressure is 50 coefficient of fluctuation? thread friction and collar friction are 0.13 and
adjoining rail will just touch at maximum design psi and the stress is 13750 psi. Assume efficiency a. 0.069 0.10 respectively. If the collar mean diameter is
temperature. of the joint is 80%. b. 0.015 90 mm and the screw turns at 60rpm, find the
a. 2.34 a. 00715 d^2 c. 0.082 combined efficiency of screw and collar.
b. 2.32 b. 0.00482 d^2 d. 0.020 a. 13.438%
c. 3.41 c. 0.00712 d^2 73. An ammonia compressor is driven by a 20kW b. 15.530%
d. 1.86 d. 0.00682 d^2 motor. The compressor and the motor RPM are c. 14.526%
62. What pressure is required to punch a hole 3 in. 68. A cylindrical vessel measuring (2ft x 5 ft) holds a 380 and 1750, respectively. The small sheave has d. 12.526%
diameter through a ¼ in. steel plate? gas at 3,000 psi. Using stainless OQT 12000, a pitch diameter of 152.4 mm. If the bolt to be 78. Find the horsepower required to drive a power
a. 45 tons determine the thickness of the plate with a design screw lifting a load of 4000 lbs. A 2 and ½ inches
double square thread with two threads/in is to be a. 56.53% 90. A 100 mm diameter solid shaft is to be replaced 96. A flange coupling is to be designed, using 25 mm
used. The friction radius of the collar is 2 inches b. 67.31% with a hollow shaft equally strong (torsion) and diameter bolts at a distance of 152 mm from the
and the coefficients of friction are 0.1 for the c. 48.49% made of the same material. The outside diameter center of the shaft. allowable shearing stress on
threads and 0.15 for the collar. The velocity of the d. 52.90% of the hollow shaft is to 27 mm. What should be the bolt is 103 Mpa. if the shaft is to transmit
nut is 10 ft/min. 84. A solid transmission shaft is 4.0 inches in the inside diameter? The allowable shearing 5,600 hp at a speed of 1200 rpm, how many bolts
a. 5.382 HP diameter. It is desired to replace it with a hallow stress is 41.4 MPa? are needed in the connection?
b. 4.395 HP shaft of the same material and same torsional a. 107.42 mm a. 2
c. 3.683 HP strength but its weight should only be half as b. 105.82 mm b. 3
d. 6.472 HP much as the solid shaft. Find the outside diameter c. 291.53 mm c. 4
79. A flywheel has a mean diameter of 4 ft and is of the hallow shaft in millimeters. d. 109.60 mmw d. 5
required to handle 2200 ft-lb of kinetic energy. a. 107.315 mm 91. If the weight of 6” diameter by 48” long SAE 1030 97. A spherical shell of 1.8 m of outside diameter and
The flywheel has a width of 8in. Normal operating b. 112.231 mm shafting is 174.5 kg then what will be the weight 1.725 m inside at a pressure of 10.4 MPa.
speed is 300 rpm and the coefficient of fluctuation c. 122.940 mm of chromium SAE 51416 of same size? Compute the stress in the shell.
is to be 0.05. Find the weight of the rim assuming d. 131.204 mm a. 305.79 lbs a. 124.8 Mpa
that the arms and hub are equivalent is 10% of 85. A railroad track is laid at a temperature of 10 b. 426.70 lbs b. 119.6 Mpa
the specific weight. degree F with gaps of 0.01 feet between the ends c. 347.96 lbs c. 96.48 Mpa
a. 412 lb of the rails. The rails are 33 feet long. If they are d. 465.89 lbs d. 88.46 Mpa
b. 334 lb prevented from buckling, what stress will result 92. A 50 inches diameter diamond saw blade is 98. A thin hollow spheres of radius 10 in and
c. 452.4 lb from a temperature of 110 degree F? Coefficient mounted on a pulley driven steel shaft, required a thickness 0.1 in is subjected to an internal
d. 533 lb of linear expansion = 6.5x10^6 per degree F. blade peripheral linear speed of 150 ft/sec. Motor pressure of 100 psig the maximum normal stress
80. Find the rim thickness for a cast iron flywheel a. 10,000 psi drive is 125 hp at 1,200 rpm, with 6 inches on an element of the sphere is:
with a width of 200 mm, a mean diameter of 1.2 b. 8,530 psi diameter pulley. Determine the shaft rpm to a. 5,000 psi
in a normal operating speed of 300 rpm, a c. 9,450 psi attain blade peripheral speed required. b. 7,070 psi
coefficient fluctuation of 0.05 and which is d. 10409 psi a. 716.2 rpm c. 14,140 psi
capable of hanging 3000 N-m of kinetic energy. 86. What load P which causea total deformation of b. 635.3 rpm d. 2,500 psi
Assume that the hub and arms represent 10% of 0.036 inch of a steel rack which has a cross- c. 539.10 rpm 99. Pressurized water at 1.37 Mpa is stored in a steel
the rim weight and the specific weight of cast iron section area of 4 sq. inches and a length of 5 ft. d. 687.55 rpm cylindrical tank 1.4 meters in diameter. If the
is 7200 kg/m³ a. 55,000 lb 93. A steel shaft transmits 40 hp at 1400 rpm. allowable tangential stress is 8.5 Mpa, find the
a. 25.28 mm b. 72,000 lb Considering allowable shearing stress based on required wall thickness of the tank.
b. 28.82 mm c. 60,000 lb pure torsion to be 5000 psi, find the torsional a. 123.6 mm
c. 28.25 mm d. 50,000 lb deflection of the shaft in degrees per foot. b. 130.5 mm
d. 25.25 mm 87. What factor of safety is needed for a 2 in. a. 0.392 degrees/foot c. 112.9 mm
81. A cast iron flywheel is rotated at a speed of 1200 diameter shaft with an ultimate strength of b. 0.246 degrees/foot d. 135.1 mm
rpm and having a mean rim radius of 1 foot. If the 50,000 psi to transmit 40,000 in-lb torque. c. 0.541 degrees/foot 100. A mechanical press is used to punch 6 holes per
weight of the rim is 30 lbs. What is the centrifugal a. 2.25 d. 0.435 degree/foot holes is 25 mm diameter and the plates has an
force? Use factor C=41. b. 1.95 94. A multiple disc clutch of 10 steel disc and 9 ultimate strength in shear of 420 Mpa. The
a. 14,800 lbs c. 2.14 bronze disc. the effective outside and inside normal operating speed 200 rpm. And it slows
b. 70,000 lbs d. 2.62 diameter are 20.32 cm and 15.24 cm, respectively down to 180 rpm during the process of punching.
c. 14 860 lbs 88. A round steel shaft transmits 373 watts at 1800 if the axial force of 450 Newton is applied and the The flywheel has a mean diameter of one meter
d. 14,760 lbs rpm. The torsional deflection is not to exceed 1 shaft turns at 1200 rpm, find the horsepower and the rim width is 3 times the thickness.
82. A centrifugal pump is directly couple to a motor. deg in a length equal to 20 diameters. Find the capacity, assume a coefficient of friction of 0.27. Assume that the hub and arm account for 5% of
The pump rating is 3,600 liters per minute against shaft diameter. a. 39.566 hp the rim weight concentrated at the mean
a total head of 8 meters of water. Pump efficiency a. 6.53 mm b. 40.482 hp diameter and the density of cast iron is 7200 kg
is 65% at shaft speed of 550 rpm. Calculate the b. 8.72 mm c. 37.456 hp per cubic meter. Find the power in kW required
torsional stress induced on the 40 mm diameter c. 12.84 mm d. 35. 659 hp to drive the press.
motor shaft. d. 18.16 mm 95. A flange bolt coupling consist of eight steel 20 mm a. 1.310 kW
a. 11,193.45 kPa 89. A steel shaft operates at 186 rad/s and must diameter steel bolts spaced evenly around a bolt b. 5.57 kW
b. 12,420.72 kPa handle 2 kW of power. The shearing stress is not circle 300 mm in diamter. if the coupling is c. 8.92 kW
c. 10,010.85 kPa to exceed 40 MN/m². Calculate the minimum subjected to a torque of 15.1 KN-m, determine the d. 9.03 kW
d. 13,113.83 kPa shaft diameter based on pure torsion. maximum shearing stress in the bolts?
83. A 80 mm solid shaft is to be replaced with a a. 9 mm a. 40450 kPa
hallow shaft of equal torsional strength. Find b. 11 mm b. 63320 kpa
percentage of weight saved, if the outside of the c. 13 mm c. 40054 kpa
hallow shaft is 100 mm. d. 15 mm d. 31298 kpa
PRIME REVIEW CENTER MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 1
REFRESHER - MDSP ELEMS/PROBS

Instruction: Choose the best answer. a) 2 182 rpm
b) 2 265 rpm
c) 2 071 rpm
d) 2 341 rpm
a) 368
b) 1474
c) 150
d) 38
1. What is the polar section modulus of a solid shaft with a diameter
Answer: B Answer: B
of 101.6 mm?
10. Compute the working strength of 1 inch bolt which is screwed up 18. A triple threaded worm has a pitch diameter of 3 inches. The wheel
a) 209.5 cm3 c) 209.5 cm4
tightly in packed joint when the allowable working stress is 13000 has 25 teeth and a pitch diameter of 5 inches. Material for both the
b) 205.9 cm3 d) 205.9 cm4
psi. wheel and the wheel is phosphor bronze. Determine the helix angle
Answer: B
a) 3 600 lb c) 3 950 lb of the gear.
2. With the water interruptions prevailing in your town, you have been
b) 3 900 lb d) 3 800 lb a) 11.31o c) 13.11o
asked to design an upright cylindrical water tank 6 meters in
Answer: B b) 11.13o d) 10.13o
diameter and 6 meters high, vented, and to be filled completely
11. Compute the nominal shear stress at the surface, in MPa, for a 50 Answer: A
with water. Determine the minimum thickness of the tank plate if
mm diameter shaft that is subjected to a torque of 0.48 kN-m. 19. A single square thread power screw is to raise a load of 70 kN. The
the stress is limited to 40 Mpa.
a) 16.95 c) 21.65 screw has a major diameter of 36 mm and a pitch of 6 mm. The
a) 3.3 mm c) 4.4 mm
b) 19.56 d) 25.12 coefficient of thread friction and collar friction are 0.13 and 0.10
b) 5.5 mm d) 8.8 mm
Answer: B respectively. If the collar mean diameter is 90 mm and the screw
Answer: C
12. A hollow iron pipe to be designed as a column has an outside turns at 60 rpm, find the axial linear speed of the screw.
3. A steel shaft 1.75 inches in diameter transmits 40 Hp at 1800 rpm.
diameter of 240 mm and is subjected to a force of 80 KN. Find the a) 5 mm/s c) 6 mm/s
Assuming a modulus of rigidity of 12 x 10 6 psi, find the torsional
pipe thickness if the compressive stress is limited to 16 MPa. b) 7 mm/s d) 5.5 mm/s
deflection of the shaft in degrees per foot length.
a. 5.85 mm c. 6.85 mm Answer: C
a) 0.0073 c) 0.0037
b. 7.85 mm d. 8.85 mm 20. A double thread ACME screw driven by a motor at 400 rpm raises
b) 0.0063 d) 0.00013
Answer: C the attached load of 900 kg at a speed of 10 m/min. The screw has
Answer: A
13. A uniform beam 12 meters long is fixed at one end. It has a a pitch diameter of 36 mm; the coefficient of friction on threads is
4. A helical-coil spring has a mean coil diameter of 1 inch and a wire
uniform weight of 50 kg/m along its length. A load of 20 kgs. is 0.15. The friction torque on the thrust bearing of the motor is taken
diameter of 1/8 inch. Determine the curve correction factor of the
suspended on the beam 4 m from the free end. The moment at the as 20 % of the total input. Determine the lead angle.
spring.
fixed end is a) 12.465o c) 14.265o
a) 1.144 c) 1.44
a. 3760 kg-m c. 0.0 kg-m b) 15.462o d) 16.452o
b) 1.1144 d) 1.1414
b. 60 kg-m d. 4800 kg-m Answer: A
Answer: B
Answer: A 21. What Hp can a 1-inch diameter short shaft transmit at 380 rpm?
5. A vise is equipped with a 1-inch single square thread, with 4
14. A 20o straight-tooth bevel pinion having 14 teeth and a diametral a) 3 Hp c) 18 Hp
threads per inch. The frictional radius of the collar is 0.5 inch. The
pitch of 6 teeth/inch drives a 42-tooth gear. The two shafts are at b) 10 Hp d) 7.1 Hp
coefficient of friction for both the collar and threads is 0.20. How
right angles and in the same plane. Find the pitch angle of the Answer: B
much external torque must be applied to produce a force of 200 lb
pinion. 22. A spur pinion rotates at 600 rpm and transmits 25 kW to a mating
against the jaws of the vise?
a) 18.4o c) 20o gear. The pitch diameter of the pinion is 100 mm, and the pressure
a) 39.73 in-lb c) 33.97 in-lb
b) 14.5o d) 20.5o angle is 20o. Determine the tangential load, in N.
b) 37.93 in-lb d) 39.37 in-lb
Answer: A a) 7660 c) 6790
Answer: B
15. A 20o straight-tooth bevel pinion having 14 teeth and a diametral b) 3900 d) 3098
pitch of 6 teeth/inch drives a 32-tooth gear. The two shafts are at Answer: A
diameter of 1/8 inch. Determine the Wahl factor of the spring.
right angles and in the same plane. The pinion is to transmit 1800 23. A multiple-disk clutch, composed of three plates with a small
a) 1.148 c) 1.184
rpm and transmitting 50 hp. Determine the pitch diameters of the diameter of 150 mm and large diameter of 200 mm, is designed to
b) 1.418 d) 1.814
gears. transmit 100 kW at 3000 rpm at a coefficient of friction of 0.5.
Answer: C
a) 2.33 inches and 5.36 inches Determine the spring force needed to engage the clutch.
b) 3.23 inches and 3.56 inches a) 2820 N c) 2428 N
diameter of 1/8 inch. Determine the value of Bergstrassar factor of
c) 5.36 inches and 6.36 inches b) 5460 N d) 3638 N
the spring.
d) 2.33 inches and 2.33 inches Answer: D
a) 1.172 c) 1.712
Answer: A 24. A wire rope lifts a load of 10 kips at a maximum speed of 1000 feet
b) 1.217 d) 1.271
16. A 1-inch diameter shaft has a single disc weighing 75 lb mounted per minute, attained in 5 seconds starting from rest. The rope has a
Answer: A
midway between two bearings 20” apart. Find the lowest critical metallic cross sectional area of 0.4 in 2. Determine the maximum
8. Compute the tooth thickness of a 14.5 o spur gear with diametral
speed in rpm. Neglect the weight of the shaft. Assume that the tensile stress on the rope in ksi.
pitch of 5.
modulus of elasticity is 30 x 106 psi. a) 26.2 c) 25.0
a) 0.23140 inch c) 0.31416 inch
a) 2038 rpm c) 2308 rpm b) 27.6 d) 32.4
b) 0.43140 inch d) 0.03140 inch
b) 2380 rpm d) 2803 rpm Answer: B
Answer: C
Answer: A 25. What is the bursting steam pressure of a hemispherical steel shell
9. Compute the speed of the gear mounted on a 52.5 mm diameter
17. A flywheel weighing 457 kg has a radius of 375 mm. How much with a diameter of 100 inches and made of 0.0635-m thick steel
shaft receiving power from a driving motor with 250 Hp.
energy, in N-m, does the flywheel loss from 3 rps to 2.8 rps?
TOP THE BOARD TOP THE BOARD TOP THE BOARD TOP THE BOARD TOP THE BOARD TOP THE BOARD TOP THE BOARD TOP THE BOARD TOP THE BOARD
TOP THE BOARD TOP THE BOARD TOP THE BOARD TOP THE BOARD TOP THE BOARD. GOODLUCK!

plate, if the joint efficiency is 70 % and the tensile strength is 60 a) 201 lb c) 210 lb lengths if there is to be a continuous relative rotation between two
000 psi? b) 102 lb d) 120 lb members. ‘’How do you call the preceding length?
a) 4 020 psi c) 4 200 psi Answer: C A. Bohr’s Law C. Grashof’s Law
b) 2 400 psi d) 2 040 psi 33. Which of the following are the compositions of stainless steel 302? B. Coriolli’s Law D. Freudentein’s Law
Answer: C A. 18% chromium and 8% nickel Answer: C
26. A cylinder having an internal diameter if 508 mm and external B. 18% nickel and 8% chromium
diameter if 914.4 mm is subjected to an internal pressure of 69 MPa C. 18% chromium and 8% phosphor bronze 41. Which of the following is not true for an instant center or centro of
and an external pressure of 14 MPa. Determine the hoop stress at D. 8% bronze and 8% vanadium planar linkages?
the inner surface of the cylinder. Answer: A A. Centro is a point common to two bodies having the same
a) 90.11 MPa c) 91.10 MPa velocity in each.
b) 911.0 MPa d) 19.10 Mpa 34. These springs are made from one or more flat strips of brass, B. Centro is a point in one body about which another body
Answer: A bronze, steel or other materials loaded as cantilevers or simple does not rotate.
27. What length of a square key is required for a 4-in diameter shaft beam. C. Centro is a point in one body about which another body
transmitting 1000 hp at 1000 rpm? The allowable shear and A. Torsion springs C. Garter springs actually turns.
compressive stresses in the key are 15 ksi and 30 ksi, respectively. B. Leaf springs D. Drawbar springs D. Centro is a point in one body about which another body
a) 2.1 inches c) 2.8 inches Answer: B tends to turn.
b) 3.2 inches d) 4.2 inches Answer: B
Answer: A 35. This refers to the space between adjacent coils when the spring is 42. This is the most common work holding device of a shaper machine
28. The root diameter of a double square thread is 0.55 inch. The compressed to its operating length. with the base graduated in degrees that make it possible to swivel
screw has a pitch of 0.2 inch. Find the number of thread per inch. A. Coil clearance C. Lead any angle. What is the working device?
a) 0.2 threads/inch c) 10 threads/inch B. Pitch D. Deflection A. Shaper vise C. Lathe holder
b) 5 threads/inch d) 2.5 threads/inch Answer: A B. Parallel bars and hold down bars D. Swivel head
Answer: B Answer: A
29. A single square thread power screw is to raise a load of 70 kN. The 36. This material is the most popular alloy spring steel for conditions
screw has a major diameter of 36 mm and a pitch of 6 mm. The involving higher stresses than can be used with the high carbon 43. This is a shaper operation, which is shaping the given stock and
coefficient of thread friction and collar friction are 0.13 and 0.10 steels and for use where fatigue resistance and long endurance are having the excess material remain with a tolerable allowance for
respectively. If the collar mean diameter is 90 mm and the screw needed; is also good for shock and impact loads. finishing. How do you call this operation?
turns at 60 rpm, find the combined efficiency of the screw and A. Chrome silicon C. hard-drawn wire A. Roughing C. Angular cutting
collar. B. Chrome vanadium D. Oil-tempered wire B. Finishing D. Contouring
a) 15.32 % c) 12.53 % Answer: B Answer: A
b) 13.52 % d) 15.97 %
Answer: C 37. For an American standard Screw Threads, what does 6-32 UNC 44. How do you call a cutting tool that has two or more cutting edges
30. Determine the power capacity of a cone clutch under uniform designate? as in drill presses and milling machine cutters?
pressure and assuming the following conditions: major diameter = A. Size 6, 32 threads per inch, coarse thread A. Grinder C. Multi-point cutting tool
250 mm; minor diameter = 200 mm; length of conical elements in B. 6 inches basic diameter, 32 threads per inch, coarse thread B. Single-point cutting tool D. Two point cutting tool
contact = 125 mm; rotational speed = 870 rpm; coefficient of C. Size 6, 32 threads per inch, fine Answer: C
friction = 0.30; and allowable pressure = 70 kPa. D. 32 inches basic diameter, 6 threads per inch, coarse thread
a) 25.74 Hp c) 24.75 Hp Answer: A 45. This is the trade name for the potential alloy made up of cobalt,
b) 27.45 Hp d) 24.57 Hp 38. In a straight bevel gear, how do you call the angle between an chromium, and tungsten in varying proportions. What is this trade
Answer: A element on the pitch cone and an element on the face cone? name?
31. Three extension springs are hooked in series that support a single A. Face angle C. Addendum angle A. Stellite C. Stainless steel
weight of 100 kg. The first spring is rated at 4 kN/m and the other B. Pitch angle D. Dedendum angle B. Carboloy D. Copper
two springs are rated 6 kN/m each. Determine the equivalent Answer: C Answer: A
stiffness of the three springs.
a) 1.71 kN/m c) 5 kN/m 39. It is Grashof four-bar mechanism in which the shortest link is the 46. It is called as the transformation of concepts and ideas into useful
b) 2.71 kN/m d) 3.71 kN/m frame or fixed link and the other two cranks completely rotate with machinery. What is this?
Answer: A their axes. How do you call this Grashof four-bar mechanism? A. Design C. Analysis
32. A flat belt is 6 inches wide and 1/3 inch thick and transmits 20 Hp. A. Drag-link mechanism C. Crank-rocker mechanism B. Synthesis D. Theorem
The center distance is 8 ft. The driving pulley is 6 inches in B. Double-rocker mechanism D. Triple-rocker mechanism Answer: A
diameter and rotates at 2 000 rpm such that the loose side of the Answer: A
belt is on top. The driven pulley is 18 inches in diameter. The belt 47. This is a combination of mechanisms and other components that
material is 0.035 lb/in3 and the coefficient of friction is 0.30. 40. For a planar four-bar linkage, the sum of the shortest and longest transforms, transmits, or uses energy, load, or motion for a specific
Determine the belt net tension. lengths cannot be greater than the sum of the remaining link purpose. How do you call this?

A. Mechanism C. Machine Answer: A B. chain tongs D. A or B
B. Engine D. Linkage Answer: D
Answer: C 56. When working on bearings and checking for high spots, it is
48. It is defined as synergistic of machine elements; synergistic customary to apply: 66. The tool used when preparing to put fittings on copper tubing is
because as a design it represents an idea or concept greater than A. white lead C. dykem blue called a:
the sum of the individual pats. What is this system? B. red lead D. Prussian blue A. tube spreader C. tube retarder
A. System of mechanisms C. Design system Answer: D B. flaring tool D. tube countersink
B. Mechanical system D. Expert system Answer: B
Answer: B 57. If you wanted to check the face of a pump slide valve or other flat-
faced valve, you could check for trueness on a: 67. Which of the following is not a standard thread form?
49. It may be defined as the displacement per length produced in a A. flat board C. piece of glass A. Square C. Double flute
solid and as the result of stress. How do you call this? B. surface plate D. bearing plate B. American National D. 60 deg. sharp V
A. Deformation C. Strain Answer: B Answer: C
B. Elongation D. Stress
Answer: C 58. To keep a metal clean while soldering, one would use a: 68. Which of the following is not a kind of mandrel?
A. flax C. flux A. Contraction
50. What is the combination of applied normal and shear stresses that B. torch D. insulated B. Expanded
produces maximum principal normal stress or minimum principal Answer: C C. Extended
normal stress, with a third principal stress between or equivalent to D. Taper
the extremes? 59. Before splicing electric wires, they should be: Answer: (A) Contraction
A. Principal shear stress C. Principal normal stress A. tinned C. soldered
B. Maximum shear stress D. Bending and shear stress B. cleaned and tinned D. insulated 69. An act of cutting out a piece of metal at a desired shape and size is
Answer: C Answer: B known as
A. Blanking
51. How do you call a load that is applied transversely to longitudinal 60. To check the speed of a motor or other rotary machine, one would B. Broaching
axis of member? use a: C. Dinking
A. Combined loads C. Bending load A. speed indicator C. tachometer D. Slitting
B. Concentrated load D. Distribute load B. micrometer D. A or C Answer: (A) Blanking
Answer: C Answer: D
70. Safety features that must be placed and maintained at machine,
52. It is the capacity of a material to absorb energy when it is deformed 61. Before drilling a hole in a piece of metal, it should be black smith welding and foundry shops called
elastically and then, upon unloading, to increase this energy. What A. marked with chalk C. scribed A. safety goggles
is this capacity of a material? B. center-punched D. protracted B. safety notices
A. Resilience C. Rigidity Answer: B C. safety notices in markers / boards
B. Toughness D. Ductility D. walkway shops
Answer: A 62. A tap or die marked 1/4 - 20 indicates: Answer: (C) safety notices in markers / boards
A. ¼” radius - 20 cm. longC. ¼” diameter - 20 threads per in.
53. How do you call the strain energy per unit volume required to B. ¼” radian - 20 threads per in. D. ¼ turn - 20 times 71. In a cutting tool the cutting end can also be generally called
stress a material from an unloaded state to the point of yielding? Answer: C A. back rake
A. Modulus of roughness C. Modulus of rigidity B. end cutting edge
B. Modulus of elasticity D. Modulus of resilience 63. After a piece of piece of pipe has been cut, the hole is cleaned out B. nose
Answer: D with a: C. side rake
A. piper reamer C. pipe taper Answer: (C) nose
54. The instrument used to reshape a grinding wheel that is grooved or B. pipe cleaner D. hole cleaner
out of round is called a: Answer: A 72. A machine shop equipment that can flatter horizontally, vertically
A. wheel aligner C. wheel emery or angular plane called
B. wheel dresser D. wheel cutter 64. The tool used for cutting pipe threads is called a : A. drill machine
Answer: B A. pipe cutter C. pipe threader B. power saw
B. pipe stock and die D. pipe ratcher cutter C. shaper machine
55. The instruments used to remove old packing from packing glands Answer: B D. welding machine
and stuffing boxes are called: Answer: (C) shaper machine
A. packing tools C. gland box cleaners 65. The tool used when working with larger sizes of pipe is called a:
B. packing bits D. packing screws A. chain pipe wrench C. chain holder

73. Which of the following is an unsafe condition in operating a lathe D. tong A. Nitriding C. Cyaniding *
machine? Answer: (B) Morse taper B. Carburizing D. Plating
A. Operating with safety gloves
B. Wearing a canvass apron 80. It is the best instrument for measuring a thousandth of an inch. 90. Which of the following is the effect when steel is tempered ?
C. Wearing denim pants/safety shoes A. Caliper A. More brittle C. less brittle *
D. Wearing safety goggles / hearing aid B. Micrometer B. Softer D. harder
Answer: (B) Wearing a canvass apron C. Pyrometer
D. Tachometer 91. In calculations using standard structural shapes of I-beams, it is
74. Which of the following tools does not belong to the group? Answer: (B) Micrometer assumed that the shear stress is carried by the
A. Divider A. entire cross-sectional area C. web only *
B. Double VEE block 81. Resilience (elastic toughness) is a measure of B. top flange only when in compression D. flanges only
C. Hermaphrodite caliper a. energy per unit volume stored in a deformed material
D. Trammel b. total plastic strain at failure 92. In a beam of rectangular cross section, the maximum shear stress
Answer: (B) Double VEE block c. strain energy per unit volume to reach the yield point * when related to the average shear stress is
d. strain energy (work per unit volume) to cause fracture. A. 150% higher C. 33% higher
75. In Machine Shop had forging operation of lengthening a piece of 82. What is the hardest form of steel B. 50 % higher * D. 50% lower
stock while reducing the cross-sectional area of work is called: a. bainite c. pearlite
A. Bloating b. ferrite d. martensite * 93. In a beam of circular cross section, the maximum shear stress when
B. Draining related to the average shear is
C. Spreading 83. A hard material A. 150% higher C. 33% higher *
D. Upsetting a. shows low ultimate strength B. 50 % higher D. 50% lower
Answer: (D) Upsetting c. yields little before breaking
b. shows high ultimate strength 94. The strain energy method of calculating beam defection at a point
76. Which of the following services is not considered to be a work of a d. exhibits a high modulus of elasticity * of local application equates the total internal strain energy to the
machinist? external
A. Grinding 84. At a specific temperature, the phase of a material will have all of A. deflection C. moment
B. Honing the following distinct characteristics except B. force D. work *
C. Overhauling a. composition c. magnetic properties
D. Reboring b. crystallic structure d. freezing point * 95. What is the ability of the material to absorb energy up to fracture?
Answer: (C) Overhauling A. Toughness C. Resilience
85. All of the following reaction points describe the transition of phases B. Rigidity D. Stiffness
77. Type of chuck wherein the work piece with standard diameter or in a binary alloy except a (n) Answer: A
size could be attached fast and quick especially small size work of a. eutectic reaction c. austentite reaction *
mass production called b. eutectoid reaction d. peritectic reaction 96. What is the other term for the Maximum-Shear-Stress Theory, as a
A. clamp toe dog failure prediction theory?
B. collet attachment 86. What is the international weld used to hold parts together A. Von Mises criterion C. Tresca yield criterion
C. lathe drive plate temporarily before further welding? B. Coulomb-Mohr theory D. Modified Mohr theory
D. steady center rest A. Gas weld C. Tack weld * Answer: C
Answer: (B) collet attachment B. Flash weld D. Emittent welding
97. It is a failure prediction theory, which states that a part subjected
78. Common defects encountered in the foundry shop steel casting 87. The process used to reduce stresses, induce softness, change to any combination of loads will fail (by yielding or fracturing)
operation and also in welding practices. ductility, or refine the grain structure of a metal is called: whenever the maximum shear stress exceeds a critical value. How
A. Blow / pin holes A. Soaking C. hardening do you call this failure prediction theory?
B. Cold shot B. Annealing * D. tempering A. Distortion-energy theory C. Maximum-shear-stress theory
C. Cracks B. Internal friction theory D. Modified Mohr theory
D. Parting line 88. Which of the following heat treatment of metals is used for Answer: C
Answer: (A) Blow / pin holes increasing the surface hardness of cast irons and steels?
A. Work hardening C. Flame hardening 98. This is a theory in cyclic and impact loading, which states that
79. Lathe operator to remove the taper shank from the taper hole uses B. Case hardening * D. Induction hardening damage at any stress level, is proportional to number of cycle.
drift. It is also called What is this theory commonly called?
A. chuck taper 89. What heat treatment is used frequently to hardened the surface of A. Miner’s Rule C. Goodman Rule
B. Morse taper small parts made from low carbon steel? B. Paris Power Law D. Manson-Coffin Relationship
C. tapered key

Answer: A
99. This is a lubrication where the load-carrying surfaces of the bearing

are separated by a relatively thick film of lubricant, so to prevent
metal-to-metal contact; and where the stability of the film can be
explained by the laws of fluid mechanics, how do you call this type
of lubrication?
A. Hydrostatic lubrication C. Hydrodynamic lubrication
B. Elastohydrodynamic lubrication D. Boundary lubrication
Answer: C
100. How do you call the speed at which a rotating shaft becomes
dynamically unstable?
A. Normal speed C. Critical speed
B. Variable speed D. Average speed
Answer: C
…End…
TEST 1 6. A steel wire 10 m. long, hanging vertically, supports a a. 59.22 mm b. 32.45 mm
tensile load of 2000N. Neglecting the weight of the wire, c. 45.20 mm d. 55.18 mm
STRESSES determine the required diameter if the stress is not to exceed
140 MPa, and the total elongation is not to exceed 5 mm. ANSWER: D
1. A test specimen is under tension. The load is 20,000 lb, Assume modulus of elasticity to be 200 GPa.
allowable stress is 10,000 psi, modulus of elasticity is 30 a. 4.27 mm. b. 4.72 mm. 2. Determine the bursting steam pressure of a hemispherical
million psi, and original length of specimen is 40 in. What is c. 5.05 mm. d. 5.50 mm. steel shell with a diameter of 10 in. and made of 0.0635-m.
the required cross-section, in square inches, if the resulting thick steel plate. The joint efficiency is at 70% and tensile
elongation must not be greater than 0.001 inch? ANSWER: C strength is 60,000 psi.
a. 22.3 b. 26.6 a. 10,500 psi b. 428 psi
c. 32.2 d. 62.6 7. A hollow iron pipe to be designed as a column has an c. 4,200 psi d. 8,950 psi
outside diameter of 240 mm and is subjected to a force of 80
ANSWER: B KN. Find the pipe thickness if the compressive stress is limited ANSWER: C
to 16 MPa.
2. A square bar of wrought iron, 2 inches on each side, is a. 5.85 mm b. 6.85 mm 3. A compression ring is to be used at the junction of a conical
raised to a temperature of 100 deg F above its normal. If held c. 7.85 mm d. 8.85 mm head and shell. Determine the required area of the
so that it cannot expand, what stress will be induced in it? K = compression ring if the pressure is 50 psi and the stress is
6.8 x 10-6 per deg F. ANSWER: B 13,750 psi. Assume efficiency of the joint is 80%.
a. 17,400 psi b. 18,400 psi a. 0.00482 d2 b. 0.00715 d2
c. 19,400 psi d. 20,400 psi 8. It is desired to check the design of a 2-in. medium steel shaft c. 0.00682 d2 d. 0.00217 d2
subjected to a turning moment of 40,000 in-lb.. Determine the
ANSWER: D factor of safety used in the design if ultimate stress is 50,000 ANSWER: B
psi.
3. In problem no. 2, what is the force necessary to prevent a. 1.98 b. 3.14 4. A cylinder having an internal diameter of 20 in. and an
expansion? Modulus of elasticity E may be taken as 30 million c. 1.60 d. 4.92 external diameter of 36 in. is subjected to an internal pressure
psi. of 10,000 psi and an external pressure of 2,000 psi. Determine
a. 91,600 lbs b. 81,600 lbs ANSWER: A the hoop stress at the outer surface of the cylinder.
c. 20,900 lbs d. 11,995 lbs a. 3,421.9 psi b. 5,142.8 psi
9. Compute for the diameter (in inches) of an SAE 1030 steel c. 5,394.1 psi d. 3,239.2 psi
ANSWER: B to transmit 8 hp at 90 rpm with torsional deflection below
0.03 degree per foot length as required. ANSWER: B
4. A short cylindrical cast iron post supports a compressive a. 3 1/8 b. 3 ¼
load of 20 tons (40 kips). If the factor of safety is taken equal c. 3 5/8 d. 3 7/8 5. A spherical shell of 1.8 m outside diameter and 1.725 m
to 10, find the diameter of the post. Ultimate stress for inside diameter contains helium at a pressure of 10.4 MPa.
compression is 80,000 psi. Neglect slenderness ratio and no ANSWER: B Compute the stress in the shell.
buckling. a. 124.8 MPa b. 119.6 MPa
a. 2.25 in. b. 2.52 in. 10. A uniform beam 12 meters long is fixed at one end. It has a c. 96.48 MPa d. 88.46 MPa
c. 3.25 in. d. 3.52 in. uniform weight of 50 kg/m along its length. A load of 20 kgs. is
suspended on the beam 4 m from the free end. The moment at ANSWER: B
ANSWER: B the fixed end is
a. 3760 kg-m b. 0.0 kg-m 6. Pressurized water at 1.37 MPa is stored in a steel cylindrical
5. A railroad track is laid at a temperature of 15°F with gaps c. 60 kg-m d. 4800 kg-m tank 1.4 meters in diameter. If the allowable tangential stress
of 0.01 feet between the ends of the rails. The rails are 33 feet is 8.5 MPa, find the required wall thickness of the tank.
long. If they are prevented from buckling, what stress will ANSWER: A a. 124 mm b. 130 mm
result from a temperature of 110°F? (α = 6.5 x 10 -6 per deg F) c. 120 mm d. 135 mm
a. 10,000 psi b. 8,530 psi CYLINDERS AND PRESSURE VESSELS
c. 9,450 psi d. 9,980 psi ANSWER: A
1. A vertical steel cylindrical water tank is 30 m. in diameter
ANSWER: C and 45 m. in height. The allowable stress of the steel plate is
120 MPa. With reinforcing angle bars and rods, find the
thickness of the steel plate.
SHAFT DESIGN a. 86.97 b. 84.60
c. 65.97 d. 54.30 ANSWER: D
1. A solid shaft in a rolling mill transmits 20 KW at 2 rev/s.
Determine the diameter of the shaft if the shearing stress is ANSWER: A 4. The manhole cover of an ammonia storage tank is to be held
not to exceed 40 MN/m2 and the angle of twist is limited to 6 by 24 stud bolts. If the pressure inside the tank will remain
degrees in a length of 3 m. Use G = 83 GN/m 2. 7. A 76 mm solid shaft is to be replaced with a hollow shaft of constant at 12.5 kg per sq. cm., and the manhole diameter is
a. 48.6 mm b. 58.7 mm. equal torsional strength. Find the percentage of weight saved, 508 mm., what would be the size of the bolts if the load will be
c. 68.5 mm. d. 39.5 mm. if the outside diameter of the hollow shaft is 100 mm. carried by the bolts? Disregard elastic limit of material.
a. 56.53% b. 67.31% a. 24.5 mm b. 26.1 mm.
ANSWER: B c. 48.49% d. 72.50% c. 25.4 mm d. 28.7 mm.
2. A 2-in. diameter solid shaft has a maximum bending ANSWER: A ANSWER: C

moment of 6000 lb-in. and an applied torque of 3000 lb-in.
Compute the equivalent bending moment. 8. A centrifugal pump is directly coupled to a motor. The pump SPRINGS
a. 6555 lb-in. b. 6755 lb-in. rating is 3,600 liters per minute against a total head of 8
c. 6355 lb-in. d. 6500 lb-in. meters of water. Pump efficiency is 65% at shaft speed of 550 1. A helical spring having squared and ground ends has a total
rpm. Calculate the torsional stress induced in the 40-mm of 18 coils and the material has a modulus of elasticity in
ANSWER: C diameter motor shaft. shear of 78.91 GPa. If the spring has an outside diameter of
a. 11,193.45 KPa b. 12,429.72 KPa 10.42 cm., and a wire diameter of 0.625 cm., compute the
3. A solid circular shaft is used to transmit 200 hp at 1000 c. 10,010.85 KPa d. 13,113.83 KPa maximum deflection that can be produced in the spring due
rpm. What shaft diameter is required if the allowable to a load of 50 kgs.
maximum shearing stress is 20,000 psi? ANSWER: C a. 302 mm b. 342 mm
a. 1.475 in. b. 1.250 in. c. 551 mm d. 515 mm
c. 1.750 in. d. 2.000 in. BOLTS AND SCREWS
ANSWER: C
ANSWER: A 1. What is the frictional HP acting on a collar loaded with 100
kg. weight? The collar has an outside diameter of 100 mm and 2. A coiled spring with 1 ¾ -in. outside diameter is required to
4. In problem No.3, if a hollow shaft is used having an inside an internal diameter of 40 mm. The collar rotates at 1000 rpm work under load of 140 lbs. Wire diameter used is 0.192 in.,
diameter equal to the diameter of the solid shaft, determine and the coefficient of friction between the collar and the pivot spring is to have seven active coils, and the ends are to be
what must be the outside diameter of this shaft if the angular surface is 0.15. closed and ground. Determine the unit deflection when under
twist of the hollow and solid shafts is to be equal. a. 0.8 HP b. 0.5 HP the load. Assume modulus of rigidity equal to 12 million psi
a. 1.475 in. b. 1.402 in. c. 0.3 HP d. 1.3 HP and mean radius to be 0.779 in.
c. 1.755 in.* d. 1.250 in. a. 1 in. b. 1.225 in.
ANSWER: A c. 1.817 in. d. 3.518 in.
ANSWER: C
2. What is the working strength of a 2” bolt which is screwed ANSWER: C
5. A solid cylindrical shaft, 5.08 cm in diameter, 45.72 cm long, up tightly in a packed joint when the allowable working stress
is used for the transmission of mechanical power at a rate of is 12,000 psi? 3. A safety valve spring having 9 ½ coils has the ends squared
33.57 KW running at 1500 rpm. The modulus of rigidity for a. 20,120 lbs b. 25,347 lbs and ground. The outside diameter of the coil is 115 mm and
the material used is 96.5 GPa. Calculate the torsional c. 20.443 lbs d. 20,200 lbs the wire diameter is 13 mm. it has a free length of 203 mm.
deflection of the shaft in degrees. Determine the length of the wire to which this spring must be
a. 0.93° b. 0.075° ANSWER: B initially compressed to hold boiler pressure of 1.38 MPa on
c. 0.06° d. 0.083° the seat of 32 mm diameter. Modulus of rigidity is taken as 80
3. A single square thread power screw is to raise a load of 70 GPa.
ANSWER: D KN. The screw has a major diameter of 36 mm and a pitch of 6 a. 172 mm b. 158 mm
mm. The coefficient of thread friction and collar friction are c. 192 mm d. 179 mm
6. A solid transmission shaft is 3.5 inches in diameter. It is 0.13 and 0.10 respectively. If the collar mean diameter is 90
desired to replace it with a hollow shaft of the same material mm and the screw turns at 60 rpm, find the combined ANSWER: A
and same torsional strength but its weight should only be half efficiency of the screw and collar.
as much as the solid shaft. Find the inside diameter of the a. 13.438% b. 14.256% 4. The smaller of two concentric helical springs is made of 22
hollow shaft in millimeters. c. 15.530% d. 12.526% mm-diameter steel spring and has an outside diameter of 100
mm with 10 active coils. The outer spring is made of 32 mm- ANSWER: B ANSWER: D
diameter steel spring and has an outside diameter of 250 mm
with 8 active coils. Before the load is applied, the outer spring 2. A flange coupling has an outside diameter of 200 mm and 3. A cast-iron flywheel with a mean diameter of 36 inches
is 25 mm longer than the inner spring. If the load of 90 KN is connects two 40-mm shafts. There are four 16 mm bolts on a changes speed from 300 rpm to 280 rpm while it gives up
applied to this nest of springs, find the spring rate of each 140-mm bolt circle. The radial flange thickness is 20 mm. if 8000 ft-lb of energy. What is the weight of the rim?
spring in KN/m.. the torsional stress in the shaft is not to exceed 26 MPa, a. 1635.57 lbs b. 1209.62 lbs
a. 507.5, 143.6 b. 731.5, 212.5 determine the shearing stress in the bolts if uniformly c. 1556.57 lbs d. 1597.57 lbs
c. 493.8, 126.5 d. 976.1, 318.8 distributed/
a. 8.5 N/mm2 b. 5.8 N/mm2 ANSWER: A
ANSWER: C c. 6.5 N/mm2 d. 7.5 N/mm2
4. Find the rim thickness for a cast iron flywheel with a width
KEYS ANSWER: B of 200 mm, a mean diameter of 1.2 m, a normal operating
speed of 300 rpm, a coefficient of fluctuation of 0.05 and
1. A rectangular key was used in a pulley connected to a line 3. Two short shafts having identical diameters of 38.1 mm and which is capable of handling 3000 N-m of kinetic energy.
shaft with a power of 7.46 KW at a speed of 1200 rpm. If the rotating at 400 rpm are connected by a flange coupling having Assume that the hub and arms represent 10% of the rim
shearing stress of the shaft and key are 30 N/mm 2 and 240 four bolts with a 100 mm bolt circle. The design shearing weight and the specific weight of cast iron is 7208 kg/m 3.
N/mm2 respectively, what is the length of the rectangular key stress of the bolt is 12 N/mm2 and design compressive stress a. 25.28 mm b. 28.82 mm
if the width is one-fourth that of the shaft diameter? of the flange is 15 N/mm2. How thick should the flange be in c. 28.25 mm ` d. 25.25 mm
a. 26.60 mm b. 31.24 mm mm.?
c. 41.55 mm d. 25.92 mm a. 11.51 mm b. 13.60 mm ANSWER: C
c. 12.49 mm d. 15.65 mm
ANSWER: D 5. What would be the weight of the flywheel in kg. if the
ANSWER: A weight of the rim is 3 times the sum of the weight of the hub
2. A 76.2 mm diameter shafting of SAE 1040 grade, cold- and arms? Given the outside diameter and inside diameter to
rolled, has a yield point of 50 ksi and with a ¾ x ¾ x 5 inches 4. A flange coupling is to be designed, using 25-mm diameter be 24 in and 18 in respectively and the rim width is 4.5 in.
key. Compute the minimum yield point in the key in order to bolts, at a distance of 152 mm from the center of the shaft. (Assume steel flywheel).
transmit the torque of the shaft. The factor of safety to use is 2 Allowable shearing stress on the bolts is 103 MPa. If the shaft a. 142.95 b. 162.95
and SYS = 0.5 SY. is to transmit 5800 HP at a speed of 1,200 rpm, how many c. 202.95 d. 152.95
a. 39.12 ksi b. 42.13 ksi bolts are needed in the connection?
c. 27.92 ksi d. 47.12 ksi a. 2. b. 3 ANSWER: D
c. 4 d. 5
ANSWER: D 6. A shearing machine requires 150 kg-m of energy to shear a
ANSWER: D steel sheet, and has a normal speed of 3 rev/sec, slowing
3. Determine the shear force acting on the key for a 4-in. down to 2.8 rev/sec during the shearing process. The flywheel
diameter shaft transmitting 1000 hp at 1000 rpm. The FLYWHEELS has a mean diameter of 75 cm and weighs 0.018 kg/cm 3. The
allowable shear stress in the key is 15,000 psi and the width of the rim is 30 cm. If the hub and arms of the flywheel
allowable compressive stress is 30,000 psi. 1. A flywheel rotating at 120 rpm is slowed down to 102 rpm account for 15% of the total weight, find the thickness of the
a. 64,000 lb-in b. 65,000 lb-in during a punching operation that requires ¾ second for the rim.
c. 63,000 lb-in d. 70,000 lb-in punching portion of the cycle. What angular deceleration does a. 1 cm b. 5 cm
the flywheel experience in radians per sec per sec? c. 4 cm d. 3 cm
ANSWER: C a. -2.52 b. -2.25
c. 2.52 d. 2.25 ANSWER: D
COUPLINGS
ANSWER: A 7. Find the weight of the flywheel needed by a machine to
1. A flanged bolt coupling has ten 25.4 mm diameter bolts punch 20.5 mm holes in 15.87 mm thick steel plate. The
evenly tightened around a 415 mm bolt circle. Determine the 2. A flywheel has a diameter of 1.5 m, and a mass of 800 kgs. machine is to make 30 strokes per minute and a hole must be
torque capacity of the connection if the allowable shearing What torque, in N-m, is needed to produce an angular punched every stroke. The hole is to be formed during 30°
stress in the bolt is 50 MPa. acceleration of 100 revolutions per minute, per second? rotation of the puncher’s crankshaft. A gear train with a ratio
a. 59.95 KN-m b. 52.60 KN-m a. 225 b. 974 of 12:1 is to connect the flywheel shaft to the crankshaft. Let
c. 46.15 KN-m d. 43.8 KN-m c. 1158 d. 2356 the mean diameter of the flywheel rim be 91.44 cm. The
minimum flywheel speed is to be 90% of the maximum and GEARS
assume mechanical efficiency of the machine to be 80%. 7. A double threaded, right handed worm gear transmits 15
a. 68 kg. b. 96 kg. 1. Find the circular pitch when the whole depth of tooth is Hp at 1150 rpm. The pitch of the worm is 0.75 inches and
c. 90 kg. d. 82 kg. 0.60 mm. with the tooth thickness of 13.2 mm on the tooth pitch diameter of 3 inches. The pressure angle is 14 ½ and the
circle of a 20° involute gear having a diametral pitch of 3. coefficient of friction is 0.12. Determine the efficiency of the
ANSWER: B a. 1.52 b. 0.955 worm gear.
c. 1.0472 d. 1.0825 a. 31.55% b. 35.15%
BEARINGS c. 51.35% d. 55.13%
ANSWER: C
1. A journal bearing with a diameter of 2.25 in is subjected to a ANSWER: D
load of 1000 lbs. while rotating at 200 rpm. If the coefficient of 2. A mild steel spur gear (15 t00th, 20 deg, full-depth involute)
friction is taken as 0.02 and L/D is 3.0, find the total work of pinion, rotating at 750 rpm, is to transmit 30 hp to a mild steel BELTS
friction in ft-lb per min. gear rotating at 200 rpm. Determine the number of teeth in
a. 15.19 b. 6.750 gear. 1. Two pulleys, 80 cm. apart, carries a belt in an open
c. 1958 d. 2356 a. 46 b. 50 connection. If the diameters of the pulleys are 40 cm and 15
c. 56 d. 76 cm, what is the length of the belt needed?
ANSWER: D a. 250 cm b. 500 cm
ANSWER: C c. 265 cm. d. 305 cm
2. An 8-in. nominal diameter journal bearing is designed for
140 deg. Optimum when bearing length is 9-in. speed is 1800 3. In Problem no. 2, determine the required shaft center-to- ANSWER: A
rpm, and total load is 20,000 lbs. Calculate the frictional center distance if diametral pitch is taken as 5.
horsepower loss when the journal operates under the a. 3.1 in b. 4.1 in 2. A lineshaft carrying 20 in. pulley runs at 420 rpm. The
coefficient of friction of 0.002. c. 5.1 in d. 7.1 in. pulley is belt-connected to a 12-in. pulley on the countershaft.
a. 4.56 hp b. 5.64 hp The countershaft has an 18-in. pulley transmitting power to a
c. 10.2 hp d. 15.6 hp ANSWER: D final pulley rotating at 900 rpm. Compute the required
diameter of the final pulley.
ANSWER: A 4. A machinist made two 8 DP spur gears to be mounted nn a a. 10 in b. 12 in
center distance of 16 inches with speed ratio of 7 to 9. The c. 14 in d. 28 in
3. A sleeve bearing has an outside diameter of 1.5 in. and a number of teeth in each gear is
length of 2 in., the wall thickness is 3/16 in. The bearing is a. 100 teeth and 78 teeth ANSWER: C
subjected to a radial load of 450 lbs. Find the bearing b. 120 teeth and 93 teeth
pressure. c. 144 teeth and 112 teeth 3. A transmission shaft carrying 24 in pulley rotating at 300
a. 100 psi b. 150 psi d. 150 teeth and 117 teeth rpm transmits power to another with a pulley diameter of 8
c. 200 psi d. 250 psi. in. Determine the power transmitted to the final pulley if the
ANSWER: C torque is 750 ft-lb.
ANSWER: C a. 112.45 Hp b. 128.52 Hp
5. in a standard bevel gear, the pinion rotates at 150 rpm, its c. 134.50 Hp d. 140.68 Hp
4. The main bearings of a one-cylinder steam engine are 152 no. of teeth is 14 while the gear has 42 teeth. What is the pitch
mm in diameter and 280 mm long, and support a load of 4400 angle of the pinion? ANSWER: B
kg. The bearings are well-ventilated and are heavy in a. 18.4° b. 20°
construction. The coefficient of friction in bearing is 0.017 and c. 14.5° d. 20.5° 4. A pulley 610 mm in diameter transmits 40 KW at 500 rpm.
crankshaft rotates at 450 rpm. Bearing diametral clearance is The arc of contact between the belt and pulley is 144 degrees,
0.152 mm. Determine the friction loss in kW per bearing. ANSWER: A the coefficient of friction between the belt and the pulley is
a. 1432 KW b. 1311 KW 0.35, and the safe working stress of the belt is 2.1 MPa. What
c. 1314 KW d. 1329 KW 6. A triple thread worm has a pitch diameter of 4 inches. The is the effective belt pull in newtons?
wheel has 36 teeth and a pitch diameter of 10 inches. Compute a. 2505 b. 3931
ANSWER: C the helix angle. c. 4528 d. 2823
a. 11.7° b .12.8°
c. 14.5° d. 16.5° ANSWER: A
ANSWER: A
5. in problem no. 4, find the width of the belt used if the inside diameter of 220 mm and 160 mm respectively. If the BRAKES
thickness is 6 mm. shaft turns at 1500 rpm and an axial force of 600 N is applied,
a. 261 mm b. 278 mm find the horsepower capacity, considering a coefficient of 1. A simple band brake has a 76 cm drum and fitted with a
c. 292 mm d. 314 mm friction of 0.25 steel band 2/5 cm. thick lined with a brake lining having a
a. 48.41 hp b. 47.59 hp coefficient of friction of 0.25. The arc of contact is 245°. The
ANSWER: A c. 52.48 hp d. 50.40 hp drum is attached to a 60-cm. hoisting drum that sustains a
rope load of 820 kg. The operating force has a moment arm of
6. An open belt drive connects a 450 mm driving pulley to ANSWER: A 1.50 m., and the band is attached 12 cm from the pivot point.
another driven pulley 1000 mm in diameter. The belt is 300 Find a torque just required to support the load (clockwise).
mm wide and 10 mm thick. The coefficient of friction of the 4. An engine of a motor vehicle with a wheel diameter of 712 a. 2413.26 N-m b. 3492.31 N-m
belt drive is 0.3 and the mass of the belt is 2.8 kg/m of belt mm develops 50 KW at 2000 rpm. The combined efficiency of c. 2453.29 N-m d. 1894.82 N-m
length. Other data are: the differential and transmission is 75% with an over-all
Center distance between shafts = 4 meters speed reduction 0f 25 is to 1. Determine the draw bar pull ANSWER: A
Max. allowable tensile stress on the belt = 1500 KPa developed in KN.
Speed of the driving pulley = 900 rpm a. 13.40 b. 15.45 2. In problem no. 1, find what force F is required if the
Determine the load on the shaft in newtons. c. 14.55 d. 12.57 direction of rotation is reversed.
a. 8,659 b. 5,658 a. 679.5 N b. 659.5 N
c. 4,060 d. 7,080 ANSWER: D c. 783.7 N d. 773.8 N
ANSWER: D 5. In problem no.4, determine the axial force on the clutch in ANSWER: D
KN. Outside and inside diameter of the clutch are 300 mm and
7. In problem no. 6, determine the maximum power that can 240 mm respectively. There are two pairs of mating surfaces 3. In problem no. 1, find the width of a steel band for a tensile
be transmitted in KW. with a coefficient of friction of 0.3 (Use uniform wear method). stress of 50 MPa.
a. 59.49 b. 40.72 a. 4.392 b. 5.367 a. 52.4 mm b. 43.9 mm
c. 38.78 d. 37.80 c. 2.951 d. 2.493 c. 48.4 mm d. 67.7 mm
ANSWER: B ANSWER: C ANSWER: C
CLUTCHES 6. A cone clutch has an angle of 10° and a coefficient of friction MISCELLANEOUS PROBLEMS
of 0.42. Find the axial force required if the capacity of the
1. A disc clutch having an outside diameter of 32 cm and an clutch is 7.46 KW at 500 rpm. The mean diameter if the active Problems 1-5. A marine turbine is developing 15,000 hp and it
inside diameter of 12.7 cm. is connected to an engine that conical section is 300 mm. turns the shaft at 300 rpm. The propeller which is attached to
turns at 750 rpm. The coefficient of friction is 0.6 while the a. 0.4022 KN b. 0.3928 KN the shaft develops a thrust of 150,000 lbs. A hollow steel shaft
pressure between the friction surfaces is 2 kg/cm 2. Compute c. 0.2453 KN d. 0.2384 KN with an outside diameter of 14 in. will be used.
the force on the clutch pedal necessary to disengage the clutch
disc from the engine. ANSWER: A 1. Compute for the torque.
a. 1355.14 kg. b. 2524,21 kg. a. 622,000 ft-lb b. 826,000 ft-lb
c. 3248.41 kg. d. 2621.67 kg. 7. How much torque can a cone clutch transmit if the angle of c. 486,600 ft-lb d. 262,600 ft-lb
the conical elements is 10 deg., the mean diameter of the
ANSWER: A conical clutch sections is 203 mm, and an axial force of 556 N ANSWER: D
is applied? Assume coefficient of friction of 0.45 between the
2. In problem no. 1, compute the power transmitted by the clutch elements. 2. Determine the inside diameter of the shaft if the maximum
engine. a. 146.24 N-m b. 213.43 N-m shearing stress based on torsion alone is not to exceed 7,500
a. 70.49 KW b. 58.38 KW c. 148.35 N-m d. 232.26 N-m psi.
c. 69.30 KW d. 68.38 KW a. 5.95 in. b. 3.5 in.
ANSWER: A c. 2.95 in. d. 9.59 in.
ANSWER: D
ANSWER: D
3. A local utility vehicle production company has considered
to use in one of the designs a multi-disc clutch consisting of 9 3. What would be the propeller’s thrust that is developed in
steel discs and 8 bronze discs, with effective outside and kilograms?
a. 68,180 kgs. b. 26,180 kgs. ANSWER: A
c. 86,880 kgs. d. 186,000 kgs. Problems 11-13. A solid steel machine shaft with a safe
shearing stress of 7000 psi transmits a torque of 10,500 in-lb. Problems 17-20. A storage tank for air, 36 inches in diameter,
ANSWER: A A square key is used whose width is equal to one-fourth the is to withstand an internal pressure of 200 psi with a design
shaft diameter and whose length is equal to 1 ½ times the factor of 4 based on Su. The steel has the strength equivalent
4. What is the diameter of the solid shaft? shaft diameter. of C1020 annealed and the welded joints should have a
a. 1.88 in. b. 12.886 in. relative strength of 90%.
c. 6.128 in. d. 8.621 in. 11. Find key dimensions.
a. ½ in and 3 in b. ½ and 2.5 in 17. If Su for annealed C1020 steel is 57 ksi, compute for St.
ANSWER: B c. ¾ in and 2.5 in d. ¾ in and 3 in a. 25,400 psi b. 42,510 psi
c. 52,400 psi d. 14,250 psi
5. What percentage savings in weight over a solid shaft is ANSWER: A
effected? ANSWER: D
a. 92.3% b. 73.3% 12. Determine the crushing stress of the key.
c. 37.3% d. 67.3% a. 7000 psi b. 9,000 psi 18. Determine a suitable plate thickness.
c. 14,000 psi d. 17,000 psi a. 7/64 in. b. 9/32 in.
ANSWER: C c. 5/32 in. d. 3/64 in.
ANSWER: C
Problems 6-10. The yield strength of a structural steel ANSWER: B
member is 36,000 psi. The tensile stress is 8,240 psi. 13. Obtain the factor of safety of the key in crushing, allowing
an ultimate shearing stress of 50,000 psi and ultimate stress 19. Compute the stress in a diametral section.
6. What is the equivalent of the yield strength in MPa? for compression of 60,000 psi. a. 2,400 psi b. 3,240 psi
a. 150 Mpa b. 350 MPa a. 2.5 b. 3.4 c. 6,400 psi d. 1,640 psi
c. 100 MPa d. 250 MPa c. 7.4 d. 4.3
ANSWER: C
ANSWER: D ANSWER: D
20. If a Japanese engineer would ask you, how many
7. The tensile stress can be expressed as: Problems 14-16. Design a pair of spur gears for a motor drive centimeters is the minimum plate thickness required?
a. 83 Mpa b. 38 MPa as follows: motor delivers 50 hp at 1,200 rpm; gear reduction, a. 0.75 cm. b. 0.27 cm
c. 57 MPa d. 75 MPa 6:1. Assume pinion pitch diameter to be 5 in.; number of teeth, c. 0.17 cm d. 0.15 cm.
15: diametral pitch, 3.
ANSWER: C ANSWER: A
14. Indicate the pitch diameter, number of teeth and speed of
8. The factor of safety in tension (English system) will be: the mating spur gear. Problems 21-24. An 8-in long steel has a cross-sectional area
a. 7.43 b. 4.95 a. 30-in, 90 teeth, 200 rpm of 0.25 in2. After a load of 5,000 lbs has been applied, the
c. 3.47 d. 4.37 b. 20-in, 80 teeth, 150 rpm length is found to be 8.0065 in.
c. 90-in, 30 teeth, 200 rpm
ANSWER: C d. 90-in, 30 teeth, 150 rpm 21. Find the unit stress.
a. 40,000 psi b. 60,000 psi
9. What is the computed safety factor of tension using S.I. ANSWER: A c. 20,000 psi d. 80,000 psi
system of calculation?
a. 3.49 b. 4.39 15. What is the velocity of the driven gear in fpm? ANSWER: C
c. 4.95 d. 9.39 a. 1570 b. 200
c. 1200 d. 1500 22. What is the unit deformation induced?
ANSWER: B a. 0.00081 b. 0.4100
ANSWER: A c. 0.00041 d. 0.8100
10. If the tensile stress is only 7,200 psi, what will be the new
factor of safety? 16.. Find the tooth load ANSWER: A
a. 8 b. 10 a. 1050 lb b. 1570 lb
c. 5 d. 7 c. 2050 lb d. 2890 lb
ANSWER: C
23. What is the modulus of elasticity? 30. How long will it take to saw a rectangular piece of
a. 24,690,000 psi b. 69,240,000 psi aluminum alloy plate 6 in. wide and 2 in. thick if the length of
c. 54,960,000 psi d. 46,920,000 psi cut is 6 in.? The power hacksaw makes 120 strokes/min, and
the average feed per stroke is 0.0040 in.
ANSWER: A a. 12.5 min. b. 13.3 min.
c. 15 min. d. 16.5 min.
24. What would be the new modulus of elasticity for the
applied load of 5,000 kgs.? ANSWER: A
a. 21,300,000 psi b.24,000,000 psi
c. 32,140,000 psi d. 54,357,000 psi
ANSWER: D
Problems 25-28. A 15/16-in wide key has a depth of 5/8 in. It

is 12 inches long and is to be used on a 200 hp, 1160 rpm,
squirrel-cage induction motor. The shaft diameter is 3 7/8
inches. The maximum running torque is 200% of the full-load
torque.
25. Compute the maximum torque.

a. 17,330 in-lb b. 21,733 in-lb
c. 37,210 in-lb d. 733,211 in-lb
ANSWER: B
26. Compute for F.

a. 11,217 lbs b. 57,211 lbs
c. 27,111 lbs d. 72,101 lbs
ANSWER: A
27. Determine the maximum shearing stress on the key.

a. 779 psi b. 997 psi
c. 197 psi d. 279 psi
ANSWER: D
28. Determine the maximum compressive stress on the key.

a. 5990 psi b. 2990 psi
c. 7290 psi d. 9920 psi
ANSWER: B
29. The rpm of a milling cutter is 200; feed is 0.02 mm per

tooth. If the feed per minute is 200 mm, calculate the number
of teeth in the cutter.
a. 45 b. 60
c. 80 d. 50
ANSWER: D
lOMoARcPSD|34526508
MD 2011 Solution - qweqwe

Too Short! Your description is too short, please give your
document a
Mechanical Engineering (University of San Carlos)
Studocu is not sponsored or endorsed by any college or university

Downloaded by Rae Francine Anne Genilla (pangkie143@gmail.com)
lOMoARcPSD|34526508

Manila
Saturday January 29, 2011 01:30 p.m. – 06:30 p.m.
----------------------------------------------------------------
provided.
MULTIPLE CHOICE
1. A thin hollow sphere of radius 10 in and thickness 0.1 in is

subjected to an internal pressure of 100 psig. The
maximum normal stress on an element of the sphere is
A. 2500 psi C. 7,070 psi
B. 5000 psi D. 10,000 psi
Soln.
PDi (100 psig )( 2 x10in )
S sphere   5000 psia
4t 4(0.1in )
2. In designing a cylindrical pressure tank 3 feet in diameter,

a factor of safety of 2.5 is used. The cylinder is made of
steel (yield stress = 30 ksi) and will contain pressures up
to 1000 psi. What is the required wall thickness, t, based
on circumferential stress considerations?
A. 0.75 in. C. 3 in.
B. 1.50 in. D. 3.75 in.
Soln.
PDi
S circumfere ntial 
2t
30000 psia (1000 psia )(3 ft )  12in 
  
2.5 2(t )  1 ft 
t 1.5in
3. A flywheel weighing 6 kN has a mean diameter of 90 cm. The

maximum speed of the flywheel is 7 rev/sec slowed down to 4
rev/sec during the shearing process. Determine the energy
released by the flywheel.
A. 7856 kg-m C. 9872 kg-m
B. 8145 kg-m D. 8241 kg-m
Soln.

lOMoARcPSD|34526508
KE 
W 2 2
2g

v1  v2 
KE 
(6kN )
2
2(9.81m / s )

 ( )(0.9m)(7rev / sec) 2   ( )(0.9m)( 4rev / sec) 2 
 1kg  m 
KE 80677.22 N   8223.978kg  m
 9.81N 

A. margins C. shank
B. flutes D. point
5. The tool used in precision work to smooth or enlarge holes

is called a:
A. round out C. reamer
6. Which of the following chisels would be used for cutting oil

grooves?
A. diamond-point chisel C. round-nose chisel

A. smooth C. half-round
Note: The cut of the file refers to how fine its teeth are rough, middle, bastard, second
cut, smooth, and dead smooth. The cross-section of a file can be flat, round, half-
round, triangular, square, knife edge or of a more specialized shape.

A. # 80 C. # 1
B. # 60 D. # 0
Note: The lower the drill size no., the bigger the size. Also in vice versa.
9. Two parallel shaft connected by pure rolling turn in the same

direction and having a speed ratio of 4. What is the distance
of the two shaft if the small cylinder is 8 cm?
A. 10 cm C. 18 cm
B. 12 cm D. 20 cm
Soln.

lOMoARcPSD|34526508
D1 N1 D2 N 2
(8cm)( 4) D2 (1)
D2 32cm
D2  D1 32cm  8cm
C  12cm
2 2
10. What modulus of elasticity in tension is required to obtain

a unit deformation of 0.00107 m/m from a load producing a
unit tensile stress of 50, 000 psi?
A. 34.5 x 106 psi C. 46.7 x 106 psi
B. 46.7 x 105 psi D. 4.67 x 106 psi
Soln.
stress 50000 psia
E  46.7 x106 psia
strain 0.00107
11. Determine the bursting steam pressure of a steel plate with

a diameter of 12 in.a and made of ¼ in steel plate. The
joint efficiency is at 75% and the tensile strength is 55
ksi.
A. 3, 440 psi C. 3, 430 psi
B. 3, 437 psi D. 3, 427 psi
Soln.
PD
S i
4tE
( P)(12in )
55000 psia 
4(0.25)(0.75)
P 3437.5 psia
12. What is the working strength of a 2 in bolt which is screwed

up tightly in a packed joint when the allowable working stress
is 11,000 psi?
A. 12,400 lb C. 18,700 lb
B. 15,500 lb D. 22,500 lb
Soln.

A. A C. Z
B. X D. XX
Note: A is the largest drill size and Z is the smallest among the drill size alphabet.

lOMoARcPSD|34526508
A. point C. margin
B. shank D. flute

when pouring babbitt?
D. all of the above

when renewing a flange gasket?
D. all of the above

B. flange faces are absolutely clean

B. #25 is smaller than #20 D. #30 is larger than #25
Note: The larger the gauge number the lower the wire size is. Also in vice versa
19. Which of the following tools would be most useful when taking
leads on bearings?
A. dividers C. micrometer

B. Pit planer D. Universal planer

A. Side milling cutters C. Plain milling cutters
22. The formula to find out the number of turn of the crank simple
indexing is
A. T=20/N C. T=N/20
B. T=40/N D. T=N/40
23. In a standard dividing head the ratio between the worm wheel
and the worm is
A. 10:1 C. 20:1

lOMoARcPSD|34526508
D. 30:1 D. 40:1

A. Simple indexing C.Compound indexing
25. In a vertical milling machine the spindle is situated to the

A. Horizontal C. vertical

A. light duty C. heavy duty
27. In a straddle milling operation how many cutters are used to

mill the work?
A. One C. Two B. Three or more D. Any one of the above
28. All four compression coil spring support one load of 700
kg. All four springs are arranged in parallel and rated
same at 0.609 kg/mm. Compute the deflection in mm.
A. 64 C. 178
B. 147 D. 287
Soln.
Parallel Springs = ktotal = k1 + k2 + k3 + …. + kn
ktotal = k1 + k2 + k3 + k4 = 4(0.609 kg/mm) = 2.436 kg/mm
y = F/k
y = 700 kg / 2.436 kg/mm
y = 287.356 mm
29. A body weighing 1000 lb falls 6 inches and strikes a 2000 lb

per in spring. The deformation of the spring is:
A. 1 in C. 3 in
B. 2 in D. 6 in
Soln.
Impact load on spring (free fall):

lOMoARcPSD|34526508
lb F
k 2000 
in y
 lb 
F  2000  ( y )
 in 
@ free  fall
y ky 2
W (h  y ) F 
2 2
 lb  2
 2000  ( y )
(1000lb )(6in  y )  
in 
2
y 3in
30. A 60 inch diameter steel pipe, 3/8 inch thick, carries water
under a pressure head of 550 ft. Determine the hoop stress
in the steel.
A. 34,320 psi C. 19,066 psi
B. 25,780 psi D. 15,920 psi
Soln.
 
 lbm   ft   1lb  lb f  1 ft  2
P gh  62.4 3   32.2 2  (550 ft ) f
 34320 2 x 
 ft   s   32.2lb  ft  ft  12in 
 m 
 s2 
P 238.333 psia
PD ghDi  238.333 psia (60in )
S hoop  i   19066.667 psia
2t 2t 3 
2 in 
8 
31. The maximum moment induced in a simply supported beam of 20

ft span, by a 2000 pound load at midspan is
A. 125,000 ft – lb C. 30,000 ft – lb
B. 15,000 ft – lb D. 10,000 ft – lb
Soln.
M = (Load)(distance from the center to the edge)/2
M = (2000 lb)(10 ft)/2 = 10000 ft-lb
32. Determine the length of belt needed for a two flat belt
pulleys having a diameter of 70 cm and 30 cm. The center
distance is 400 cm and pulleys rotate in same direction.
Assume power transmitted is 10 hp at 200 rpm.
A. 958 cm C. 589 cm
B. 859 cm D. 895 cm
Soln.
Formula for Open belt Length:

lOMoARcPSD|34526508
L 2C  1.57( D2
D 
D ) 2
D1 
2
1
4C
(70  30) 2
L 2(400)  1.57(70  30) 
4( 400)
L 958cm
33. A round steel bar 12 inches long is to withstand a dead load

of 40,000 lb in compression. The rod must not shorten more
than 0.004 inch and have a factor safety of at least 10.
Assume the ultimate strength of the material to be 110,000
psi and modulus of elasticity to be 15,500,000 psi.
Determine the diameter of the rod.
A. 2.14 in.
B. 3.14 in
C. 4.14 in.
D. 5.14 in.
Soln.
Elongation, y:
FL FL
y 
AE  D 2 E
4
FL
D

yE
4
(40000lb )(12in )
D

(0.004in )(15.5 x106 psia )
4
D 3.1396in
34. How long will it take to saw a rectangular piece of steel

plate size ½ “ x 4’ x 8’ the length of cut is 4 ft. The power
hacksaw makes 120 rpm and the feed per stroke is 0.008 in.?
A. 48 min.
B. 0.83 hr
C. 50 hr
D. 52 min.
Soln.
CutLength L
time  
(CuttingSpe ed )( feed / stroke ) N ( feed / stroke )
 12in 
4 ft  
 1 ft  1hr
t 50 min x 0.833hr
(120rpm)(0.008in / stroke ) 60 min

lOMoARcPSD|34526508

B. Form relieve cutter D. All of the above

A. One C. Two B. Three D. None of the above
37. If a clearance of a cutting edge is 15 deg, the lip (wedge)

angle in 75 deg, the rake angle will be
A. 80 deg C. 70 deg
B. 10 deg* D. None of the above

A. 45 HRC C. 52 HRC
B. 62 HRC D. 72 HRC

D. after each double stroke.
40. Which of the following conditions may cause error during

knurling?
A. to much longitudinal feed.
41. Mark the milling method during which the formation of the
chatter marks is very likely
B. during up cut milling with a straight tooth cutter.
42. Mark the cutter which works simultaneously with up cut and
down cut process
C. Shell end mill.
43. A polygon with 9 flats is to be milled using the indexing

head. The indexing head transmission ratio is 40:1.Determine
the number of crank rotation and mark the correct answer
A. 9 full rotation.
C. 4 full rotation, 12 holes on the 27 hole circle.

lOMoARcPSD|34526508

C. on the flank
45. What happens if the job is loosely fitted between centers in

cylindrical grindings?
A. the job will be out of round.
46. Internal and external taper on cylindrical jobs are ground

in
B. universal cylindrical grinding machine.
47. Which of the following is used to clean the gauge blocks

before and after use?
A. Brush
B. Cotton waste
C. Chamois leather or lenen cloth

B. Kind of abrasive D. Hardness of bond

A. Vitrified C. Rubber

A. ‘V’ C. ‘R’
B. ‘B’ D. ‘E’
51. A grinding wheel is marked as 51A 46L 5V 23, out of these 5

means
B. Structure D. Grain size

C. equalize the weight in every portion of the wheel.

lOMoARcPSD|34526508

A. Flutes C. Threads
54. The purpose of______is to prevent gears from jamming together

and making contact on both sides of their teeth simultaneously
A. tooth fillet C. backlash B. stress relieving D. all of these
55. Choose the economical type of material for gears that

give/sustain good operating quality/life for intended
operation
B. high alloy steel D. heat treated carbon steel
56. Allowance added in the casting pattern to compensate for the

contraction of metal
B. shrinkage allowance D. draft pattern

A. contact ratio C. ratio of gearing
58. The principle materials used in the production of metal

working tools:
A. high carbon steel

B. offset bearing D. fitted bearings
60. In the selection of wire rope, regular lay means wires and
strands are arranged in the following manner:
B. twisted in opposite direction
61. In involute teeth, the pressure angle is often defined as the

angle between the line of action and the line of tangent to
the pitch circle. It is also termed as
A. helix angle C. Angle of obliquity
62. Height of tooth above pitch circle or the radial distance

between pitch circle and top land of the tooth.
A. top root C. land

lOMoARcPSD|34526508
B. addendum D. hunting tooth

B. to disconnect or connect at will the drive
64. The rule of thumb in journal bearing design; the clearance

ratio/clearance should be.
A. 0.0090 C. 0.0010 B. 0.0042 D. 0.00120
65. Cold rolled shafting is not available in diameter larger

than__________
B. 5 inches D. 5 ½ inches
66. The cast iron flywheels are commonly designed with a factor
of safety of______
A. 14 to 15 C. 8 to 9
B. 10 to 13 D. 6 to 12
67. A pair of equal and opposite (not collinear) forces that tend
cause a rotation of a body
A. couple C. equilibrium
68. The ratio of the pitch diameter in inches to the number of

teeth
B. English module D. pitch diameter
69. When high strength and durability are a requirements for

choosing gear materials it is preferable to
use_________material
B. steel D. white iron
70. The distance between similar, equally-spaced tooth surfaces

in a given direction and along a given line.
A. pitch circle C. pitch
71. The use of hardened steel for the mating metal gear appears
to give the best results and longer operational life. The
usual hardness is in the range of
A. over 600 BHN C. below 350 BHN

lOMoARcPSD|34526508
72. Continuous stretching under load even if the stress is less

than the yield point
A. plasticity C. creep
73. The most known lubricants being utilized in whatever category

of load and speed are oil, air, grease and dry lubricants
like
B. lead D. graphite
74. A coupling that allows axial flexibility/movement in the

operation. Made of alternate bolting of steel, leather,
fabric and/or plastic material into the two flanges
A. Flexible disk coupling
75. It consists of two cranks, a stationary piece called the line

of centers and the connecting rod is a
B. four-crank braces D. four-bar linkage
76. Find the torsional moment in N-m developed when the shaft
delivers 40.2 hp at 260 rpm.
B. 901 x 10 to the 2nd power D.1102 x 10 to the 3rd power
Soln.
77. Compute how many ¼ inch diameter set screws required to

transmit 3 HP at a shaft speed of 900 rpm. The shaft diameter
is 1 ¼ in
A. 2 C. 4
B. 3 D. 2.5
Soln.
Power transmitted by a single set screw:
NDd 2.3 (900rpm )(1.25in )(0.25in ) 2.3
P 
50 50
P 0.9277 HP
3HP
no. of set screw  3.233 4 set screw
0.9277 HP
78. A pair of gear and pinion having a ratio of 4 with the gear
having 100 teeth and the pinion with 25 teeth. Find the
circular pitch, if the center distance is 15 and the pitch

lOMoARcPSD|34526508
is at 6.
A. 0.94 C. 0.610
B. 0.754 D. 0.552
Soln.
T T
C 2 1
2 Pd
T2  T1 100  25
Pd   4.167
2C 2(15)
T
Pd 
D
D  
Pc    0.754
T Pd 4.167
79. A gear of 80 teeth and a pinion of 20 teeth has a gear and

pinion ratio of 4. Find the center distance , in inches, if
the circular pitch is 0.885.
A. 14.1 C. 16.1
B. 15.1 D. 17.1
Soln.
Pc Pd 
T2  T1 T2  T1  Pc 0.885(80  20)
C  
2 Pd 2 2
C 14.085

A. 58.2 cm3 C. 98.2 cm3
B. 78.2 cm3 D. 108.2 cm3
Soln.
D 3   5 x 2 
3
Section circle   98.174cm 3
32 32
81. A hollow shaft with outside diameter of 14 cm and wall

thickness of 0.08 cm transmits 200 kW at 400 rpm. What must
be the angular deflection of the shaft if the length is 5
meters? Take G = 12,000,000 psi.
A. 0.019 deg C. 1.94 deg
B. 1.14 deg D. 2.44 deg
Soln.

lOMoARcPSD|34526508
P 2TN
P 200kW
T  4.775kJ
2N  1 min 
2 (400rpm) 
 60 sec 
TL TLD (4.775kJ )(5m)(0.14m)
  
JG  D 4  d 4 G 
 
32
 
0.14m    0.1384m  (12 x106 psia )
4 4

 101.325kPa 

32  14.7 psia 
 180 
 0.02384  1.366
  
82. Compute the safe wall thickness of a 90 cm diameter steel

tank. The tank is subjected to 7 MPa pressure and the steel
material has yield stress of 220 MPa. Use a factor of safety
of 3.
A. 4.3 cm C. 3.2 cm
B. 3.8 cm D. 2.5 cm
Soln.
PD
S
2t
220 MPa (7 MPa)(90cm)

3 2(t )
t 4.3cm
83. A bolt has a tensile load of 300 lbs. The bolt is made of SAE
1040 material with Sy = 55 ksi, what is the stress area of
the bolt?
A. 0.1023 in2 C. 0.327 in2
B. 0.1230 in2 D. 0.5190 in2
Soln.
Using formulas from Faires:
SA1.5
F
6
(55000 psia )( A1.5 )
300lb 
6
A 0.1023in 2
84. With an electric arc welding rate rate of 18 in/min, how long
will it take to weld a ½ in. thick plate by 3 ft long seam?
A. 3 min. C. 1.5 min.
B. 2 min. D. 4 min.
Soln.

lOMoARcPSD|34526508
 3 ft  12in 

t  1 ft  2 min
18in / min

transmitting steel shaft with 2 3/8 inches in diameter using
SAE 1060 material mounting a 12 inches pulley at a speed of
170 rpm.
A. 21.3 C. 28.5
B. 25.8 D. 0.75
Soln.
For main power transmitting shafts:
D 3 N (2.375in ) 3 (170rpm)
P 
80 80
 0.746kW 
P 28.467 HP  21.236kW
 1HP 
86. Determine the polar section modulus, Zp (in3) of a shaft

delivering 5 hp at 150 rpm. The diameter of the shaft is 1
inch and allowable stress of 6000 psi.
A. 0.175 C. 0.489
B. 0.196 D. 0.895
Soln.
D 3  (1) 3
Zp   0.1963in 3
16 16
87. Compute the deflection of a 20 coils helical spring having a

load of 120 kgs. The modulus of elasticity in shear of spring
is 98 GPa, outside diameter of 10 cm and wire diameter of 10
mm. The spring is squared and ground ends.
A. 162.1 mm C. 134.1 mm
B. 154.4 mm D. 126.1 mm
Soln.
Dm Do  d 100mm  10mm
Spring Index, C    9
d d 10mm
8 FC 3n
Deflection , y 
Gd
 9.81N  3
8 120kgs   (9) (20  2)
 1kgs 
y 0.1544m
 9 N 
 98 x10 2  (0.01m)
 m 
 1000mm 
y 0.1544m  154.4mm
 1m 

lOMoARcPSD|34526508
88. The torsional deflection of steel shaft is 0.6 deg per meter
length. The shear stress is 60 MPa. Compute the diameter of
the shaft in mm. Steel modulus of elasticity is 79 GPa.
A. 90 mm C. 130 mm
B. 105 mm D. 145 mm
Soln.
16T
S 3
D
SD 3
T
16
 SD 3 
 L
TL TL  16  2SL
   
JG   DG
D 4G D 4G
32 32
 2S

L DG
 deg rad  2(60 x106 Pa)
 0.6 x  
 m 180 deg  ( D)(79 x109 Pa)
D 145.05mm
89. What is the size of an air cylinder operating at 10 bar with

a required force of 7854 N? Use a load ratio of 90%. Load
ratio means the ratio of required force and theoretical force.
A. 100 mm C. 150 mm
B. 105 mm D. 300 mm
90. A steel rod 30 ft long used in a control mechanism must

transmit a tensile force of 980 lb without stretching more
than 1/8 in. nor exceeding an allowable stress of 20,000
psi. What must the diameter of the rod be? (E = 30 x 106 psi)
A. 1/4 in C. 1/2 in
C. 3/8 in D. 3/4 in
Soln.
FL FL
Deflection , y  
AE  D 2 E
4
 12in 
(980lb )(30 ft ) 
FL  1 ft  3
D  0.3461in  in
  1  8
Ey (30 x10 6 psia ) in 
4 4 8 

supports. Determine the stress in the bar if the temperature

lOMoARcPSD|34526508
drops 130 deg F. (k = 6.5 x 10-6 per deg F)

A. 11,400 psi C. 20,600 psi
B. 15,600 psi D. 25,400 psi
Soln.
S thermal kE  T  (6.5 x10  6 per F )(30 x106 psia )(130 F )
S thermal 25400 psia
92. When working on bearings and checking for high spots, it is

customary to apply:
B. red lead D. Prussian blue
93. If you wanted to check the face of a pump slide valve or

other flat-faced valve, you could check for trueness on a:
B. surface plate D. bearing plate

B. cleaned and tinned D. insulated

A. Square C. Double flute

A. taper, plug and end C. taper, plug and bottom
C. smaller than the size of the tap
98. When preparing to tap a hole for a pipe fitting the size of
the drill will be :
A. larger than the tap size
99. Which of the following does not have to be lubricated when

drilling?
A. steel C. monel
B. brass D. tool steel
100. The tool to use when cutting a hole in the side of a round

lOMoARcPSD|34526508
piece of metal is called a:

A. vise C. “V” block
END

D-2
SHAFTS
Definitions:
Shaft – a rotating member transmitting power
Axle – a stationary member carrying rotating wheels, pulleys, etc
Spindle – a short shaft or axle on machines
Machine Shaft – shaft which is used to transmit power between the source and the machine
absorbing the power
Lineshaft or Mainshaft – transmission shaft driven by the prime mover
Countershaft, jackshaft, headshaft, shortshaft – transmission shaft intermediate between the

lineshaft and the driven shaft
D-3
Shafting design diagram
1 9 5 11 3 13 7 15 3 7 11 15
Commercial Sizes of shaft, inches (Faires p. 269; Vallance p. 181)
, , , , , , , ,1 ,1 ,1 ,1
2 16 8 16 4 16 8 16 16 16 16 16
3 7 15 7 15 7 15
2,2 , 2 , 2 , 3,3 , 3 , 4,4 , 4 , 5,
16 16 16 16 16 16 16
7 15 1
5 , 5 , 6,6 , 7
16 16 2
Materials for Transmission shaft: cold rolled, hot rolled, forged carbon steel
Relation of Power, Torque and Speed
P = 2πTN
Where:
P = power transmitted (kw)
T = torque or torsional moment (kN-m) = F x r
N = speed (rev/sec)
F = transmitted load or tangential force (kN)
R = radius (m)
D-4

Stresses in Shafts, Subject to torsion only:
= = ( )

= ! ("# #$ %$ ℎ"')

16(#
= "# ℎ#$$#, %$ ℎ"'
)((#* − ( * )
32-
Stresses in Shafts, subjects to pure bending:
= "# #$ %$ ℎ"'
)(.
16-(#
= "# ℎ#$$#, %$ ℎ"'
)((#* − ( * )
Where:
Ss = torsional shear stress
T = torque or torsional moment
C =distance from neutral axis to the outermost fiber
= radius (for solid circular shaft)
J = polar moment of inertia
=(π/32)D^4 for circular shaft

= (π/32)(Do^4-Di^4) for hollow circular shaft
D = diameter of shaft
L = length of shaft
Θ = angular deformation in length L, radians
G = modulus of rigidity in shear
= 11 500 000 psi to 12 000 000 psi for steel
Do = outside diameter
Di = inside diameter
M = bending moment
Stresses in Solid circular shaft, Subject to torsion in bending
16
/0 = 1- 2 + 2
)(.
16
'/0 = (- + 1-2 + 2 )
)(.
Where:
Ssmax = maximum shear stress
St max = maximum tensile or compressive stress
M =bending moment
T = torsional moment
D-5
Strength of Shaft with assumed allowable stresses (PSME Code p.18)
For Main Power transmitting shafts:

(. 5 ! 804
4= # ( = 7
80 5
For Lineshafts carrying pulleys:
(. 5 ! 53.54
4= # ( = 7
53.5 5
For Small, Short shafts:

(. 5 ! 384
4= # ( = 7
38 5
Where:
P = power transmitted in HP
D = diameter of shaft in inches
\N = speed in RPM
Shafting formulas from machinery’s handbook

Diameter of shaft:
A. for allowable twist not exceeding 0.08 deg per ft length
: ;4
( = 0.29√ # ( = 4.6 7
:
5
Where:
D = shaft diameter, inches
T = torque, lb-in
HP = horsepower
N = speed, rpm
In S.I units (allowable twist 0.26 deg per meter length)
4
( = 125.7 7
:
( = 2.26√ #
:
5
Where:
D = shaft diameter, mm
T = torque, N-mm
HP = Power kW
N = speed, rpm
B. for allowable twist not exceeding 1 deg per20D length
: ;4
( = 0.1√ # ( = 4.0 7
:
5
D-6
Where:
D = shaft diameter, inches
T = torque, lb-in
HP = horsepower
N = speed, rpm
C. For short, solid shaft subjected only to heavy transverse shear

1.7<
(=7
Where:
V = maximum transverse shearing loads, lbs
Ss = maximum torsional shearing stress, lb/sq. in
Linear Deflection of shafting
For steel lineshafting, it is considered good practice to limit the linear deflection to a maximum
of 0.010 inch per foot length
Maximum Distance:
A. For shafting subjected to no bending action except its own weight:
= 8.95 1(2
!
B. For shafting subjected to bending action pulleys, etc.
= 5.2 1(2
!
Where:
L = maximum distance between bearings, ft
D = diameter of shaft, inches
Note:
1. Pulleys should be placed as close to the bearings as possible
2. In general, shafting up to three inches in diameter is almost always made from cold-rolled
steel
D-7
SOLVED PROBLEMS
1. What power would a spindle 55 mm in diameter transmit at 480 rpm. Stress allowed for short
shaft is 59 MPa (ME Bd. Apr 97)
A. 42.12 kW C. 96.88 kW
B. 50.61 kW D. 39.21 kW
16
Solution:
=
)(.
16
59 =
)(55).
T = 1 927 390 N-mm = 1.92739 kN-m
P = 2πTN = 2π(1.92739)(480/60) = 96.88 kW
2. Determine the torque received by the motor shaft running at 4250 rpm, transmitting 11 H,
through a 10 in diameter, 20° involute gear. The shaft is supported by ball bearing at both ends
and the gear is fixed at the middle of 8 in shaft length. (ME Bd. Apr 97)
A. 163 in-lb C. 132 in-lb
B. 167 in-lb D. 136 in-lb
Solution:
P = 2πTN
11(33000) = 2πT(4250)
T = 13.594 ft-lb = 163.128 in-lb
3. Compute the lineshaft diameter to transmit 12 HP at 180 rpm with torsional deflection of 0.08
degree per foot length. (ME Bd. Oct 96)
A. 3 in C. 2.35 in
B. 5 cm D. 62 mm
Solution:
P = 2πTN
12(33000) = 2πT(180)
T = 350.14 ft-lb = 4201.68 in-lbs
L= 1 ft = 12 in
)
D-8
= = > (* "# #$ %$ ℎ"'
32

G = 12 000 000 psi for steel
=

) 4201.68(12)
0.08 = >= )
180 =32> (* (12,000,000)
D = 2.35 in
5. Compute the nominal shear stress at the surface in MPa for a 40 mm diameter shaft that
transmit 750 kw at 1500 rpm. Axial and bending loads are assumed negligible. Torsional
shearing stress is 28 MPa
A. 218 C. 232
B. 312 D. 380
Solution:
P = 2πTN
750 = 2πT(1500/60)
16 16
T = 4.775 kN-m
= =
)( . )(0.040).
Ss = 379 982 kPa = 380 MPa
6. A hollow shaft has an inner diameter of 0.035 m and an outer diameter of 0.06 m. Compute
for the torque if the shear stress is not to exceed 120 MPa in N-m (ME Bd. Oct 95)
A. 4500 C. 4300
B. 4100 D. 4150
Solution:
?
= ( ?: @ A : )
16(0.06)
120,000,000 = B = CDEE F − G
)(0.06* − 0.035* )
7. Design the size of a solid steel shaft to be used for a 500 hp, 250 rpm application if the
allowable torsional deflection is 1° and the allowable stress is 10,000 psi and modulus of rigidity
is 13 x 10^6 psi (ME Bd. Oct 95)
A. 5 in dia C. 4 7/8 in dia
B. 4 5/8 in dia D. 4 ¾ in dia
Solution:
Solving for the shaft diameter D based on stress:
P = 2πTN
500(33,000) = 2πT(250)
T = 10,504.226 ft-lb = 126,051 in-lb
16
D-9
=
)(.
16(126.051
10,000 =
)(.
D = 4 in
Solving for the shaft diameter D based on torsional deflection:
The shaft length is not given. The common practice for torsional deflection is 1° per 20D
Θ = 1° x (180/π) rad
T = 126,051 in-lbs
L = 20D
J = (π/32)D^4
G = 13,000,000 psi
H
= IJ
2,LM2L
1.0(KL) = N
= >( : )(.,LLL,LLL)
!O
D = 4.85 in
Therefore: use D = 4 7/8 in
8. A 2 in solid shaft is driven by a 36 in gear and transmits power at 120 rpm. If allowable
shearing stress is 12 ksi, what horsepower can be transmitted? (ME Bd. Oct 95)
A. 29.89 C. 39.89
B. 35.89 D. 34.89
Solution:

= !

12,000 = (2)!
T = 18,850 in-lbs = 1,570.8 ft-lbs
P = 2πTN = 2π(1570.8)(120/60)(hp/550) = 35.89 HP
9. A short 61 mm shaft transmit 120 HP. Compute the linear speed of a pulley 55 cm mounted on
the shaft. (ME Bd. Oct 95)
A. 1796 fpm C. 1856 fpm
B. 1766 fpm D. 2106 fpm
Solution:
For short shaft (PSME Code)
D = 61 mm = 2.4 in
!P
4=
.K
(2.*)! P
120 = 5 = 330Q/
.K
D-10
V = πDN = π(0.55 x 3.28)(3.28)(330) = 1870 ft/min
10. A hollow shaft has an inner diameter of 0.035 m and outer diameter of 0.06 m. determine the
polar moment of inertia of the hollow shaft (ME Bd Oct 95)
A. 1.512 x 10-6 m4 C. 1.152 x 10-6 m4
-6 4
B. 1.215 x 10 m D. 1.125 x 10-6 m4
) )
Solution:
= ((#* − ( * ) = (0.06* − 0.035* ) = R. RSDT RE@U VC
32 32
11. Compute the speed of the gear mounted on a 52.5 mm diameter shaft receiving power from a
driving motor with 250 HP. (ME Bd. Apr 95)
A. 2185 RPM C. 2265 RPM
B. 2071 RPM D. 2341 RPM
Solution:
From PSME CODE:

!P
4= KL
52.5 .
( ) 5
250 = 25.4
80
N = 2265 RPM
11. A 3 in diameter short shaft carrying two pulleys close to the bearings transmits how much
horsepower if the shaft makes 280 RPM? (ME Bd. Apr 95)
A. 199 HP C. 200 HP
B. 198 HP D. 210 HP
Solution:
From PSME CODE:
(. 5 (3). 280
4= = = RWW XY
38 38
12. A rectangular key was used in a pulley connected to a lineshaft with a power of 7.46 kw at a
speed of 1200 rpm. If the shearing stress of the shaft and key are 30 MPa and 240 MPa,
respectively. What is the diameter of the shaft? (ME Bd. Oct 2006)
A. 11.6 mm C. 21.6 mm
B. 15.6 mm D. 32.2 mm
Solution:
P = 2πTN
7.46 = 2πT(1200/60) T = 0.059365 kN-m = 59,365 N-mm

= !

16(59,365)
D-11
30 = ( = SR. U GG
)(.
13. Determine the torque received by the motor shaft running at 4250 rpm, transmiting 11 hp,
through a 10 in diameter, 20° incolute gear. The shaft is supported by ball bearings at both ends
and the gear is fixed at the middle of 8 in shaft length (ME Bd Apr 2006)
A. 163 in-lb C.132 in-lb
B. 167 in-lb D. 138 in-lb
Solution:
P = 2πTN
11(33,000) = 2πT(4250)
T = 13.594 ft-lb = 163.128 in-lb
14. Compute for the diameter in inches of a conveyor head pulley SAE 4130 solid steel shaft
being driven by a 11HP drive motor through a gear reduces with 180 rpm output, the torsional
deflection is 0.08 degree/foot of shaft length. (ME Bd, Apr 2006)
Solution:
P = 2πTN
11(33,000) = 2πT(180)
T = 321 ft-lbs = 3852 in-lbs
H
= IJ
.KM2(2)
0.08( )= N
KL = >( : )(,MLL,LLL)
!O
D = 2.327 in, say 2 3/8 inches pulley
15. The power that can be transmitted by a spindle of 55 mm diameter running at 1200 rpm and
allowable stress of 5 MPa is equal to : (ME Bd Apr 2006)
A. 10.3 kw C. 23 kw
B. 20.5 kw D. 35.2 kw
Solution:

= !
16
5000 =
)(0.055).
T = 0.16334 KN-m
D-12
P = 2πTN = 2π(0.16334)(1200/60) = 20.5 kw
16. Determine the diameter in inches of a steel countershaft that delivers 13.31 HP at a speed of
15.7 rad/sec, the allowable material shear stress is 8.5 ksi. (ME Bd. Oct 2005)
A. 1 in C. 2 in
B. 1 ½ in D. 1 ¼ in
Solution:
N = 15.7 rad/sec = 149.9 rpm
(. 5
;4 = "# #%'Z ℎ"'
38
(. (149.9)
13.31 = [ = R. D\]
38
17. Compute for the torsional deflection in degrees of 110 mm diameter, 1.4 meter long shaft
subjected to a twist moment 3 x 10^6 N-mm. the torsional modulus of elasticity is 83 000 MPa.
(ME Bd. Apr 2005)
A. 0.27 C. 0.20
B. 0.31 D. 0.24
Solution:
(3010 5 − ///)(1400//) 180 Z^
= = 0
) 5 2 )
=32> (110) // (83,000 // )
* *
= E. S _`a
18. Two parallel shaft connected by pure rolling turn in the same direction and having a speed
ratio of 2.75. what is the distance of the two shaft if the smaller cylinder is 22 cm in diameter?
(ME Bd. Apr 2005)
A. 16.60 cm C. 25.25 cm
B. 30.25 cm D. 19.25 cm
Solution:
D1N1 = D2N2
2.75 = (N1/N2) = (D2/D1)
2.75 = (D2/D1) D2 = 60.5 cm
Cylinder 2 is an internal cylinder, therefore, the center distance will be:

(2 − (1 60.5 − 22
b= = = RW. SD cG
2 2
D-13
19. It is desired to check the design of a 2 in medium steel shaft subjected to a turning moment of
40,000 in-lb. Ultimate stress is 50,000. Determine the factor of safety applied. (ME Bd. Apr
2004)
A. 3 C. 2.5
B. 0.509 D. 1.96
Solution:

= !

% 16
=
d )(.
50,000 16(40,000)
= ef = R. WUgD
d )(2).
20. How much torque can be safely transmitted by a 1 7/16 in, diameter shaft if safe stress is
7000? (ME Bd Apr2004)
A. 28142 kN-m C. 28000 kN-m
B. 3500 in-lbs D. 4100 in-lbs
Solution:
D = 1 7/16 in = 1.4375 in

= !

7000 = B = CEiS. jg \] − klm
(.*.hM)!
21. A shaft with a 1.125 in diameter receives 400 in-lbf of torque through a pinned sleeve. The
pin is manufactured from steel with a tensile yield strength of 73.9 ksi. Using a factor of safety of
2.5 compute for the following: (ME Bd. Apr 2004)
A. For the yield strength in shear, assume that by using the distortion energy failure theory, the
equation is Sys = 0.577 Syt. What will be the maximum allowable shear stress?
A. 71.06 ksi C. 17.06 ksi
B. 60.71 ksi D. 32.17 ksi
Solution:
n 42.6403
Sys = 0.577 Syt = 0.577(73.9) = 42.6403
= = = Rj. EDU om\
d 2.5
B. What is the total shear force in the pin?
A. 371.1 lbf C. 117.1 lbf
B. 711.1 lbf D. 311.1 lbf
Solution:
T = F x 1.25/2 F = 711. 11 lbf
C. What pin diameter is needed?

A. 0.361 in C. 0.631 in
B. 0.316 in D. 0.23 in
Solution:
Ss = F/ (π/4 x d^2)
17,056 = 711. 11/ (π/4 x d^2) d = 0.23 in
D. If the pin has a tensile yield strength of 50 MPa, manufactured from steel, what will be the
yield strength in shear?
A. 71.06 ksi C. 60.71 ksi
B. 117.7 x 10^6 Pa D. 294.3 x 10^6 Pa
Solution:
Sys = 0.577 Syt = 0.577 x (510 x 10^6) = 294.27 x 10^6
Ss = Sys/FS = 294 x 10^6/2.5 = 117.7 x 10^6 Pa
E. Assume that the shaft torque becomes 45 N-m, compute for the total shear t the pin.
A. 9641.3 N C. 3149.6 N
B. 117.7 lbf D. 571.7 lbf
Solution:
D = 1. 125 in x 2.54 cm/in x m/100 cm = 0.028575 m
T = F x D/2
45 = F x 0.028575/2 F = 3149.6 N
22. A marine turbine developing 15,000 hp and it turns the shaft at 300 rpm. The propeller which
is attached the shaft develops a thrust of 150,000 lbs. A hollow steel shaft with an outside
diameter of 14 in will be used. (ME Bd. Apr 2004)
A. Compute for the torque.
A. 622,000 ft-lb C. 486,600 ft-lb
B. 826,000 ft-lb D. 262,600 ft-lb
Solution:
P = 2πTN = 15,000 = 2πT (300)
T = 262,605.65 ft-lb
B. determine the inside diameter of the shaft if the maximum shearing stress based on torsion
alone is not to exceed 7,500 psi.
Solution:
Ss = 16TDo / π [Do^4 - Di^4] = 7500 = 16 x 262,605.65 x 14 / π [14^4 – Di^4]
Di = 9.589 in
C. what will be the propeller’s thrust that is develop in kilogram?

A. 68, 180 kg C. 86,880 kg
B. 26,810 kg D. 186,000 kg
Solution:
Ft = 150,000 lbs x kg/2.2 lbs = 68, 18182 kg.
D. what is the diameter of the solid shaft?

A. 1.88 in C. 6. 128 in
B. 12.886in D. 8.621 in
Solution:
Ss = 16T/πD^3 = 7,500 = 16 x 262,605.65 x 12 / π D^3
D = 12.886 in
E. What is the percentage saving in weight over the solid shaft?

A. 92.3 % C. 37.3 %
B. 73.3 % D. 67.3 %
Solution:
Ws = weight of solid shaft = volume x density
= A x L x ρ = π/4 x 12.886^2 x L ρ = 130.41 L ρ
Wh = weight of hollow shaft = π/4 [14^2 -9.59^2] L ρ = 81.70L ρ
% savings = Ws-Wh / Ws x 100 = 130.41L ρ – 81.70L ρ / 130.41L ρ
= 37.35 %
23. A shell with an outside diameter of 406 mm and a wall thickness of 2.54 mm is subjected to
280 MPa tensile load and 45 KN-m. What is the maximum shear stress in MPa?
A. 69.73 MPa C. 296 MPa
B. 156 MPa D. 16.4 MPa
Solution:
Do = 0.406 m
Di = 0.406 – (2x0.00254) = 0.40092 m
Ss = 16TDo / π [Do^4 – Di^4] = 16 x 45 x 0.406 / π [0.406^4 – 0.40092^4]
= 69,721.3 KPa = 69.721 MPa
24. A torque of 3142 foot-pounds is applied to one end of a solid cylindrical shaft of 4 inches in
diameter fastened at the other end. The maximum shearing stresses closest to?
A. 2500 psi C. 3,000 psi
B. 3500 psi D. 3142 psi
Solution:
Ss = 16T/πD^3 = 16 x 3142 x 12 / π x 4^3 = 3,000 psi
25. A hollow bronze tube has an outer diameter of 2 inches and an inner diameter o 1 ½ inches
and 12 inches long. A crank 15 inches long is keyed to one end, and the other is held rigid. The
modulus of rigidity is 10,000,000 psi.
A. Compute for J.
A. 3.73 in^4 C. 3.781 in^4
B. 1.0733 in^4 D. 1.738 in^4
Solution:
J = π/32 (Do^4 –Di^4) = π/32 (2^4 – 1.5^4) = 1.073 in ^4
B. What force must be applied to the end of the crank to produce a torsional shear of 5,000 psi?
A. 835 lbs C. 358 lbs
B. 853 lbs D. 583 lbs
Solution:
Ss = 16TDo/π [Do^4 – Di^4] = 5,000 = 16T x 2 / π [2^4 -1.5^4]
T = 5,368.93 in-lb = FL = F x 15
F = 357.92 lbs
C. What will be the angular moment of the end of the crank when this load is applied?
A. 0.344 degree C. 0.544 degree
B. 0.543 degree D. 0.434 degree
Solution:
ϴ = TL/JG = [(5368.93 x 12) / (1.073 x 10x10^6)] x 180/π = 0.344 degree
D. The torsional shear can be express as?

A. 543 bars C. 453 bars
B. 935 bars D. 345 bars
Solution:
Ss = 5,000 psi x 101.325 KPa /14.7 psi x 1 bar/ 100 KPa = 344.64 bars
E. The force required at the end of the crank is equivalent to?

A. 900 kg C. 163 kg
B. 887 kg D. 788 kg
Solution:
F = 358 lbs x kg/2.2 lbs = 162.72 kg
26. A taper pin with a minimum mean diameter of 6.2 mm will be applied to fix a lever to a 2
inches shaft with an allowable design stress of 15 ksi. Compute for the transmitted maximum
torque in in-lbs. use a factor of safety of 2.
A. 600 C. 700
B. 800 D. 780
Solution:
Empirical formula from Machinery Handbook p. 186
d = 1.13(T/DS) ^1/2 d = mean diameter of taper pin (in) S = safe unit stress (psi)
= 6.2 mm = 0.244 in
T = torque (in-lbs)
D = shaft diameter (in)
0.244 = 1.13 (T/2 x 15,000) ^1/2 T = 1,398.8 in-lbs
Applying the factor of safety 2;
T = 1,398.8/2 = 699.4 in-lbs
27. Determine the power transmitted by main power transmitting steel shaft with 2 7/8 inches in
outside diameter, SAE 1040 driving conveyor head pulleys at a shaft speed of 150 rpm.
A. 40 C. 45
B. 50 D. 38
Solution:
P = D^3 x N / 80 = 2.875^3 x 150 / 80 = 44.6 HP
28. Find the diameter of a main power transmitting shaft in mm to transmit 100 KW at 400 rpm.
A. 48 C. 76
B. 67 D. 85
Solution:
P = 100 KW = 134 HP
N = 400 rpm
P = D^3 x N / 80 = 134 = D^3 x 400 / 80
D = 2.99 in = 76 mm
29. Design a safe shaft diameter for a power transmitting shaft to transmit 30 HP at a shaft speed
of 180 rpm.
A. 2.25 C. 3.25
B. 2.5 D. 2 3/8
Solution:
P = D^3 x N / 80 = 134 = D^3 x 180 / 80 D = 2.37 in = 2 3/8 in
30. What would be the diameter in mm of a main power transmitting steel shaft SAE 1040 to
transmit 100 KW at 600 rpm?
A. 67 C. 76
B. 47 D. 56
Solution:
P = D^3 x N / 80 = 134 = D^3 x 600 / 80 D 2.614 in = 66.4 mm
31. Compute the power in HP of a line shaft having a diameter of 1 7/8 inches with a speed of
200 rm.
A. 25 C. 32
B. 27 D. 35
Solution:
Power = D^3 x N / 53.5 = 1.875^3 x 200 / 53.5 = 24.6 HP
32. A short 40 mm diameter shaft having a rotational speed of 300 rpm. Determine the power
transmitted by the shaft.
A. 31 HP C. 45 HP
B. 38 HP D. 49 HP
Solution:
Power = D^3 x N / 38 = (40/25.4) ^3 x 300 / 38 = 30.8 HP
33. Determine the diameter of a line shaft transmitting 25 HP and having a speed of 225 rpm.
The shear stress of the shaft is 6 ksi.
A. 1 7/8 in C. 1 1/5 in
B. 1 ¾ in D. 1 ¼ in
Solution:
Power = D^3 x N / 53.5 = D^3 x 225 / 53.5 D = 1 .811 in say 1 7/8 in
34. Compute the angular deflection of a shaft in degrees having a diameter of 4 5/8 inches,
length 60 inches, transmit 12 HP, at 180 rpm. Use G = 11.5x10^6 psi.

Solution:
P = 2πTN = 12 x 33,000 = 2πT x 180 T = 350.14 ft-lbs = 4,201.68 in-lbs
ϴ = TL/JG = [(4,201.68 x 60)/ (π/32 x 4.625^4 x 11.5x10^60)] x 180/π = 0.028 degree
35. Compute for the diameter in inches of SAE 1030 steel shaft to transmit 12 HP at 120 rpm
with torsional deflection below 0.08 degree/foot length as required.
A. 2 7/8 in C. 2 ¼ in
B. 2 5/8 in D. 2 3/8 in
Solution:
P = 2πTN
T = (12 x 550) / (2) x 120/60) = 525.21 lb-ft
Using G = 12x10^6 psi
ϴ = TL/JG = 0.08 x π/180 = 525.21 / (π/32 x D^4 x 12x10^6 x 144)
D = 0.217 ft = 2.604 in say 2 5/8 in
36. A 3 inches diameter short shaft carrying to pulleys close to bearing to transmit how much
horsepower if the shaft makes 280 rpm.
A. 199 HP C. 200 HP
B. 198 HP D. 210 HP
Solution:
P = D^3 x N / 38 = (3^3 x 280)/38 = 199 HP
37. Compute the speed of gear mounted on 52.5 mm diameter shaft receiving power from a
driving motor with 250 HP.
A. 2,182 rpm C. 2,282 rpm
B. 2,071 rpm D. 2,341 rpm
Solution:
From PSME code:
P = D^3 x N / 80 = 250 = {(52.5/25.4)^3 N] / 80
N = 2265 rpm
38. A solid cylindrical shaft 48.2 cm long is used for a transmission of mechanical power at a
rate of 37 KW running at 1,760 rpm. The Ss is 8.13 MPa. Calculate the diameter.
A. 30 mm C. 40 mm
B. 35 mm D. 50 mm
Solution:
P = 2πTN = 37 = 2π T x 1,760/60
T = 0.2 KN-m
Ss = 16T/πD^3 = 8130 = 16 x 0.2 / π D^3
D =0.050 m = 50 mm
39. A hollow shaft with outside diameter of 14 cm and wall thickness of 0.80 cm transmit 200
KW at 400 rpm. What must be the angular deflection of the shaft if the length is 5 meters? The
material of the shaft is C4140 steel.
Solution:
P = 2πTN = 200 = 2π T x 400/60
T = 4.77465 KN-m
J = π/32 (Do^4 –Di^4) = π/32 (0.14^4 – 0.124^4) = 1.45042x10^-5 m^4
Use G = 82,741,285.71 KPa
ϴ = TL/JG = 4.77465 x 5 / 1.45042x10^-5 x 82,714,285.71 = 1.14 degree
40. A short 61 mm diameter shaft transmits 120 HP. Compute the linear speed of a pulley 55 cm
diameter mounted on the shaft.
A. 1,796 fpm C. 1,870 fpm
B. 1,766 fpm D. 2,016 fpm
Solution:
For short shaft:
P = D^3 x N / 38 = 120 = (61/25.4) ^3 x N / 38
N = 330 rpm
V = πDN = π x 0.55 x 330 = 1870 fpm
41. Find the power in watts transmitted by a main power transmitting shaft with a diameter of 55
mm and speed of 200 rpm.
A. 15.45 C. 25.4
B. 18.926 D. 30.7
Solution:
For main power transmitting shaft:
P = D^3 x N / 80
D = 55/25.4 = 2.165
P = 2.165^3 x 200 / 80 = 25.37 x 746 = 18.926 watts
42. Compute for the torsional deflection in degrees of a 3 5/8 inches diameter, 1.2 m long shaft
subjected to a twist moment of 3x10^6 N-mm. the torsional modulus of elasticity is 80,000 MPa.
A. 0.365 C. 0.653
B. 0.985 D. 1.025
Solution:
D = 3 5/8 in = 92.075 mm
ϴ = TL/JG = [(3x10^6 x 1200) / (π/32 x 92.075^4 x 80,000)] x 180/π
= 0.365 degree
43. Compute for the torsional deflection in degrees of a 110 mm diameter, 1.4 m long shaft
subjected to twist moment of 3x10^6 N-mm. The torsional modulus of elasticity is 83,000
N/mm^2.
A. 0.27 C. 0.20
B. 0.31 D. 0.24
Solution:
ϴ = TL/JG = [(3x10^6 x 1400) / (π/32 x 110^4 x 83,000)] x 180/π = 0.2 degree
44. Find the torsional moment in Newton-millimeter developed when the shaft delivers 20 KW
at 200 rpm.
A. 0.85x10^6 C. 1.20x10^6
B. 1.0x10^6 D. 2.10x10^6
Solution:
P = 2πTN = 20 = 2πT x 200/60
T = 0.955 KN-m = 0.955x10^6 N-mm
45. A 102 mm diameter shaft is driven at 3000 rpm by a 300 HP prime mover. The shaft drives a
121.9 cm diameter chain sprocket having 86% output efficiency. Compute the torque in in-lb
develop in the shaft.
A. 5,600 C. 8,150
B. 7,100 D. 6,300
Solution:
P = 2πTN = 300 x 33,000 = 2πT x 3,000 = 525.21 ft-lb = 6,302.5 in-lb
46. Compute for the twisting moment in in-lb developed when the shaft delivers 20 HP at 1,200
rpm.
A. 1,166 C. 1,050
B. 915 D. 945
Solution:
P = 2πTN = 20 x 33,000 = 2πT x 1,200 = 87.535 ft-lb = 1,050.4 in-lb
47. Determine the diameter in inches of a steel countershaft that delivers 13.31 HP at a speed of
15.7 rad/s, the allowable material shear stress is 8.5 ksi.
A. 1 in C. 2 in
B. 1 ½ in D. 1 ¼ in
Solution:
N = 15.7 rad/s x rev/2πrad x 60s/min = 149.9 rpm
HP = D^3N / 38 for countershaft
= 13.31 = (D^3 x 149.9)/38 = 1.5 in
48. In SAE 1030 steel 2 inches diameter solid shaft with a deflection not to exceed 0.06 degree/ft
length. Modulus of rigidity of 12,000,000 psi. Determine the power transmitted if the shaft
rotates at 280 rpm.
A. 7.3 HP C. 8.3 HP
B. 3.7 HP D. 3.8 HP
Solution:
ϴ = TL/JG = 0.06 x π/180 = T x12 / (π/32 x 2^4 x 12x10^6)
T = 1644.9 in-lbs = 137 ft-lbs
P = 2πTN = 2π x 137 x 280 x HP/33,000 = 7.3 HP
49. A hollow shaft has an inner diameter of 0.035 m and an outer diameter 0.06 m. Compute for
the torque if the shear stress is not to exceed 120 MPa in N-m.
A. 4,400 C. 4,500
B. 4,300 D. 4,200
Solution:
Ss = 16TDo / π x (Do^4 –Di^4)
120x10^6 = 16T x 0.06 / π x (0.06^4 – 0.035^4)
T = 4,500 N-m
50. What power would a spindle 55 mm in diameter transmit at 480 rpm stress allowed for short
shaft is 59 N/mm^2.
A. 98.68 KW C. 68.98 KW
B. 96.88 KW D. 68.89 KW
Solution:
Ss = 16T/πD^3 = 59x10^3 = 16T / π x 0.055^3
T = 1.92739 KN-m
P = 2πTN = 2π x 1.92739 x 480/60 = 96.88 KW
51. A 3 inches diameter short shaft carrying two pulleys close to bearings transmits how much
power if the shaft makes 280 rpm?
A. 991 C. 199
B. 919 D. 260
Solution:
P = D^3 x N / 38 = 3^3 x 280 / 38 = 198.9 HP
52. Compute the speed of the gear mounted in 52.5 mm diameter shaft receiving power from a
prime mover with 250 HP.
A. 2,182 rpm C. 2,287 rpm
B. 2,081 rpm D. 2,341 rpm
Solution:
D = 52.5mm = 2.06 in
From PSME code: HP = D^3 x N / 80
250 = 2.06^3 x N / 80
N = 2,287 rpm
53. A 3 ½ inches diameter solid circular shaft transmitting a torque of 1,500 ft-lb. Compute the
maximum normal stress in the shaft.
A. 3,238 C. 1,138
B. 2,138 D. 1,228
Solution:
Ss = 16T/πD^3 = (16 x 1,500 x 12) / π x 3.5^3 = 2,138 psi
54. A small countershaft is 1 ½ inch in diameter and has an allowable stress of 8,500 psi. Find
the horsepower delivered by the shaft at a speed 15.7 rad/s.
A. 7.20 C. 13.31
B. 1.4 D. 14.72
Solution:
Ss = 16T/πD^3 = 8,500 = (16 x T) / (π x 1.5^3)
T = 5,632.78 in-lbs = 469.4 ft-lbs
N = 15.7 x 60 / 2π = 150 rev/min
P = 2πTN = (2π x 469.4 x 150)/33,000 = 13.39 HP
55. A 16 ft steel line shaft has no bending action except its own weight. What power in HP can
the shaft deliver at a speed of 200 rpm? Consider that the torsional deflection will not exceed
0.08/ft length.
A. 13.2 C. 24.4
B. 15.8 D. 14.6
Solution:
Reference: Machinery Handbook 24th edition p. 267
D^2/3 = L/8.95 = D = (16/8.95)^3/2 = 2.39 in
HP = (D/4.6) ^4 x N = (2.39/4.6)^4 x 200 = 14.58 HP
56. The torsional deflection of a SAE 1040 steel shaft is to 0.8 degrees in a length of ½ m. The
shear stress is 69 MPa. Compute the diameter of a shaft in mm. steel modulus of elasticity is
79,000 MPa.
A. 51 C. 75
B. 50 D. 62
Solution:
Ss = 16T/πD^3 = 69,000 = 16T/πD^3
T = 13,548D^3 KN-m
ϴ = TL/JG =0.8 x π/180 = 13,548D^3 x 0.5 / [(π D^3 / 32) x 79,000,000]
D = 0.062 m = 62 mm
57. Compute the diameter of a solid shaft transmitting 75 HP at 1,800 rpm. The nature of load
and the type of service is such that the allowable Ss based on pure torsion is 6,000 psi.
A. 1 7/8 in C. 1 5/16 in
B. 2 1/6 in D. 3 1/8 in
Solution:
P = 2πTN = 75 x 33,000 = 2πT x 1,800
T = 218.838 ft-lbs = 2,626.06 in-lbs
Ss = 16T/πD^3 = 6,000 = 16x 2,626.06 / π x D^3
D = 1.306 say 1 5/16 in
58. The shaft is subjected to a steady load of 36,000 in-lb at a shear stress of 10,000 psi.
Compute the diameter of the said shaft in inches.
A. 1 7/8 in C. 3 in
B. 2 ¼ in D. 2 ¾ in
Solution:
T = 36,000 x D/2 = 18,000D in-lbs
Ss = 16T/πD^3 =10,000 = (16 x 18,000D) / π x D^3
D = 3.027 in use 3 in
59. A solid transmission shaft is 3.5 inches in diameter. It is desired to replace it with a hollow
shaft of the same material and same torsional strength but its weight should only be half as much
as the solid shaft. Find the outside and outside diameter of the hollow shaft in mm.
Solution:
Solid shaft: Ss = 16T/πD^3
Hollow shaft: Ss = 16TDo/π x (Do^4 –Di^4)
Equating the stress: 16T/πD^3 = 16TDo/π x (Do^4 –Di^4)
Do^4 –Di^4 = 42.875Do Equation 1
Let L = length of shaft, p = density

Solid shaft: v = π/4 D^2 L
Hollow shaft: v = π/4 x (Do^2 –Di^2) L
½ (π/4) (3.5^2) Lp = π/4(Do^2 –Di^2) Lp
Do^2 –Di^2 = 6. 125 Equation 2
Di^2 = Do^2 – 6.125 or Di^4 = (Do^2 -6. 125) ^2
Substituting in Equation 1:
Do^4 – (Do^2 – 6.125) ^2 = 42.875Do
Do^2 – 3.5Do – 3.0625 = 0
By quadratic formula:
Do = 4.225 in = 107 mm, Di = sqrt (4.225^2 – 6. 125) = 3.424 in = 87 mm
60. A 76 mm solid shaft is to be replaced with a hollow shaft of equal torsional strength. Find the
inside diameter and the percentage of weight saved if the outside diameter of the hollow shaft is
100 mm.
Solution:
For solid shaft: Ss = 16T/πD^3
For hollow shaft: Ss = 16TDo/π (Do^4 –Di^4)
Equating the torsional stress:
16T/πD^3 = 16TDo/π (Do^4 –Di^4) Di = 86.55 mm
Let v = volume
w = weight
v1 = π/4 (76) ^2 L
v2 = π/4 (100^2 – 86.55^2) L
% of weight saved = [(π/4 x 76^2 x Lw) – π/4(100^2 – 86.55^2) Lw] / (π/4 x 76^2 x Lw)
= 0.5656 =56.56%
61. A solid shaft is to be used to transmit 75 KW at 550 rpm. If the shaft design stress will not
exceed 26 N/mm^2, determine the diameter of the solid shaft.
Power = 2π x TN = 75 = 2π x T x 550/60
T = 1.302177 KN-m = 1,302, 177 N-mm
Ss = 16T/πD^3 = 26 = 16 x 1,302,177 / πD3
D = 63.42 mm
62. A 500 rpm shaft is fitted with a 30 inches (76.2 mm) diameter pulley weighing 250 lb (113.6
kg). This pulley delivers 35 HP (26.1 KW) to a load. The shaft is also fitted 24 inches (61 cm)
pitch diameter gear weighing 200 lb (90.9 kg). This gear delivers 25 HP (18.65 KW) to a load.
Assume that the tension of the tight side of the belt is twice that of the slack side of the belt,
determine the concentrated loads produced on the shaft by the pulley and the gear in lb and in
Newton.
Solution:
The relative positions of the belt and gear are not specified, therefore the positions that will
produce maximum on the shaft will be assumed.
For the pulley:

P = 2πTN = 35 x 33,000 = 2π x T x 500
T = 367.548 ft-lbs
(F1 – F2) r = T
(2F2 –F2) x 15/12 = 67.648
F2 = 294. 118 lbs, F1 = 588.236 lbs
Fp = 588.236 + 250 = 1,132.354 lbs = 5,038 N
For the gear:

P = 2πTN = 25 x 33,000 = 2π x T x 500
T = 262.606 ft-lbs
F = T/r = 262.606/1 = 262.606 lbs
Fg = 262.606 + 200 = 462.606 lbs = 2,058 N
63. A steel is subjected to a constant torque of 2260 N-m. The ultimate strength and yield
strength of the shafting material are 668 MPa and 400 MPa respectively. Assume a safety factor
of 2 on the yield point and endurance strength in shear, determine the diameter of the shaft in
inches.
Solution:
Maximum shear stress = 1/2 tensile stress
Sy max = 1/2 (4,000) = 2,000 KPa
With factor of safety of 2, the allowable torsional stress is
Ss = 200,000/2 = 00,000 KPa
Solving for the Shaft diameter, D
Ss = 16T/πD^3 = 16 x 2.260 / π D^3
D = 0.048644 mm = 1.915 in
64. A solid steel shaft is to be design to limit the maximum twist of not more 2.5 degrees in a 5
m length when acted upon by a torque of 18 KN-m. Determine the maximum diameter of the
shaft. (G = 83 GPa)
Solution:
[ϴ = 180/π (TL/JG)] degree
Where:
ϴ = 2.5 degree
T = 18x10^6 N-mm
L = 5,000 mm
G = 83x0^3 MPa
J = π x D^4 / 32
D = [(180 x 18x10^6 x 5,000 x 32) / (2.5 x π^2 x 83x10^3)] ^ ½ = 126 mm
65. From the previous problem, determine the maximum shearing stress induced in the shaft if
the modulus of elasticity in shear is 83 GPa.
Solution:
Ss max = 16T/πD^3 = 16 x 18x10^6 / π x 126^3 = 45.8 MPa
66. Determine the power that can be transmitted by a solid shaft 6 m long and running at 180
rpm. The maximum shear stress induced is 70 MN/m^2 When twisted through 3 degrees. G = 83
GN/mm^2.
Solution:
Ss max = 16T/πD^3 70 N/mm^2
T = π x D^3 x 70/16 = 13.744D^3
[ϴ = 180/π (TL/JG)] degree
ϴ = 3 degree
L = 6,000 mm
G = 83x10^3 N/mm^2
T = (3 x D^4 x 83x10^3) / (180 x 32 x 6,000) = 0.07111D^4
Equating the torque:
0.07111D^4 =13.744D^3
D = 193.2 mm
T = 0.07111 x 193.2^4 = 9,907.3x10^4 N-mm = 9,907.3 N-m
P = 2πTN = 2π x 9,907.3 x 10 x 150/60 = 1,556,235 W = 1,556.2 KW
67. Determine the diameter of a steel marine propeller to transmit a shaft power of 5,000 KW at
200 rpm. Design shear stress is 50 MPa and maximum allowable twist is not more than 1 degree
in 25 diameter of propeller length. Axial load is negligible.
Solution:
T = (9.55x10^6 x 5,000KW)/220 rpm = 217.045x10^6 N-mm
Ss max = 16T/πD^3 = 50 N/mm^2
D = [(16 x 217.045x10^6 x 25 x 32) / (π x 83x10^3)] ^1/3 = 280 mm
ϴ = 180 /π x (TL/JG)
ϴ = 1 degree L = 25D
J = π x D/32 G = 83x10^3 N/mm^2
D = [(180 x 217.045x10^6 x 25 x 32) / (π x 83x10^3)] ^1/3 = 493 mm
Therefore use: D = 493 mm
68. Determine the maximum twisting moment that can act on a composite stepped steel shaft
which consists a hollow section 2 m long, 70 mm ID, and 100 mm OD rigid attached to a solid
portion 1.5 m long and 70 mm in diameter, if the design stress in shear is 80 MN/m^2 and the
total twist is not to exceed 2.0 degree.
Solution:
For strength: Ss max = Tr/ J
Hollow section:
Ss max = 80 MN/mm^2
r = OD/2 = 0.100/2 = 0.050 m
J = π/32 x (OD^4 – ID^4) = π/32 x (0. 100^4 – 0.070^4) =7.4603x10^-6 m^4
T = (80 x 7.4603x10^-6) / 0.05 = 11.936x10^-3 MN-m
Solid section:
Ss max = 16T/πD^3 = 80 MN/m^2
r = D/2 = 0.07/2 = 0.035 m
J = π/32 x 0.07^3 = 2.3572x^10-6 m^4
T = (80 x 2.3572x10^-6) / 0.07 = 5.3878x10^-3 MN-m
For rigidity:
ϴ = 180/π x (TL/JG) degree
The total twists of the composite shaft is equal to the sum of the twist of the hollow and solid
sections.
ϴt = ϴs + ϴh
2 x π/180 = [(Tr x 2)/(7.4603x10-6 x 83x10^3)] + [(Tr x 1.50)/(2.3572x10^-6 x 83x10^3)]
Tr = 3.2x10^-3 MN-m = 3.2 KN-m
The smallest of the torque is Tr, therefore:
Tmax = 3.2 KN-m
69. Determine the maximum length of a flexible steel wire shaft encased in a stationary tube that
fits closely enough to impose a frictional torque of 2 N-m/m. The wire has a diameter of 10 mm
and the induced stress must not exceed 140 MN/m^2.
Solution:
T = 2L = 2x10^-6 MN-m/m (L,m) = (Ss x π x D^3) / 16 = (140 x π x 0.010^3) / 16
L = 13.74 m
70. From the previous problem, what will be the angular rotation of one end with respect to the
other end?
Solution:
ϴ = integration from 0 to ϴ (dϴ)
= integration from 0 to L [(2x10^-6 x LdL)/JG]
= (2x10^-6/JG) x (L^2/2)
J = π/32 x 0.01^4 = 9.817x10^-10 m^4
G = 83x10^-3 MN/m^2
ϴ = (2x10^-6 x 13.74^2) / (2 x 9.817x10^-10 x 83x10^3) = 2.316 rad = 132.75 degree
71. A hollow shaft is slipped over a solid steel shaft 60 mm in diameter. The shafts are of equal
length and are fastened rigidly together at their ends. If the hollow bronze shaft has an outside
diameter of 90 mm, what would be the maximum shearing stress induced in the solid steel by a
torque of 3000 N-m applied at the ends? For bronze, G = 35 GPa; for steel 83 GPa.
Solution:
Ta = torque acting on steel shaft
Tb = torque acting on bronze shaft
Ts = + Tb = 3 x 10-3 MN-m
OD = Outside diameter of bronze shaft
ID = inside diameter of bronze shaft
D = diameter of steel shaft ID
θs = twist of steel shaft
θb = twist of bronze shaft
TL
θ = JG θs = θb
J(steel) = (π) (604)

32
= 1.2723 x 106 mm4
= 1.2723 x 10-6 m4
J(bronze) = (π()904 – 604)
32
= 5.1689 x 106 mm4
= 5.1689 x 10-6 m4
θs = θb
(Ts) = Tb
(1.2723)(83) (5.1689)(35)
Ts = 0.5837Tb
Ts + Tb = 3 x 10-3 MN-m
Tb = 1.894 x 10-3 MN-mTb

Ts = 1.106 x 10-3 MN-m
For the steel shafting:

-3
Ss(max) = 16Ts = (16)(1.106 x 10 )
3 3 =26.07 MPa
πD (‫()ח‬0.06 )
72. From the Previous Problem, What would be the maximum shearing stress induced in the
hollow bronze?
Solution:
For the bronze shafting: SHAFT
OD = 90 mm; ID = 60 mm;
ID 60 = 0.667,
K= = K4 = 0.1975
OD 90
-3
16Tb (16)(1.894 x 10 )
= 16.48 MPa
Ss(max) = =
(π)(OD3)(1-K4) 3
(π)(0.090 )(1-0.1975)
73. A solid circular shaft transmits 50 KW at 900 rpm. It is supported by a bearing and a pinion
100 mm pitch diameter is attached to it. With the tooth load uniformly distributed over the face
of the gear and the shaft is assumed to be rigidly supported, determine the torsional moment
transmitted by the shaft.
Solution:
P = 2πTN
900
50,000 = 2 π(T) T = 530.5 N-m
60
74. from the Previous Problem, Assuming 200 involute teeth, what is the maximum bending
moment on the shaft?
Solution:
F = tangential load = 2T/D

2(530.5) = 10510 N
F=
0.10
M = maximum bending moment

= Face width x F = 0.074 (10,610) = 371.35 N-m
2 2
75. From the Previous Problem, What is the diameter of the shaft if the allowable shear stress is
43 MPa?
Solution:
Ss = 43 MPa
D3 = 16 √ T2 + M2 = 16 √ (530.5 x 103)2 + (371.35 x 103)2

(π)(Ss) (π)(43)
D = 42.48 mm Use D = 43 mm
76. A keyed fiange coupling connects two 80-mm diameter commercial shaftings. If the shafts
were to run at 300 rpm and to transmit power supplied from a 4-cylinder gasoline engine,
determine the power that can be transmitted. Assume the shafting with a keyway with a shear
stress of 41 MP a and a shock factor of 1.3.
Ss(max) 16T(Kt)
=
(π)(D3)
(41)(3.1416)(803)
T= = 3.170 x 106 N-mm
16 x 1.3
T = 3170 N-m
P = 2πTN = 2π(3170) 30
60
P = 99,588.5 W = 99.5 kw
77. A hollow circular shaft whose inside diameter, ID, is one-half its outside diameter, OD, can
transmit a torque of 2500 N-m clockwise and a torque of 500 N-m counterclockwise. Determine
the shaft outside diameter if the design factor is 2 based on the yield strength and the endurance
limit in shear. Material of shaft is SAE 1095 annealed (endurance limit in tension = 358.53 MPa
and yield strength in shear = 227.53 MPa).
Solution:
K = ID = 0.5
OD
K4 = 0.0625 1-K4 = 0.9375
Sn = endurance limit in shear

= 0.5 (Snt) = 0.5(358.53) = 179.3 MPa
Tm = mean torque
= Max. torque – Min. torque = 2500 – (-500) = 1500 N-m
2 2
Ts = alternating torque
= Max. torque – Min. torque = 2500 – (-500) = 1500 N-m
2 2
Sm = 16Tm = 16(1000) = 5432.5
3 4 3
(π)(OD )(1-K ) (π)(OD )(0.9375) OD3
Sa = 16Ta = 16(1500) = 8148.7
(π)(OD3)(1-K4) (π)(OD3)(0.9375) OD3
Sy = 227.53 MPa = 227.53 x 106 N/m2

Sn = 179.3 MPa = 179.30 x 106 N/m2
1 = Sm + Sa
N Sy Sn
1 = 54325 + 81487 OD3 = 2 5432.5 + 8148.7
2 (227.53x106)(OD3) (179.3x106)(OD3) 106 227.53 179.30
OD = 0.05175 m = 51.75 mm
78. From the Previous Problem, determine the inside diameter of the hollow shaft.
Solution:
ID = OD = 51.75 = 25.875 mm
2 2
79. A 58.7375 mm cold-rolled shafting running at 350 rpm is driven by an overhanged flat pulley
having a diameter of 1320.8 mm. under this condition this shafting transmits 70 Hp (52.22 kw).
Assuming that the maximum bending moment is 1.45 as the shearing moment, determine the
maximum shearing moment.
Solution:
T = maximum torsional (shearing) moment
P - 2 πTN
52,220 = 2 π(T) 350
60
T = 1427.75 N-m = 1427.75 x 103 N-mm
80. From the Previous Problem, Determine the maximum bending moment.
Solution:
M = maximum bending moment
= 1.45T = 1.45(1424.75) = 2065.89 N-m = 2065.89 x 103 N-mm
81. Find the power that can be transmitted bya cast iron shaft 76.2 mm in diameter when
making 20 revolutions per minute, the value of Ss not to exceed 10.522 MPa.
Solution:
T = (π)(D3)(Ss) = (π)(76.23)(10.522) = 914 x 103 N-mm = 914 N-m
16 16
P = 2 πTN = 2‫(ח‬914) 20 = 1914.2 W
60
82. Find the diameter of a steel shaft which will be used to carry a 118.1-kw motor rotating at
265 rpm if the distance between bearings is 1.2192 m. assume the torsional stress to be 92 MPa.
Solution:
P = 2 πTN
118,100 = 2 π(T) 265
60
T = 4255.74 N-m = 4255.74 x 103 N-mm
D3 = 16T = 16(4255.74 x 103)
(π)(Ss) ‫ ח‬x 92
D = 61.76 mm, use 62 mm
83. From the Previous Problem, If a coupling is used to transmit the power, find the diameter of
the bolts to be used if the radius of the bolt circle is 120mm and the number of bolts is 8. Assume
the torsional stress of the bolts to be 55 MPa.
Solution:
The bolts are under single shear.
d = diameter of the bolts, mm
N = number of bolts = 8
R – radius of bolt circle = 120 mm
S = torsional (shear) stress of the bolts
= 55 MPa = 55 N/mm2
A = cross-sectional area of one bolt, mm2
= 0.7854d2
V = shearing force per bolt acting normal to bolt axis, N
= T/RN = 4255.74 x 103 / (120) (8)
= 4433.06 N
Under transverse loading, the shearing stress of circular element is

Ss = 4 (V) = 4 (V)
3 A 3 0.7854d2
d2
= 4(4433.06)
3(0.7854)(55)
d = 11.7 mm
Use d = 12-mm bolts
84. There are three parallel shafts A, B and C. shaft A has a 28-tooth gear of module, mo = 6.35
meshing with a large gear of shaft B having 80 teeth. A smaller gear of 22 teeth and m = 8.467 of
shaft B meshes with a 54 tooth gear of shaft C. if the shafts are on a level plane, find the
distance between shafts A and C.
Solution:
Pitch diameter = (Module) (Number of teeth)
DA = pitch diameter of gear on shaft A, mm
DA = (6.36) (28) = 177.8 mm
RA = pitch radius of gear on shaft A, mm
RA = DA/2 = 88.9 mm
DB1 = pitch diameter of gear on shaft B, with 80 teeth
DB1 = (6.35) (80) = 508 mm
RB1 = pitch radius of gear on shaft B, with 70 teeth
RB1 = 508/2 = 254 mm
DB2 = pitch diameter of gear on shaft B, with 20 teeth

DB2 = (8.467) (22) = 186.2 mm
RB2 = pitch radius of gear on shaft B, with 20 teeth

RB2 = 186.2/2 = 93.1 mm
Dc = pitch diameter of gear on shaft C
Dc = (8.467)(54) = 457.21 mm
Rc = itch radius of gear on shaft C
Rc = 457.21/2 = 228.6 mm
D = distance between shafts A and C

= RA + RB1 + RB2 Rc
= 88.9 + 254 + 93.1 + 228.6 = 664.6 mm
85. From the Previous Problem, Find the rpm of shaft C if shat A turns 1500 rpm.
Solution:
RPM of C = 1500 28 22 = 214
80 54
86. From the Previous Problem, Find the rpm of shaft C if shaft A turns 1500 rpm.
Solution:
P = 2 πTN
41,000(0.93)(0.93) = 2 π(T) 214
60
T = 1582.3 N-m
87. A steel shaft is transmitting 41 kw at 1100 rpm. The nature of the load and the type of service
of the shaft is such that the allowable shearing stress based on pure torsion is 29.256 MPa.
Compute the diameter of the shaft to the nearest commercial size of shafting.
Solution:
P = 2 πTN
41,000 = 2‫(ח‬T) 1100
60
T = 355.928 N-m = 335,928 N-mm
D3 = 16T = 16(355,928)
π Ss ‫(ח‬29.256)
D = 39.5 mm
Use D = 39.5 mm shafting
88. From the Previous Problem, Calculate the torsional deflection of the shaft in degrees per foot
of the shaft. Use G = 83 GPa.
Solution:
θ = 180 TL deg
π JG
Where:
T = 355,928 N-mm
L = 1 foot = 304.8 mm
J = (π)(39.54) = 238,994.7 mm4
32
G = 83 GPa = 83 000 MPa = 83 000 N/mm2
θ = 180 (355,928)(304.80) = 0.3130
π (238,994.7)(83 000)
KEYS
Contents:
A. Definitions
B. Types of Keys
C. Stresses in Keys
D. Compressive Stress
E. Shearing Stress
F. Solved Problems
Definitions:
Key – a machine member employed at the interface of a pair of mating male and female circular
cross-sectional members to prevent relative angular motion between these mating members.
Keyway – a groove in the shaft and mating member to which the key fits.
Splines – permanent keys made integral with the shaft and fitting into keyways broached into the
mating hub.
Types of Keys:
1.Square key – has a square cross-section with half of its depth sunk the shaft and half in the hub.
2.Flat key – has rectangular cross-section with the smaller dimension placed in the radial
direction with half sunk in the shaft and half in the hub and is used where the weakening of the
shaft by the keyway is seirous.
3.Round key – has a circular cross-section.
4.Barth key – is a square key with bottom two corners beveled.
5.Woodruff key – consists of one-half of a circular disk fitting into a rectangular keyway in the
female member and a semi-circular keyway in the male member.
6.Gibd-head taper key – is a flat with a special gib-head to facilitate easy driving and removal of
the key.
7.Saddle key – is a flat key used without a keyway in the shaft.
8.Kennedy keys – are tapered square keys with the diagonal dimension in a circumferential
direction
9.Feather key – is one which has a tight fit into one member and a loose sliding fit in the other
mating member thus allowing the hub to move along the shaft but prevents rotation on the
shaft.
Stresses in Keys
P = 2 πTN
F = T = T = Ss (wL)
R v/2
Where:
P = power transmitted
T = torque
r = radius
D = diameter
N = speed
Crushing (Compressive) Stress:

Sc = F
π/2 (L)
Shearing Stress:
Ss = F
wL
Generally, when the key and shaft are of the same material:
w = D and L = 1.2 D
4
Where:
w = width of key
h = thickness of key
L = length of key
SPLINES
Splines – are permanent keys made integral with the shaft and fitting into keyways broached into
t he mating hub. Splines are used to permit relative axial motion between the shaft and hub,
usually consists of four, six, eight or ten.
Power Transmitted by Splines:

T = torque capacity of splines = Ss‫ח‬D2L
16
N = speed of shaft
Torque Capacity of a Splined Connection (based on sliding surface loading), T:

T – P A fm
Where:
P = allowance pressure on the splines
A = total surface areas subject to sliding
A= D–d L (no. of splines)

2
D = Shaft diameter
d = D – 2h
h = depth of splines
L = length of hub
rm = mean radius = D+d

4
SOLVED PROBLEMS
1. A 76.2 mm diameter shafting of SAE 1040 grade, cold rolled, having a yield point of 50 ksi
and with a ¾ x ¾ x 5 inches key. Compute the minimum yield point in the key in order to
transmit the torque of the shaft. The factor of safety to use is 2 and Svs = 0.5 Sr. (ME Bd. Oct 97
& ME Bd. Oct 99).
A. 39.12 ksi B. 42.13 ksi C. 279.20 ksi D. 47.12 ksi*
Solution:
Shaft diameter = 76.2 mm = 3 in
Design Stress, Ss = 0.5 SY = 0.5 (50 ksi) = 25 ksi = 25,000 psi
Ss = 16T
πD3
25,000 = 16T
π(3)3
T = 132,535.94 in-lb
F = T = 132,535.94 = 88,357.29 lbs
D/2 3/2
Shearing Stress in key, SSK = F = 88,357.29 psi = 23.5619 ksi

wL 0.75(S)
SY = 23.5619 x 2 = 47.12 ksi
2. A keyed sprocket deliver a torque of 778.9 N-m thru the shaft of 54 mm OD. The key
thickness is 1.5875 cm and the width is 1.11 cm. compute the length of the same key. The
permissible stress value of 60 MPa for shear and 90 MPa for tension. (ME Bd. Oct 97).
A. 39.12 cm B. 4.82 C. 52.22 cm D. 4.32 cm*
Solution:
F = T = T = 778.8 = 28,844.4 N
T D/2 0.054/2
Shearing Stress in key, SSK = F
wL
60,000,000 = 28,844.4 L = 0.0433 m = 4.33 cm
(0.0111)L
3. Arectangular key was used in a pulley connected to a lineshaft with a power of 125 kw at a
speed of 900 rpm. If the shearing stress of the shaft is 40 N/mm2 and the key to be 22 N/mm2.
Determine the length of the rectangular key if the width is one fourth that of the shaft diameter.
(ME Bd. Apr 92 & ME Bd. Oct 2006)
A. 171.8 mm B. 1875 mm C. 175.8 mm D.
157.8 mm*
Solution:
P = 2 πTN
125 = 2 πT 900
60
T = 1.326291 kN-m = 1,326,291 N-mm
Shear stress of the shaft:

Ss = 16T
πD3
40 = 16(1,326,291)
πD3
D = shaft diameter = 55.27 mm
F = T = 1.326,291 = 47,993 N
D/2 55.27/2
w = D = 55.27 = 13.82 mm
4 4
Shear stress of key:

Ss = F
wL
22 = 47,993 L = 157.85 mm
13.92L
Problems 4-8
A Model 108 spline connection, 8 x 52 x 60 is used for gear and shaft. The number of teeth is 8,
minor diameter is 52 mm and major diameter is 60 mm. the coefficient of friction is 0.06,
rotating at 120 rpm with transmitted power of 20 kw and a normal pressure of 6.5 MPa. (ME Bd.
Apr 2005)
4. What
is the torque transmitted?
A. 1.25 kN-m B. 1.59 kN-m* C. 2.25 kN-m
D. 3.45 kN-m
Solution:
P = 2 πTN
20 = 2 πT 120 T = 1.592 kN-m
6
5. What
is the normal force?
A. 56.9 kN* B. 59.6 Kn C. 65.9 kN D. 69.5 kN
Solution:
Mean diameter, D = 52 + 60 = 56 mm = 0.056 m
2
T = F D
2
1.592 = F 0.056
2
F = 56.86 kN
6. What
is the length of hub?
A. 175 mm B. 193 mm C. 255 mm D. 273 mm*
Solution:
7. Height of tooth, h = 60-52 = 4mm = 0.004 m
2
F = Sc A
56.86 = 6500 (0.004 L) 8
L = 0.273 m = 273 mm
Frictional force?
A. __________ B. 3.41 kN* C. 4.31 kN D. 5.67 kN
Solution:
Frictional force f x F = 0.06 (56.86) = 3.41 kN
8. What
is the force needed for shifting?
A. 2.25 kN B. 3.41 kN* C. 6.82 kN D. 9.85 kN
Problems 9-12
A 15/16 – in wide key has a depth of 5/8 in. it is 12 inches long and is to be used on a 200 hp,
1160 rpm, squirrel-cage induction motor. The shaft diameter is 3 7/8 inches. The maximum
running torque is 200% of the full-load torque. (ME Bd. Oct 2003)
9. Compute the maximum torque.

A. 17,330 in-lb B. 21,733 in-lb* C. 37,210 in-lb
D. 733,211 in-lb
Solution:
P = 2 πTN
200(33,000) = 2‫ח‬T (1160)
T = 905.54 ft-lb = 10,866.44 in-lb
Maximum Torque is 200% of the full load torque:
Max Torque = 10,866.44 x 2 = 21,732.88 in-lb
10. Compute for F.

A. 11,217 lb* B. 57,211 lb C. 27,111 lb D. 72,101 lb
Solution:
D = 3 7/8 in = 3.875 in
T =F x D F = 11,217 lbs
2
11. Determine the maximum shearing stress on the key.

A. 779 psi B. 997 psi* C. 197 psi D. 279 psi
Solution:
Ss = F = 11,217 = 997 psi
wL 15 (12)
16
12. Determine the maximum compressive stress on the key.

A. 5,990 psi B. 2,990 psi* C. 7,290 psi D. 9,920 psi
Solution:
Sc = F = 11,217 = 2,991.2 psi
h (L) 5/8 (12)
2 2
13. Determine the key length of square key for gear driven shaft to withstand a torque of 2891.4
N-m. the shaft diameter is 65 mm with design stress of 72.6 Mpa in shear, the thickness and
width of key is 5/8 i. (ME Bd. Oct 98)
A. 3.12 cm B. 3.42 cm C. 4.22 cm D. 7.7 cm*
Solution:
T =F x D
2
2891.4 N-m = F x 0.065
2
F = 88,966.1 N
Ss = w
wL
Where: w = 5/8 in = 0.015875 m
72.6 x 106 = 88,966.15 L = 0.07719 m = 7.7 cm
0.015875L
14. Akeyed gears deliver a torque of 912.4 N-m thru its shaft of 63.5 mm outside diameter. If the
key has thickness of 15.875 mm ad width of 11.1125 mm, find the length of the key. Assume
the permissible stress values of 61.2 MPa for shear and tension at 99.8 MPa. (ME Bd. Apr 98)
A. 47.42 mm B. 39.72 mm C. 42.22 mm* D. 46.92 mm
Solution:
Force = Torque = 912.4 = 28,727 N
Radius 0.0635
2
Based on Shearing:
Ss = F
wL
61,200,000 = 28,727 L = 0.04225 m = 42.25 mm
0.0111125L
15. A key is to be designed for a 12.7 cm shaft which will transmit power of 150 KW at 360
RPM. If the allowable shear stress for the key is 920 kg/cm2 and the allowable compressive
stress is 1200 kg/cm2, determine the cross-sectional dimensions of the flat key to be used
Solution:
From Doughtie and Vallance, Table 5-1, p. 100
w = 1 ¼ ln. = 3.17 cm
h = 7/8 in. = 2.222 cm
16. From the Previous Problem, Determine the length to be used.

Solution:
Power = 2 π x Torque x Speed
150 = 2 πT 360
60
T = 3.97887 kN-m = 397.887 kN-cm
F = force = torque = 397.887 = 62.659 kN
Radius 12.7/2
Let L = Length of key
Solving for L based on allowable shearing stress:

Ss = force
shear area
920(0.00981) = 62.659
3.175L
L = 2.187 cm
Solving for L based on allowable compressive stress:

Sc = force
h L L = 4.79 cm
2
1200(0.00981) = 62.659
2.222 L
2
Therefore: L = 4,79 cm
17. From the Previous Problem, determine the axial force to remove the hub from the shaft if the
coefficient of friction is 0.45.
Solution:
Fa = 2 f F = 2(0.45)(62.659) = 56.4 kN
18. A pulley is keyed to a 2 ½ inches diameter shaft by a 7/16 inch by 3 inches flat key. The shaft
rotates at 50 rpm. The allowable shearing stress for the key is 22 ksi. The allowable
compressive stress for the key, hub and shaft are 66 ksi and 72 ksi respectively. Determine
the maximum torque the pulley can safely deliver.
Solution:
Referring to Doughtie an Vallance, pp. 100-101:
From Table 5-1:
w = width of key = 5/8 in. = 0.625 inc.
solving for the torque that can be carried by the key:
Ss = 2T = shearing stress
DLw
22,000 = 2Ts
2.5(3) (0.625)
Ts 51,562.5 in-lbs
Sc = 4T = compressive stress
DLh
66,000 = 4Tc
2.5(3) (7/16)
Tc = 54,140.6 in-lbs.
Solving for the torque that can be carried by the shaft, assuming shat and key material to be the
same:
Ss = 16T
πD3
22,000 = 16Ts
π(2.5)3
Ts = 67,495.1 in-lbs
Solving for the torque that can be carried by the hub:
Sc = 4T
DLh
59,000 = 4T
2.5(3)(7/16)
Th = 48,398.4 in-lbs
Therefore: Safe Torque = 48,398.4 in-lbs
19. A10-mm x 10-mm key used in the low-speed of a 20-kw speed reducer which rotates at 400
rpm. The shaft is 45 mm in diameter. Determine the shear stress in the key. Assume length of
key equal to 1.5 times the shaft diameter.
Solution:
Given:
Power = 20 kW; Speed = 400 rpm
Shaft diameter, D = 45 mm
Length of key, L = 1.5D = 1.5 45 = 68 mm
P = 2 πTN
20,000 = 2 π(T) 400
60
T = 477.5 N-m = 477.5 x 103 N-mm
Tangential force, F = 2T = 2x477.5 x 103 = 21,222.2 N
D 45
Ss (key) = F = 21,222.22 = 31.2 MPa
bL 10x68
20. From the Previous Problem, determine the torsional stress in the shaft.
Solution:
Ss (shaft) = Tr
J = πD4 = π(45)4 = 402 578 mm4
32 32
Ss (shaft) = (477,500)(22.5) = 26.68 MPa
402578
21. A transmission shaft 60 mm in diameter is to be driven by a flat belt through a 800-mm

pulley. The tight-side tension of the belt is 6670 N and the slack-side tension is 4450 N. the
length of the key is 150 mm. using a standard 16 mm square key, find the shearing stress of
the key.
Solution:
The torque T = Dp (F1 – F2)
Dp = pulley dia = 800 mm
F1 = 6670 N
F2 = 4450 N
T = 800 (6670 – 4450) = 888,000 N-mm

2
Tangential force, F = 2T = 2x88,000 = 29,600 N
D 60
Ss = shearing stress in key = F = 29,600 = 12.33 MPa
bL 16x150
22. Fromthe Previous Problem, determine the bearing pressure.

Sb = bearing pressure on the key = F = 2(29,600) = 24.67 MPa
t L 16x150
2
23. From the Previous problem, Determine the loads on the left bearing A and the right bearing B
if pulley is 225 mm and the 575 mm from bearing A and B, respectively.
Solution:
F1 + F2 = 6670 + 4450 = 11,120 N
R1 = left bearing load = 575(11,120) = 7992.5 N
800
R2 = right bearing load = 225(11,120) = 3127.50 N
800
24. A shaft whose diameter is 56 mm rotating at a speed of 220 rpm and power to be transmitted
is 41 kW at steady load. Assuming a 13 mm x 13 mm x 88 mm square key is used, determine
the factor of safety used in the key if yield point in shear is 255 MPa.
Solution:
P = 2 π(T) 220
60
T = 1779.6 N-m = 1779.6 x 103 N-mm
F = shearing force tangent to shaft
= 2T = 2(1779.6 x 103) = 63 557 N
D 56
Ss (key) = F = 63.557 = 55.5 MPa
bL 13(88)
FS (in shear) = yield point in shear = 255 = 4.6
Ss 55.5
25. Thetorsional capacity of a spline fitting is based on the maximum allowable pressure on the
active surface of the splines. The major diameter D of the splined fitting is 75 mm, the minor
diameter d is 60 mm, and the coefficient of friction f is 0.10. The number of splines is 6.
Considering the pressure in the active surface to be 7 MPa, determine the length of spline
needed for a transmitted torque of 750 N-m.
Solution:
T = torque transmitted = 750 N-mm
n = number of splines = 6
A = active surface area of one spline, mm2
P = pressure on active on active surface
= 7 MPa = 7 N/mm2
R = average radius of splines fitting
= D + d = 75 + 60 = 33.75 mm
4 4
h = depth of spline
= D – d = 75 – 60 = 7.50mm
2 2
T = PRnA
A = T = 750,000
PRn (7)(33.75)(6)
A = 529.1 mm2
L = length of spline = A = 529.1 = 70.54 mm
h 7.5
USE L = 71 mm
26. From the Previous Problem, determine the force required to slide the splines axially under
load.
Solution:
Sliding force:
F = tangential force
= T/R = 750000 = 22,222.22 N
33.75
f x F = sliding force = 0.10 x 22,222.22 = 2,222.22 N
COUPLINGS
Contents:
A. Definition
B. Types of Couplings
C. Stress in Flange Coupling
D. Torque Capacity of coupling (One-Concentric Row)
E. Torque Capacity of Coupling (Two-Concentric Rows)
F. Relation of Shear Strain, Shear Stress and Radial Distance
G. Solved Problems
Definition:
Coupling – a mechanical device which is used to connect lengths of shafting permanently.
Types of Couplings:
1.Rigid Couplings – couplings that do not allow angular, axial or rotational flexibility and used
with collinear shafts.
A. Flange Coupling – type of rigid coupling which consists of two halves of flanges connected
to each other by bolts.
B. Sleeve or Collar Coupling – rigid coupling which is a cylindrical collar pressed over the
ends of two collinear shafts.
2.Flexible Couplings – couplings which allow angularity to take care of misalignment of the
shafts.
Oldham coupling, chain coupling, flexible disk coupling, flexible gear type coupling, hydraulic
occupling, universal joints, are examples of flexible couplings.
Stresses in Flange Coupling
P = 2 πTN
F = total transmitted load on bolts
F = Torque
D/2
Fb = force per bolt = F
No. of bolts
Ss = shear stress in bolts = Fb
‫ ח‬d2
4
Sc = compressive stress on flange = Fb
Td
Flange Coupling:
Where:
D = diameter of the bolt circle
Ds - diameter of the shaft
t = thickness of the flange
d = diameter of the bolt
Torque Capacity of Coupling (One Concentric Row)
T = FRn = F D n
2
Torque Capacity of Coupling (Two Conceptric Rows):
T = F1R1n1 + F2R2n2 = F1 D1 n1 + F2 D2 n2
2 2
Where:
T = torque capacity of coupling or torque’ transmitted by shaft
F = shearing force of one bolt
R = radius of bolt circle
D = diameter of bolt circle
n = umber of bolts
Relations of Shear Strain, Radial Distance and Shear Stress:

Relation of Shear Strain and Radial distances from the axis of the shaft:
Y1 = Y2
R1 = R2
Relation of Shear Stress and Radial distances from the axis of the shaft:
Ss1 = Ss2
G1R1 = G2R2
Relation of Shearing Force and Radial distances from the axis of the shaft:
F1 = F2
R1 = R2
Where:
Y = shear strain
R = radius of bolt circle
Ss = shear stress
G = modulus of rigidity
SOLVED PROBLEMS
1.A flanged bolt coupling has ten (10) steel 25.4 mm diameter bolts evenly tighten around a 415
mm bolt circle. Determine the torque capacity of the connection if the allowable shearing stress
in the bolt is 50 MN/m2. (ME Bd. Oct 97).
A. 59.95 kN-m B. 52.6 kN-m* C. 46.15 kN-m D.
43.8 kN-m
Solution:
Ssb = shearing stress per bolt = Fb
Ab
Ssb = 50 MN/m2 = 50,000 kN/m2
50,000 = Fb
π (0.0254)2
4
Fb = force per bolt = 25.335 kN

F = force on all bolts = 25.335 x 10 = 253.35 kN
T = torque = F x bolt circle radius = 253.35 x 0.415 = 52.57 kN-m
2
2.A flange coupling has an outside diameter of 200 mm and connects two 40 mm shafts. There
are four 16 mm bolts on a 140 mm bolt circle. The radial flange thickness is 20 mm. if the
torsional stress in the shaft is not to exceed 26 MPa, determine the shearing stress in the bolts if
uniformly distributed. (ME Bd. Oct 90).
A. 8.5 N/mm2 B. 5.8 N/mm2* C. 6.5 N/mm2
D. 7.5 N/mm2
Solution:
Ss = 16T shearing stress of the shaft
πD3
26,000 = 16T
π(0.40)3
T = 0.3267256 kN-m
F = force on bolts = Torque = 0.3267256
b/2 0.14/2
F = 4.6675kN = 4,667.5 N
Fb = 4,667.5 = 1,167 N
4
Shearing Stress on bolt = Fb = 1,167 = 5.8 N/mm2
Ab n (16)2
4
3.A flange coupling connects two 2” diameter shafts. The flanges are fitted with 6 bolts of SAE
1040 steel on a 7” bolt circle. The shaft runs at 300 rpm and transmits 45 Hp. Assume a factor
of safety of 5, ultimate tension of 70,000 psi, and ultimate shear of 55,000 psi. what is the
torque transmitted?
Solution:
Power - 2 πTN
45(33,000) = 2 πT (300)
T = 787.817 ft-lbs = 9,453.8 in-lbs
4.From the Previous Problem, Determine the diameter of bolts required.
Solution:
T = F (r)
F = 9453.8/3.5 = 2701 lbs
F per bolt = 2701/6 = 450.17 lbs
S = F/A
55,000 = 450.17 d = 0.228 in.
5 (π /4)d2
5.From the Previous Problem. How thick should the flange be?
Solution:
S = F/A
70,000 = 450.17 t = 0.141 ln
5 r(0.228)
6.A flange coupling is to connect two 57 mm shafts. The hubs of the coupling are each 111 mm
in diameter and 92mm thick and the flange webs are 19 mm thick. Six 16 mm bolts in a 165
mm diameter circle connect the flanges. The keyway is 6 mm shorter than the hub’s thickness
and key is 14 mm x 14 mm. coupling is to transmit 45 KW at 160 rpm. For all parts, yield
point value in shear is one-half the yield point in tension or compression which is 448 MPa.
Find the stress and factors of safety based on yield points hear in key.
Solution:
Length of key = 92 – 6 = 86 mm
Power = 2 πTN
45 = 2 πT (160/60)
T = 2.686 kN-m
Radius = 57 = 28.5 mm
2
Force on shafts = torque = 2.686 = 94.246 kN
Radius 0.0285
Shear in key = force = 94.246 = 78,277 KPa = 78,277 MPa
Shear area 0.014(0.086)
F.S. = 224 = 2.86
78.277
7.From the Previous Problem, Find the stress and factors of safety based on yield point bearing
in the key.
Solution:
Bearing stress in key = force = 94.246 = 156,555 KPa = 156.555 MPa
bearing area 0.007(0.086)
F.S. = 448 = 2.86
156.555
8.Find the stress and factors of safety based on yield point shear in bolts.
Solution:
Force on coupling = torque
radius
where:
radius = 165 = 82.5 mm = 0.0825 m
2
Force on coupling = torque = 2.686 = 32.557 kN
radius 0.0825
Force per bolt = 32.557/6 = 5.426 kN
Shear in bolts = force = 5.426 = 5.426 = 26,987 KPa = 26.987 MPa
Shear area (‫ח‬/4(d2 (‫ח‬/4)(0.016)2
F.S. = 224 = 8.3
26.987
9.Two short shafts having identical diameters of 38.1 mm and rotating at 400 rpm are connected
by a flange coupling having 4 bolts with a 100 mm bolt circle. The design shearing stress of the
bolt is 12 N/mm2 and design compressive stress of the flange is 15 N/mm2. What is the power
transmitted by the shaft in KW?
Solution:
Using PSME Code, Eq. 6a, p. 18:
38.13 (400)
3
P = D N = 25.4
38 38
= 35.526 HP = 26.502 KW
10. From the Previous Problem, What diameter of bolt should be used?
Solution:
P = 2 πTN
26.502 = 2 πT 400
60
T = 0.632689 kN-m
radius = 100 = 50 mm = 0.050m

2
For = force = torque = 0.632689 = 12.654 kN = 12,654 N
radius 0.050
Force per bolt = 12,654/4 = 3,163.5 N
S = F/A
12 = 2,163.5
π d2
4
d = 18.32 mm = 0.72 in.
From Table 6-1, p. 130, Doughtie and Vallance:
Bolt Diameter = ¾ in. (19.05 mm)
11. From the Previous Problem, How thick should be the flange in mm?
Solution:
S = F/A
15 = 3,163.5 t = 11.07 mm thickness of flange
19.05 t
12. A flanged bolt coupling has a bolt circle 360 mm in diameter where eight steel 25-mm-
diameter bolts are evenly spaced. Determine the torque transmitted by the coupling if the
design shearing stress in the bolts is 60 MPa.
Solution:
T = torque transmitted by the coupling
= PRn = π (d2)(Sds)(Rn) = 0.7854(252)(60) 360 (8) = 4241.15 x 104 N-mm
4 2
T = 42.411 kN-m
13. A solid circular shaft 90 mm in diameter is connected by a rigid coupling to a hollow
shaft 100mm in outside diameter and 90 mm in inside diameter. If the allowable stress in
shear in the shafts and bolts is 70 MPa, determine the number of 12-mm-diameter steel bolts
to be used on a 240-mm-diameter bolt circle so that the coupling will be as strong as the
weaker shaft.
Solution:
Ss = Tr
J
For the hollow shaft
r = 100 = 50 mm
2
J = π (OD4 – ID4) = π (1004 – 904) = 337,623 x 104 mm4
32 32
Th = torque that could be transmitted by the hollow shaft
= 60 (337.623 x 104) = 405.1476 x 104 N-mm = 4.0515 kN-m
50
For the solid shaft:
r = 90/2 = 45 mm
J = π (904) = 644.125 x 104 mm4
Ts = torque that can be transmitted by the solid shaft.
= 60(644.125 x 104) = 7.7295 x 106 N-mm = 7.7295 kN-m
45
Hollow shafting is weaker.
A = area of one bolt = 0.7854 (122) = 113.1 mm2
Solving for the force per bolt:
F = Ss (A) = 70(113A) = 7917 N
Total force on bolts = 405.1476 x 104 = 33,762.29 N
120
No. of bolts = 33, 762.29 = 4.26
7.917
Use 5 bolts
14. Eight 10-mm-diameter steel bolts on a bolt circle 150 mm in radius and six 20-mm-
diameter steel botls on a concentric bolt circle 100 mm in radius were used in a rigid coupling.
If the design stress in the bolts is 60 MPa, determine the torque capacity of the coupling.
Solution:
2
F2 = d2 R2 F1
D1 R1
Where the subscripts 1 and 2 refer to the bolts in the outer and inner circles:
20 2 100 F1 = 2.667F1
F2 = 10 150
F1 = A1 Ss1 = 0.7854(102)(60) = 4712.4 N
T = torque capacity of coupling

T = F1R1n1 + F2R2n2 = 4712.4(150)(8)
+ (2.66)(4712.4)(100)(6)
6
= 13.175 x 10 N-mm = 13.175 kN-m
15. A flanged coupling having an outside diameter of 190 mm connects two 40-mm shafts.
There are three 16-mm bolts on a 134-mm bolt circle. The radial flange thickness is 20 mm. if
the torsional stress in the shaft is not to exceed 30 MPa, determine the power that can be
transmitted at 900 rpm.
Solution:
T = Torque transmitted = π D3Ss = ‫(ח‬403)(30) = 376.991 x 103 N-mm = 376.991 N-m
16 16
Power transmitted, P = 2 πTN = 2‫(ח‬376.991) 900 = 35,530.56 W = 35.53 kw
600
16. From the Pervious Problem, determine the shearing stress in the bolts if uniformly
distributed.
Solution:
F = shearing force per bolt = T = (376,991) = 1875.57 N
n Dc 3 134
2 2
Ss = shearing stress in the bolts = F = 187.57 = 9.3 MPa
A π (16)2
4
17. From the Previous Problem, determine the maximum shearing stress induced in the bolts.
Solution:
Ss(max) = 4 F = 4 (9.3) = 12.43 MPa
3 A 3
18. From the Previous Problem, determine the bearing pressure in the bolts.
Solution:
Shearing force = 1875.57 = 5.8 MPa
Bearing Pressure: Projected area of bolt 16 x 20
19. Two 38.1 mm shafts are connected by a flanged coupling. The flangs are fitted with 6
bolts of SAE 1020 steel on a 152.4 mm bolt circle. The shafts run at 260 rpm and transmit a
torque of 950,000 N-mm. assuming a factor of safety of S, ultimate tension, 430 MPa, and
ultimate shear, 330 MPa, what power is transmitted?
Solution:
P = 2 π TN = 2 π (850) 260 = 23,143 W = 23.1 kw
60
20. From the Previous Problem, Determine the diameter of the bolts required.
Solution:
n = number of bolts = 6
Dc = diameter of bolt circle = 152.4 mm
F = shearing force per bolt = T
n
Dc
2
F = (850,000) = 1859.14 N
6 152.4
2
Design stress, Sd = 330 = 66 MPa

5
F = A(Sd)
1859.14 = π d2 (66)
4
d = 5.98 mm use 6 mm bolt
21. From the Previous Problem, How thick should the flange be?
Solution:
Sdt = 430 = 86 MPa
5
F = 1859.14 N per bolt
F = d(t) (Sdt)
t = 1859.14 = 3.6 mm
6 x 86
22. Two solid shafts 120 mm in diameter are coupled by bolts 30 mm in diameter with
centers 120 mm from the axis. How many bolts are necessary?
Solution:
D = diameter of bolts = 30 mm
Dc = diameter of bolts circle = 120 x 2 = 240
D = shaft diameter = 120 mm
n = number of bolts
T = torque transmitted by bolts = n Dc π d2 S s
2 4
T = torque of shaft
= π D3Ss
16
n = π (120)3 = 4
120(0.784 x 302)(16)
Use 4 bolts
Answer: 3780 lb
IBONG TIRIRIT (MDSP 7)
A flywheel of mass 500 kg and radius of gyration 1.2
A line shaft is 2 15/16 in a diameter and will m is running at 300 rpm. By means of a clutch, this
transmit 50 hp when turning at 200 rpm at constant flywheel is suddenly connected to another flywheel,
rate. This shaft furnishes the power to 10 machines mass 2000 kg and radius of gyration 0.6 m, initially
each requiring 5 hp to operate. Each of the 10 at rest. Calculate their common speed of rotation
pulleys is keyed to the shaft by standard flat key. after engagement.
If the width and thickness of the key are ¾ and ½ A. 120 rpm
respectively, find the length of the key based on B. 130 rpm
shear considering that the allowable shear stress C. 140 rpm
for commercial shafting is 6000 psi. D. 150 rpm
Answer: L = 0.238 in Answer: D
The torque to overcome frictional and other A set screw is necessary to fastened a pulley to a 2
resistances of a turbine is 317 N-m and maybe in. shaft while transmit 3 hp and rotates at 150
considered as constant for all speeds. The mass of rpm? What is the typical size of set screw in
the rotating parts is 1.59 tons and the radius of practice?
gyration is 686 mm, if the steam is cut-off when the
turbine is running free of load at 1920 rpm, find Answer: ½ in.
the time it will take to come to rest.
A. 474.5 s An eccentric is to be connected to a 3-in. shaft by
B. 500.81 s a set screw. The center of the eccentric is 1 ¼ in.
C. 385.72 s from the center of the shaft when a tensile force of
D. 601.22 s 1000 lb is applied to the eccentric rod
perpendicular to the line of centers. What is the
Answer: A holding force necessary if the factor of safety is
6?
A line shaft is 2 15/16 in a diameter and will
transmit 50 hp when turning at 200 rpm at constant Answer: 5000 lb
rate. This shaft furnishes the power to 10 machines
each requiring 5 hp to operate. Each of the 10 In a two ram hydraulic steering gear, the rams are
pulleys is keyed to the shaft by standard flat key. 250 mm diameter, the rubber stock is 400 mm diameter
If the width and thickness of the key are ¾ and ½ and the distance from center of rudder stock to
respectively, find the length of the key based on center line of rams is 800 mm. Calculate the stress
shear considering that the allowable shear stress in the rudder stock when the rudder is in mid-
for commercial shafting is 12,000 psi. position and the hydraulic pressure is 70 bar.
A. 31.54 MPa
Answer: L = 0.357 B. 42.76 MPa
C. 21.87 MPa
D. 16.24 MPa
A cast iron pulley transmit 65.5 hp at 1750 rpm. The
1045 as-rolled shaft to which it is to be keyed is 1 Answer: C
¾ in. in diameter, key material, cold drawn 1020.
Compute the length (based on shear) of flat and A 12-in gear is mounted on a 2-in shaft and is held
square key needed if the 1 ¾ in. diameter has a in place by a 7/16 in set screw. For a design factor
width and thickness 3/8 and ¼ in. respectively. of 3 what would be the tangential load that could be
Note: Sy = 66 ksi (with Sys = 0.5 Sy = 33 ksi) and N applied to the teeth if the holding force of a 7/16
= 1.5 for smooth loading. in screw is 2500lb?
Answer: L = 0.327 in (for flat and square keys) Answer: Tangential Load is 139 lb
A closely coiled helical spring is made of 6 mm The cylinder head of a 10 in x 18 in Freon

diameter steel wire, the mean diameter of the coil compressor is attached by 10 stud bolts made of SAE
is 60 mm and there are 8 coils. Taking the modulus grade 5. The cylinder pressure is 300 psi. What is
of rigidity as 100 kN/mm^2, find the stress in the the force on each bolt?
wire when carrying an axial load of 240 N.
A. 169.7 MPa Answer: 1571 lb
B. 184.5 MPa
C. 195.8 MPa The cylinder head of a 10 in x 18 in Freon
D. 641.7 MPa compressor attached by 10 stud bolts made of SAE
grade 5. The cylinder pressure is 300 psi. what size
Answer: A of stud bolts should be used if SAE grade 5 (1/4” –
¾”) has the following stresses; Sp = 85 ksi, Sy = 88
A set screw is necessary to fastened a pulley to a 2 ksi?
in. shaft while transmits 3 hp and rotates at 150
rpm? Find the torque on the set screw: Answer: 0.2255 in2
Answer: 105.0 ft-lb An air compressor is driven by a 7.5 HP electric

motor with a speed of 1750 rpm with A-60 V-belts of
A s et screw is necessary to fastened a pulley to a length 61.3 in. the pitch diameter of the small
2 in. shaft while transmits 3 hp and rotates at 150 sheave is 110mm and the larger sheave is 200 mm.
rpm? Find the holding force if the factor of safety service factor is 1.2. determine the arc of contact.
is 3 (for steady loading). A. 173.92 deg
B. 183.56 deg
1
C. 169.87 deg ft/sec. what is the resultant force on the car due
D. 212.65 deg to this acceleration?
A. 1000 lbf
Answer: C B. 2000 lbf
C. 3000 lbf
A pulley 610 mm in diameter transmits 40 KW at 500 D. 4000 lbf
rpm. The arc of contact between the belt and the
pulley is 0.35 and the safe working stress of the Answer: D
belt is 2.1 MPa. Find the tangential force at the A man weighs himself in an elevator. When the
rim of the pulley in Newton. elevator is at rest he weighs 185 lbs: when the
A. 2406 N elevator starts moving upwards, he weighs 210 lbs.
B. 4321 N how fast is the elevator accelerating, assuming
C. 2505 N constant acceleration?
D. 3321 N A. 1 ft/sec2
B. 2.17 ft/sec2
Answer: C C. 4.35 ft/sec2
D. 9.81 ft/sec2
A pulley 610 mm in diameter transmits 40 KW at 500
rpm. The arc of contact between the belt and pulley Answer: C
is 144 degrees, the coefficient of friction between
belt and pulley is 0.35 and the safe working stress A copper column of annular cross section has an
of the belt is 2.1 and the safe working stress of outer diameter d2 of 15 ft and is subjected to a
the belt is 2.1 MPa. What is the effective belt pull force of 45 kips. The allowable compressive stress
in Newton. is 300 lb/ft2. What should be the wall thickness?
A. 2505 N A. 3
B. 3031 N B. 3.52
C. 4528 N C. 4.59
D. 2823 N D. 5.03
Answer: A Answer: C
Two shafts are connected by spur gears. The pitch

radii of the gears A and B are 207 mm and 842 What can the maximum load be on the column, if the
respectively. If the shaft a makes 350 revolutions cross sectional area is 144 ft2 and the compressive
per minute and is subjected to twisting moment of stress cannot exceed 200 lb/ft2?
236 N.m what is the tooth pressure of the two gears? A. 20 kips
A. 1177 N B. 22 kips
B. 1255 N C. 28.8 kips
C. 890 N D. 30 kips
D. 878 N
Answer: C
Answer: A
A 100 in long aluminum bar is subjected to tensile
A machinist made two 8 DP spur gear to be mounted on stress of 25000 psi. Find the elongation (E=10x106
a center distance of 16 inches with speed ratio of 7 psi)
to 9. The number of teeth in each gear are: A. 0.025 in
A. 100 teeth and 78 teeth B. 0.25 in
B. 120 teeth and 93 teeth C. 0.45 in
C. 144 teeth and 112 teeth D. 0.65 in
D. 150 teeth and 117 teeth
Answer: B
Answer: C
Of the following solid shaft diameters, which is the
Two helical gears transmit 500 HP at 3600 rpm. What smallest that can be used for the rotox of a 6 HP
should be the bore diameter of each gear be if the motor operating at 3500 rpm, if the maximum shear
allowable stress in gear shafts is 12500 psi? stress for the shaft is 8500 psi?
A. 1.252 in A. 5/16 in
B. 1.3275 in B. 3/8 in
C. 1.4568 in C. ½ in
D. 1.5276 in D. 1 in
Answer: D Answer: C
A thin hallow sphere of radius 10” and thickness A cone clutch has an angle of 10 degrees and a
0.1” is subjected to an internal pressure of 100 coefficient of friction of 0.42. find the axial
psig. The maximum normal stress on an element of the force required if the capacity is 7.46 KW at 500
sphere is rpm. The mean diameter of the active conical section
A. 5000 psi is 300mm.
B. 10000 psi A. 0.40332 kN
C. 7070 psi B. 0.3928 kN
D. 14140 psi C. 0.2453 kN
D. 0.2384 kN
Answer: A
Answer: B
A car of mass 2000 slugs accelerates in 10 seconds
from rest at a constant rate to a speed of 20
2
Answer: A
A band brake is installed on a drum rotating at a

250 rpm, and a diameter of 900 mm. the angle of
contact is 1.5 pi radians and one end of the brake A simple beam, 48 in long, with a static load of
band is fastened to a fixed pin while the other end 6000 lbs at the center is made of C1020 structural
to the brake arm 150 mm from the fixed pin. The steel. Based on the ultimate strength with Su = 65
coefficient of friction is 0.25 and the straight ksi and factor of safety based on ultimate atrenght
brake arm is 1000 mm long and is placed = 4 (for C1020), determine the dimensions of the
perpendicular to the diameter bisecting the angle of rectangular cross-section for h = 2b.
contact. Determine the net belt pull in kN applied A. b = 1 7/8 and h = 3 3/4
at the kilowatts is being absorved. B. b = 1 3/8 and h = 3 1/4
A. 4.24 C. b = 2 7/8 and h = 4 3/4
B. 3.90 D. b = 1 3/8 and h = 2 3/4
C. 4.0
D. 3.8 Answer: A
Answer: A
A 15/16 – in wide key has a depth of 5/8 in. it is
A simple band brake has a 76 cm and fitted with a 12 in long and is to be used on a 200 hp. 1160 rpm,
steel band 2/5 cm thick lined with a brake lining squirrel-cage induction motor. The shaft diameter is
having a coefficient of friction of 0.25. the arc of 3 7/8 in. the maximum running torque is 200% of the
contact is 245 deg. the drum is attached to a 60 cm full-load torque. Determine the maximum direct
hoisting drum that sustain a rope load of 820 kg. shearing stress on the shaft considering the effect
the operating force has a moment arm of 1.50 m and of the keyway.
the band is attached 12 cm from the pivot point. A. 5990 psi
Find a torque just required to support the load B. 2990 psi
(clockwise) C. 7290 psi
A. 2413.26 N-m D. 9920 psi
B. 3492.31 N-m
C. 2453.29 N-m Answer: B
D. 1894.82 N-m
A hallow bronze tube has an outer diameter of 2 in
Answer: A and an inner diameter of 1 ½ and is 12 in long. A
crank 15 in long is keyed to one end and the other
An engine 40 kW at 1200 rpm, with a single plate end is held rigidly. The modulus of rigidity is
clutch with two pairs of friction surfaces 10000000 psi. what force must be applied to the end
transmitting the power. Consider the coefficient of of the crank to produce a torsional shear of 5000
friction to be a 0.30 and mean diameter of disc to psi?
be 200 mm, determine the axial force required to A. 835 lbs
engine the clutch and transmit the power. B. 853 lbs
A. 4.832 kN C. 358 lbs
B. 5.305 kN D. 583 lbs
C. 3.693 kN
D. 6.922 kN Answer: C
Answer: B An occupant moves toward the center of a merry go

round at 6 m/s. if the merry go round rotates at
The collar of the capstan has an outside diameter of 6rpm. Compute the acceleration component of the
8 in and an inside diameter of 6 in the total load occupant normal to the radius
supports is 2000 lb. if the coefficient of friction A. 6.79
is 0.1 what is the collar friction torque. B. 8.29
A. 705 in-lb C. 7.54
B. 802 in-lb D. 3.77
C. 1012 in-lb
D. 972 in-lb Answer: D
Answer: A Find the number of active coils of a No. 8 wire

Helical Spring index of 6, steady load with spring
A disc clutch has a 6 pairs of containing friction rate of 42.5 lb/in. maximum allowable stress is 60
surfaces. The frictional radius is 2-in and the ksi.
coefficient of friction is 0.3. An axial force of A. 25
100 lb acts on the clutch. The shaft speed is 400 B. 28
rpm. How much horsepower can be the clutch transmit? C. 29
A. 2.28 hp D. 22
B. 3.12 hp
C. 5.2 hp Answer: A
D. 4.51 hp
3
What type of brass that is used mostly for jewelry A. 5738 kgs
and articles to be gold-plated with the same B. 5436 kgs
ductility as copper but of greater strength? C. 1866.5 kgs
A. Gilding Brass D. 1567.4 kgs
B. Accessories Brass
C. Cartridge Brass Answer: A
D. Red Brass
Answer: A Find the maximum load in kgs of an elevator having a

net inside platform area of 4m2
A. 5738 kgs
B. 5436 kgs
C. 1866.5 kgs
D. 1567.4 kgs
Which of the following is the Zinc alloys in the Answer: C

Aluminum Alloy Designations by ASTM?
A. Ax4xxx What should be net platform area of an elevator
B. Ax3xxx design to carry a maximum rated load of 13600 kg?
C. Ax7XXX A. 21.42 m2
D. Ax8XXX B. 18.45 m2
C. 30.42 m2
Answer: C D. 25.25 m2
Ackenman steering gear is made up of Answer: A

A. Sliding and rotary pairs
B. Turning pairs If there are 860 person occupying the building other
C. Rolling pairs than the first floor, then how many elevators are
D. Rolling and sliding pairs required?
A. 6
Answer: B B. 8
C. 4
D. 10
A motor car takes a bend of certain radius hand
direction when moving at some speed if engine Answer: C
rotates in a clockwise direction when viewed from
front, then because of centrifugal force The stiffness of a spring is 88 N/mm of axial
A. Reaction on outside wheels is increased and on compression. Find the Joules of work to increase the
inside wheels decreased compression from 50 mm to 80 mm.
B. Reaction on inside wheels is increased and on A. 201.2
outside wheels decreased B. 171.6
C. Reaction on rear wheels is increased and on front C. 150.4
wheels decreased D. 230.5
D. Reaction on rear wheels is decreased and on front
wheels increased Answer: B
Answer: A Find the Joules of work to pull a roller of mass 50

kg a distance of 8 m up a gradient inclined at 6
The notch angle of the izod impact test specimen is degrees to the horizontal neglecting resistances.
A. 20° A. 340
B. 10° B. 245
C. 30° C. 410
D. 45° D. 520
Answer: D Answer: C
In Vicker’s hardness testing, the pyramid indentor Manufactured from aluminum oxide have the same
apex is expected life as carbide tools but can operate at
A. 40° speeds from two to three times higher. They operate
B. 161° below 1100C.
C. 136° A. Sintered carbides
D. 122° B. Diamonds
C. Ceramic tools
Answer: A D. Cast nonferrous
An elevator having a floor area of 18m2 has a Answer: C

minimum capacity of _____ persons
A. 4 A plain carbon steel with approximately 0.9 to 1.3%
B. 2 carbon, which has been hardened and tempered.
C. 6 A. Carbon tool steel
D. 8 B. High-Speed steel
C. Cast nonferrous
Answer: B D. Diamond
Find the maximum load in kgs of an elevator having a Answer: A

net inside platform area of 10m2
4
Carbon tool steel can be given a good edge, but is D. 500N
restricted to use below
A. 400 to 600 F Answer: D
B. 700 to 800 F
C. 300 to 400 F The efficiency of a set of chain driven differential
D. 800 to 1000 F pulley blocks is 35% when lifting a load of 1.89kN.
If the large and small pulleys of the compound
Answer: A sheave have 27 teeth respectively, find the effort
required to lift this load.
Which of the following contains tungsten or chromium A. 300N
and retains its hardness up to approximately 1100 F, B. 200N
a property known as red hardness C. 400N
A. Ceramic tools D. 500N
B. High speed steel
C. Diamonds Answer: A
D. Carbon tool steel
Answer: B
Cast nonferrous tools are brittle but can be used up

to approximately
A. 1700 F The diameter of the small pulley of a set of
B. 2000 F differential pulley blocks is 130 mm. When lifting a
C. 2200 F load of 560 N, the effort required is 50 N and the
D. 600 F efficiency is 40%. Find the diameter of the large
pulley.
Answer: A A. 170 mm
B. 140 mm
Produced through powder metallurgy from nonferrous C. 160 mm
metals D. 150 mm
A. Diamonds
B. Ceramic tools Answer: B
C. Cast nonferrous
D. Sintered Carbides The pitch of the thread of a screw-jack is 8 mm and
the effective length of the toggle-bar is 380 mm. If
Answer: D when lifting a load of 20kN, the work lost in
overcoming friction is 70%, find the effort applied
Sintered carbide operate at cutting speeds how many at the end of the toggle.
times as fast as HSS tools A. 223.4 N
A. 2 to 5 B. 155.4 N
B. 5 to 7 C. 334.3 N
C. thrice D. 345.3 N
D. twice
Answer: A
Answer: A
Find the number of teeth in the worm-wheel of a worm
An engine is designed to develop 10kW of power at a driven screw jack to give a velocity ratio of 550 if
mean speed of 1000 rev/min. Find the moment of the worm is single threaded, the screw has pitch of
inertia, in kg-m2, of a suitable flywheel, assuming 16 mm and the effort wheel is 100 mm diameter.
a speed variation of ± 1.5% of the mean speed and an A. 26
energy fluctuation equal to 0.9 of the work done per B. 30
revolution. C. 28
A. 1.612 kg-m2 D. 24
B. 1.566 kg-m2
C. 2.014 kg-m2 Answer: C
D. 2.333 kg-m2
A carbide milling cutter 250 mm in diameter is used
Answer: A to cut a block mild steel with a plain cutter. The
block is 500 mm long. If the feed is 0.50 mm/rev and
In a set of rope pulley blocks which has 3 pulleys depth of cut is 1.2 mm. determine the time required
in the top block and 2 in the bottom, an effort of to take one cut. The over travel is 16 mm. the
300 N is required to lift a load of 1.26 kN. Find cutting speed is 80 m/min.
the velocity ratio. A. 8.45 min
A. 3 B. 7.45 min
B. 4 C. 9.45 min
C. 2 D. 10.45 min
D. 5
Answer: D Answer: D
There are four pulleys in each block of a set of
rope pulley blocks. If the efficiency is 70% when The feed of an 8 tooth face mill cutter is 0.325 mm
lifting a load of 2.8 kN, what is the effort per tooth at 200 rpm. The material cut is 300 BHN
applied? steel. If the depth of cut is 3 mm and width is 100
A. 300N mm, calculate the power at the cutter.
B. 200N A. 10.24 hp
C. 400N B. 12.48 hp
5
C. 11.62 hp D. Spring
D. 13.22 hp
Answer: B
Answer: B
Which of the following devices that is mainly used
Determine the power required for milling mild steel to raise or lower an object?
workpiece with a cutter of 80 mm diameter having 9 A. Hoist
teeth and rotating at 120 rpm. The workpiece has a B. Lever
width of 60 mm. depth of cut is 4 mm and tooth load C. Spring
is 0.03 mm. D. Roller
A. 1.2 kW
B. 2.3 kW Answer: A
C. 1.9 kW
D. 2.6 kW What is term applied to the process of separating
different sizes of the same material?
Answer: C A. Screening
B. Separation
C. Sieving
D. Fractioning
Answer: C
A leather belt 6 inches wide by ¼ in thick running

at 4000 ft/min connects 12 in and 60 in. in diameter
pulleys. The angles of contact are 270 deg. and 240 It is the process of separating a material into a
deg. for small and large pulleys respectively. specifically sized groups.
Coefficient of friction on large pulley is 0.4 on A. Centrifuging
small pulley 0.3. if the allowable tension is 100lb B. Fractioning
per in. determine the maximum horsepower that can be C. Sieving
transmitted without considering centrifugal force. D. Screening
A. 44 hp
B. 55 hp Answer: B
C. 33 hp
D. 66 hp It is process in which metal is dipped in dilute
acid solutions to remove dirt, grease, and oxides.
Answer: B A. Pickling
B. Polishing
Determine the time required to turn a brass C. Sheradizing
component 50 mm diameter and 100 mm long at a D. Parkerizing
cutting speed of 36 m/min. the feed is 0.4 and only
one cut is taken. Answer: A
A. 55 s
B. 75 s Which of the following mechanism is used to change
C. 45 s the direction of an applied tensile force?
D. 65 s A. Gears
B. Pulleys
Answer: D C. Flywheels
D. Ropes
A tool will cut for 4 hrs before it needs
sharpening. Determine the time charged to one cycle Answer: B
if it takes 12 minutes to change the tool and tool
can be sharpened 10 times before it is discarded. What is usually the loss factor for most wire ropes
A. 2.2 min and chains with 180° contact at low speeds?
B. 3.3 min A. varies from 1.03 to 1.06
C. 1.2 min B. varies 1.07 to 1.10
D. 4.4 min C. varies 1.20 to 1.50
D. varies 1.60 to 1.80
Answer: C
Answer: A
A tool life of 80 minutes is obtained at a speed of
30 m/min and 8 minutes at 60 m/min. determine the Which of the following is the method to determine
cutting speed for 4 minute tool life. the reactions on continuous beams?
A. 62 m/min A. two-moment equations
B. 82 m/min B. second moment equations
C. 72 m/min C. three-moment equations
D. 52 m/min D. third moment equations
Answer: B Answer: C
Which of the following simple mechanical machine A machine component of mass 0.77 kg moves with
with the ability to increase an applied force? simple harmonic motion in a straight line and
A. Hinges completes 175 oscillations per minute. Find the
B. Lever accelerating force when the component is 50 mm from
C. Roller mid-travel.
6
A. 11.65 N In practice and theory as well, what is the allowed
B. 12.93 N permissible misalignment in cylindrical and tapered
C. 10.44 N roller bearings?
D. 13.22 N A. 0.005 rad
B. 0.006 rad
Answer: B C. 0.001 rad
D. 0.003 rad
What load in Newton must be applied to 25 mm round
steel bar 3.0 m long to stretch the bar 1.3 mm? Answer: C
A. 42,056
B. 52,840 In practice and theory as well, the misalignment of
C. 55,016 spherical bearings should not exceed how many
D. 44,031 radians?
A. 0.0087 rad
Answer: D B. 0.0065 rad
C. 0.0041 rad
In LRT II project steel railroad rails of 10 m long D. 0.0043 rad
are to be installed. If the lowest temperature
considered is 20 deg C and a maximum temperature of Answer: A
36 deg C is designed for, and the modulus of
elasticity of steel to be 207,000 MPa. Determine the
clearance between rails such that adjoining rail
will just touch at maximum design temperature. What term is used to described a maximum load that a
A. 2.34 bolt can withstand without acquiring a permanent
B. 2.32 set?
C. 3.41 A. live load
D. 1.86 B. dead load
C. proof of load
Answer: D D. ultimate load
What pressure is required to punch a hole 3 in.
diameter through a ¼ in. steel plate? Answer: C
A. 45 tons
B. 20 tons
C. 30 tons In bolts design, the quotient of the proof load and
D. 40 tons the tensile – stress area is called
A. proof strength
Answer: A B. yield strength
C. section modulus
A steel tie rod on bridge must be made to withstand D. modulus of resilience
a pull of 600 lbs. find the diameter of the rod
assuming a factor of safety of 5 and ultimate stress Answer: A
of 64,000 psi.
A. 0.705 in In bolts design, proof strength corresponds
B. 0.891 in approximately how many percent of the 0.2 percent
C. 0.809 in offset yield strength.
D. 0.773 in A. 85%
B. 95%
Answer: D C. 90%
D. 45%
An engine parts is being tested with a load of 30000
lb. the allowable tensile stress is 10000 psi, Answer: C
modulus of elasticity of 40x106 psi. If the original
length of specimen is 42 inches with elongation not What type of brass that is usually to form tubing or
exceeding 0.0015 in, what diameter of the specimen piping to carry hot water in such application of
is rejected? radiators or condenser?
A. 4.2 in A. Red brass
B. 3.0 in B. Commercial brass
C. 2.5 in C. yellow brass
D. 5.17 in D. cartridge brass
Answer: D Answer: A
A steel rod 75 in long with a cross sectional area It is in widespread use for the numbering system for
of ¼ in2 is held vertically firm at one end while a cast iron by ASTM (American Society for Testing and
load of 3000 lb is suspended from the other end. If Materials), then this system is based on which of
the rod stretches 0.025 in, find the modulus of the following?
elasticity of the steel. A. Bearing strength
A. 36x106 psi B. Compressive strength
B. 11.5x106 psi C. axial strength
C. 30x106 psi D. tensile strength
D. 27x106 psi
Answer: D
Answer: A
In casting, brass, bronze, steel, gray iron and
aluminum are most often used materials. What is the
7
minimum wall thickness for of the aforementioned determine the thickness of the plate with a design
materials used in casting? factor of 1.4 yield. Assume efficiency of welded
A. 5 mm joint as 85%
B. 10 mm A. 0.549 in
C. 7 mm B. 0.455 in
D. 3 mm C. 1.2 in
D. 0.3 in
Answer: A
Answer: A
A rectangular key was used in a pulley connected to
a line shaft with a power of 8 KW at a speed of 1200 Which of the following is considered to be the
rpm. If the shearing stress of the shaft and key are lightest of all commercial metals and is used in
30 N/mm2 and 240 N/mm2 respectively. What is the aircraft industry?
diameter of the shaft? A. titanium
A. 22.2mm B. chromium
B. 21.7mm C. magnesium
C. 25.8mm D. aluminum
D. 30.2mm
Answer: C
Answer A
Brass with 40% zinc are called ____
A line shaft with a power of 150 kW at a speed of A. muntz metal
1200 rpm, had a rectangular key used used in its B. bronze
pulley connection. Consider the shearing stress of C. yellow brass
the shaft to be 40 N/mm2 and the key to be 200 N/mm2, D. admiralty metal
determine the shaft diameter.
A. 66.62mm Answer: A
B. 53.31mm
C. 40.62mm How do you call a brass that contains 28% zinc, 1%
D. 44.94mm tin and very excellent corrosion resistance
especially in saltwater.
Answer B A. muntz metal
B. bronze
C. yellow brass
D. admiralty metal
A cylinder having an internal diameter of 20 in and Answer: D

an external diameter of 36 in is subjected to an
internal pressure of 10000 psi and an external A brass with 40% zinc, or same composition as muntz
pressure of 2500 psi. Determine the hoop stress at metal except for the addition of 0.75% tin that
the inner surface of the cylinder. contributes to the corrosion resistance of this
A. 24,705.16 psi material.
B. 19,028.52 psi A. naval brass
C. 13,142.86 psi B. bronze
D. 11,696.43 psi C. cartridge brass
D. admiralty
Answer D
Answer: A
A thin walled cylindrical pressure vessel is
subjected to internal pressure which varies from 750 High pressure vessels and pipes carrying high
kPa to 3550 kPa continuously. The diameter of the pressure fluids develop which of the following
shell is 150 cm. Find the required thickness of the stresses?
cylinder wall based on yield point of 480 MPa net A. tangential stress only
endurance limit of 205 MPa and a factor of safety B. radial stress only
2.5. C. bearing and stress only
A. 21.2 mm D. both radial and tangential stress
B. 22.22 mm
C. 23.83 mm Answer: C
D. 20.72 mm
For the rotating elements like flywheels and
Answer: A blowers, the analysis of stresses will be based
similar on which of the following theory?
A compression ring is to be used at the junction of A. thin-walled cylinder
a conical head and shell. Determine the required B. thick-walled cylinder
area of the compression ring if the pressure is 50 C. radial ball bearing
psi and the stress is 13750 psi. Assume efficiency D. rotating shaft member
of the joint is 80%
A. 0.00715 d2 Answer: B
B. 0.00482 d2
C. 0.00721 d2 For thin-walled pressure vessels, which of the
D. 0.00682 d2 following statements is correct of the stresses?
A. Radial stresses is quite small as compared with
Answer: A the tangential stress
B. Radial stresses is quite bigger as compared with
A cylindrical vessel measuring (2ft x 5ft) holds a the tangential stress
gas at 3000 psi, using stainless steel OQT 12000 C. Radial stresses is same as tangential stress
8
D. Only radial stress is present and no tangential A certain point in a material has the folllowing
stress stresses; a tension of 4000 psi and a tension of
2000 psi. At another point in the same material are
Answer: A a tension of 8000 psi; a compression ratio of 4000
psi and a tension of 3000 psi. Determine the maximum
How do you call the ratio of lateral strain to shear stress at the two points.
longitudinal strain? A. 4300 psi and 9440 psi
A. Poisson’s ratio B. 2400 psi and 8450 psi
B. Modulus of resilience C. 5300 psi and 10440 psi
C. Modulus of rigidity D. 3300 psi and 9005 psi
D. Offset ratio
Answer: C
Answer: A
Resilience (elastic toughness) is a measure of
If a shaft 250 mm diameter can safely transmit 1860 A. energy per unit volume stored in a deformed
kw of power when running at 125 rpm, calculate the material
power that can be safely transmittted by a shaft 375 B. total plastic strain and failure
mm diameter when running at 80 rpm, assuming the C. strain energy per unit volume to reach the yield
shafts are of similar material. point
A. 4018 kw D. strain energy (work per unit volume) to cause
B. 5063 kw fracture
C. 3085 kw
D. 3567 kw Answer: C
Answer: A Toughness is a measure of
The pinion shaft of a double reduction geared A. the ratio of ultimate failure strain to yielding
turbine is 140 mm diameter, runs at 3000 rpm and the strain
stress in it is 48 MN/m2. The main shaft is 445 mm B. energy per unit volume stored in a deformed
diameter and runs at 90 rpm. Assuming that the same material
power is transmitted by both shafts, find the stress C. strain energy per unit volume to reach the yield
in the main shaft. point
A. 50 mpa D. strain energy (work per unit volume) to cause
B. 40 mpa fracture
C. 60 mpa
D. 30 mpa Answer: D
Answer: A
A torsion-meter on a tunnel shaft 360 mm diameter

registers an angle of twist of 0.3 degree over a
length of 2.5 m when running at 115 rpm. Taking the
modulus of rigidity of the shaft material as 93 Strain energy is a measure of
GN/m2, find the power transmitted.
A. 4.67 mw A. the ratio of ultimate failure strain to yielding
B. 3.45 mw strain
C. 3.89 mw B. energy per unit volume stored in a deformed
D. 5.44 mw material
C. total plastic strain at failure
Answer: C D. strain energy per unit volume to reach the yield
point
Find the diameter of the coupling bolts to connect
shafts which are to transmit 3000 kw when running at Answer: B
100 rpm if 8 bolts are to be fitted on a pitch
circle diameter of 610 mm and allowing stress of 38 All of the following are hardness test except
MN/m2 in the bolts. A. brinnel test
A. 65.74 mm B. rockwell test
B. 62.72 mm C. meyuer – vickers test
C. 55.44 mm D. charpy test
D. 52.45 mm
Answer: D
Answer: B
Most metallic crystals form one of the following
A tensile stress of 8000 psi and a shear stress of three lattice structures
4000 psi are induced in a brittle material whose A. hexagonal close-packed, simple tetragonal, or
working strength in straight tension is 10000 psi cubic
what is the maximum tensile stress? B. base-centered orthorombic, body-centered
A. 6000 psi orthorombic, or rhombohedral
B. 9656 psi C. body-centered cubic, face-centered cubic, or
C. 11400 psi hexagonal close-packed
D. 10876 psi D. simple tetragonal, body-centered tetragonal, or
body-centered cubic
Answer: B
Answer: C
9
B. 14.5 s
The planes of a crystalline lattice can be specified C. 19.5 s
by D. 22.9 s
A. burger’s vectors
B. taylor-orowan dislocations Answer: C
C. fick’s law
D. miller indices A weight of 160 lbs falls from a height of 2.5 ft to
the center of a horizontal platform mounted on four
Answer: D helical springs. At impact each spring deflects 3
in. Calculate the wire diameter if the maximum
Either the upper of the lower deviation, depending design stress is 60,000 psi and spring index of 5.
on which is closer to the basic size A. 0.5 in
A. fundamental deviaton B. 0.8 in
B. upper deviation C. 0.57 in
C. lower deviation D. 0.88 in
D. tolerance
Answer: A
Answer: A
A cantilever spring is composed of six graduated
Which of the following statements is false? leaves each 2 in. Wide and 3/8 in thick. Determine
A. there is a considerable increase in the hardness the deflection if loaded with 1600 lbs at the tip.
and the strength of a cold-worked metal Length of springs is 27 in.
B. cold-working a metal significantly reduces its A. 8
ductility B. 12
C. cold-working causes a slight decrease in the C. 10
density and electrical conductivity of a metal D. 6
D. cold work decrease the yield point as well as the
strength and hardness of the metal Answer: C
Answer: D A 5 ton load is supported by a ½ in by 1 ½ in

rectangular wire coil spring with 6 effective coils,
Which of the following statements is false? 3 in outside diameter.
A. hot-working can be regarded as the simultaneous A. 1.24 in
combination of cold-working and annealing B. 1.37 in
B. hot-working increases the density of the metal C. 2.34 in
C. one of the primary goals of hot-working is to D. 2.75 in
produce a fine-grained product
D. hot-working causes much strain hardening of the Answer: B
metal
A load of 10,000 lb is to be raised by a short jack.
Answer: D The scew has a n outside diameter of 2 ½ in and am
ACME single thread of two turns per in, if the
coefficient of friction is 0.2 determine the torque
required to raise the load.
A. 600 in-lb
B. 400 in-lb
C. 800 in-lb
Which of the following statements is false? D. 500 in-lb
A. high-strength low alloy steels are not as strong
as non alloy low carbon steels Answer: C
B. small amounts of copper increase the tensile Taylor’s equation relates cutting speed v and tool
strength of steels life T for particular combination of tool and
C. small amounts of silicon 1 steel have little workpiece, VTn = constant. This equation is also
influence on toughness or fabricability known as
D. additions of small amounts of silicon to steel A. flank wear
can cause a marked decreased in yield strength of B. crater wear
the steel C. nose failure
D. tool life
Answer: D
Answer: D
A round billet made of 70-30 brass with extrusion
constant of 35000 psi is extruded at a temperature After any cutting or standard grinding operation,
of 675 C. The billet diameter is 5 in. And the the surface of a workplace will consist of
diameter of the extrusion is 2 in. Calculate the A. smear metal
extrusion force required. B. superfinishing
A. 6.6 MN C. ultrafinishing
B. 5.5 MN D. centerless ginding
C. 7.7 MN
D. 4.4 MN Answer: A
Answer: B A method that does not require clamping, chucking or

Determine the machining time to drill a hole of 20 holding roun workpieces.
mm diameter in a workpiece 25 mm thick by a drill at A. centerless grinding
a cutting speed of 30 m/min with a feed of 0.2 B. chemical millling
mm/rev. C. laser machining
A. 17.6 s D. ultrafinishing
10
Answer: A Answer: C
A hollow steel shaft 2.54 m long is to be designed
Uses high energy electrical discharges to shape to transmit a torque of 33,900 kJ. The shear modulus
electrically conducting workpiece of elasticity, G = 82,740 Gpa for steel. The total
A. electrochemical machining angle of twist in the length of the shaft must not
B. electrical discharge machining exceed 6 deg. And the stress in the shaft must not
C. electrochemical grinding exceed 110.32 Mpa. What would be the ratio of the
D. ultrasonic grinding outside diameter to inside diameter?
A. 1.92
Answer: B B. 1.74
C. 1.56
For common brass tools, wear ratios for the tool and D. 1.38
workpiece vary between
A. 4:1 Answer: D
B. 10:1
C. 20:1 A brake shoe is pressed against the surface of a
D. 8:1 25.4 cm diameter drum rotating at 1250 rpm with a
force of 111.20 N. If the coefficient of friction
Answer: C between drum and cylinder is 0.21, what power is
dissipated in the form of heat by the drag of the
For expensive tool materials, wear ratios for the brake shoe?
tool and workpiece vary between A. 388.2 W
A. 4:1 B. 394.9 W
B. 10:1 C. 401.6 W
C. 20:1 D. 408.8 W
D. 8:1
Answer: A
Answer: A
Aluminum bolts 2 cm in diameter and 500 cm long are
Removes heat by electrolysis in a high current used to hold the head on a pressure vessel. One bolt
deplation operation has a sensitive extensometer attached to the body of
A. electrochemical machining the bolt. It measures an elongation of 0.00400 mm in
B. electrospark machining a ten-cm length of the bolt when it is tightened.
C. electronic erosion How much force is exerted by the bolt?
D. electrical discharge machining A. 8670 N
B. 8770 N
Answer: A C. 8870 N
D. 8970 N
Also known as electrolytic grinding
A. laser grinding Answer: A
B. ultranic grinding
C. electrochemical grinding Two masses of 100 kg are suspended by wires that are
D. chemical milling five mm in diameter. One wire is of aluminum and the
other is of steel. The wires are ten meters long.
Answer: C How much lower will the mass held by the aluminum
wire be?
A. 4.37 mm
B. 4.87 mm
C. 5.37 mm
D. 5.87 mm
Determine the width of the leaves of a six-leaf Answer: B

steel cantilever spring 13 in. Long to carry a load
of 375 lb with a deflection of 1 ¼ in. The maximum The helical and herringbone gear teeth cut after
stress in this spring is limited to 50,000 psi. heat treatment should have a hardness in the range
A. 2.01 in. of 210/300 BHN. The pinion gear teeth hardness on
B. 2.54 in. the other hand, ideally/normally be at how many BHN?
C. 1.93 in. A. 250/320
D. 1.54 in B. 400
C. 350/380
Answer: C D. 340/350
A coupling consisting of two circular plates welded Answer: D

to the ends of two shafts is to be designed using
2.54 cm diameter bolts to connect one plate to the As a rule the center to center distance between
other. The bolts are to be located at a distance of sprocket shoul not be less than how many times the
0.1524 m from the axes of the shafts. If the diameter of the bigger sprocket and not less than 30
coupling is to transmit 4026.8 kw at a shaft speed times the pitch nor more than about 50 times to
of 1200 rpm, how many bolts should be used in the pitch.
coupling if the allowable shear stress for the bolts A. 1.5
is 103.43 Mpa? B. 2.5
A. two C. 2
B. three D. 3
C. four
D. five Answer: A
11
A. 35.7 MPa
It is the resulting cross-sectional area of the B. 57.3 MPa
tensile test specimen divided by the specimen C. 53.7 MPa
original area. D. 37.5 MPa
A. charpy ratio
B. percentage impact Answer: D
C. % elongation
D. izod ratio A cantilever of rectangular section is 100 mm broad
by 150mm deep and carries a concentrated load of 15
Answer: C kN at its free end. Neglecting the weight of the
beam, find the distance from the free end where the
SAE 51XXX belongs to what steel family? stress at the outer fiber is 75 MN/m^2.
A. carbon A. 1.875 m
B. manganese B. 0.875 m
C. chromium C. 2.785 m
D. nickel D. 3.785 m
Answer: C Answer: A
A four bar mechanism in which one of the links can A shaft 120 mm diameter is 1.6 m long and its mass
perform a full rotation relative to the other three is 102 kg concentrated load of 20 kN is hung at the
links center of length. Find the maximum stress in the
A. geneva mechanism shaft.
B. crossover-position mechanism A. 32.67 MPa
C. triple rocker mechanism B. 44.53 MPa
D. grashof of mechanism C. 48.32 MPa
D. 36.45 Mpa
Answer: D
Answer: C
A grashof four bar mechanism in which the shorted
link is the frame or the fixed link and the other Find the twisting moment in a solid shaft 125 mm
two cranks completely rotate with their axes. diameter when the angle of twist is 0.5 degree on a
A. drag-link mechanism length of 1.8 m, the modulus of rigidity of the
B. crank-rocker mechanism shaft material being 93 GN/m^2
C. double-rocker mechanism A. 12.9 KNm
D. triple-rocker mechanism B. 11.4 KNm
C. 10.8 KNm
Answer: A D. 13.9 KNm
Which micrometer has no anvil? Answer: C

A. outside micrometer
B. screw thread micrometer A hollow shaft is 400 mm diameter outside and 250 mm
C. depth micrometer diameter inside and transmits a torque of 480KNm.
D. digit micrometer Calculate the angle of twist over a length of 7.5 m.
Answer: C Take G=92.5 GN/m^2
A. 1.05 deg
The ends of a cylindrical pressure vessel of 900 mm B. 1.66 deg
internal diameter are hemispherical and constructed C. 2.01 deg
of plates 20 mm thick. Find the stress in the D. 2.55 deg
hemispherical ends when the internal pressure is 28
bar (28x10^5 N/m^2). Answer: A
A. 35.1 MPa
B. 25.4 MPa All of the following are crystalline point defects
C. 31.5 MPa except
D. 24.5 MPa A. schottky defects
B. interstitial impurity atoms
Answer: C C. screw dislocations
The shell plates of a boiler 4.5 m diameter are 42 D. vacancies
mm thick and the tensile strength of the material is
495 MN/m^2. The efficiency of the longitudinal seams Answer: C
is 85% and that of the circumferential seams 85 %.
Find the working pressure allowing a factor of A specific method of inc galvanizing in which parts
safety of 5. are tumbled in zinc dust at high temperatures
A. 2.66 MPa A. sheradizing
B. 1.57 MPa B. polishing
C. 1.66 MPa C. super finishing
D. 3.14 MPa D. pickling
Answer: B Answer: A
A beam of regular rectangular cross-section is 64 A hot-dip or electroplate application of tin to

mm broad, 100 mm deep and 1.6 m long. It is simply steel
supported at each end and carries a concentrated A. tin-plating
load of 10 kN at its mid-length. Neglecting the B. organic finishes
weight of the beam, find the maximum stress in the C. metal spraying
material. D. lapping
12
C. carbon
Answer: A D. manganese
A zinc coating applied to low carbon steel to Answer: B

improve corrossion resistance. The coating can be
applied in a hot dip bath, by electroplating or by It is a supersaturated solid solution of carbon in
dry tumbling (sheradizing) ferrite and it is the hardest and strongest form of
A. parkerizing steel?
B. hard surfacing A. bainite
C. honing B. ferrite
D. galvanizing C. martensite
D. lignite
Answer: D
Answer: C
The diffusing of aluminum into a steel surface,
producing an aluminum oxide that protects the steel Which of the following processes usually used to
from high-temperature corrossion. create a bar of material of a particular shape and
A. electroplating dimensions?
B. burnishing A. extrusion
C. calorizing B. cold working
D. buffing C. forging
D. hot rolling
Answer: C
Answer: D
An electroplating-acid bath oxidation process for
aluminum and magnesium. The workpiece is the anode The G10400 is a plain carbon steel with a carbon
in the electrical circuit. content of which of the following?
A. abrasive cleaning A. 0.37 to 0.44 %
B. barrel finishing B. 0.21 to 0.54 %
C. tumbling C. 0.25 to 0.57 %
D. anodizing D. 0.34 to 0.54 %
Answer: D Answer: A
Brittle materials produce discrete fragments, known The S30200 is usually called and 18-8 stainless
as steel, which means 18% of what?
A. chip breaker grooves A. chromium
B. non-segmented chips B. nickel
C. discontinuous chips C. carbon
D. type-two chips D. manganese
Answer: A
Answer: C
A shearing machine requires 150 kg m of energy to
Which of the following terms is used to descry shear a steel sheet, and has a normal speed of 3.0
punch-pressed operations like forming, blanking rps, slowing down to 2.8 rps during the shearing
shallow drawing and coining? process. The flywheel of the machine has a mean
A. stamping diameter of 75 cm and weighs 15.5 kg/cm^3. The width
B. heading of the rim is 30 cm. If the hub and arms of the
C. roll treading flywheel account for 15% of its total weight, find
D. spinning the thickness of the rim in cm.
A. 0.00487 cm
Answer: A B. 0.00432 cm
C. 0.00363 cm
Which of the following is the effect of cold rolling D. 0.00482 cm
and cold drawing in mechanical properties? Answer: C
A. both have the same effect
B. cold rolling is better than cold drawing In a shearing machine the energy is 29,264 ft-lb,
C. cold drawing is better than cold rolling the ultimate shearing stress of the steel plate is
D. both have no effect 40,000 psi, the plate thickness is 1 inch the length
of the plate which can be sheared is:
Answer: A A. 7055 in
B. 10.55 in
Which of the following processes produce a refined C. 12.75 in
grain structure and eventually increased strength D. 17.56 in
and ductility of the material? Answer: D
A. extrusion What would be the weight of a flywheel in kg if the
B. cold working weight of the rim is 3 times the sum of the weight
C. forging of the hub and arms. Given the outside diameter and
D. hot rolling inside diameter to be 24 in and 18 in respectively
and the rim width is 4.5 in. (assume steel flywheel)
Answer: C A. 140.95 kg
B. 160.95 kg
The S30200 is usually called and 18-8 stainless C. 200.95 kg
steel, which means 8% of what? D. 152.95 kg
A. chromium
B. nickel Answer: D
13
A cast iron flywheel with a mean diameter of 36 For the rotating elements like flywheels and
inches changes speed from 300 rpm to 280 while it blowers, the analysis of stresses will be based
gives up 8000 ft-lb of energy. What is the similar on which of the following theory?
coefficient of fluctuation. A. thin-walled cylinder
A. 0.069 B. thick-walled cylinder
B. 0.015 C. radial ball bearing
C. 0.082 D. rotating shaft member
D. 0.020
Answer: B
Answer: A
A sheet metal working company purchase a shearing For thin walled pressure vessels, which of the
machine from a surplus dealer without a flywheel. It following statements is correct of the stresses?
is calculated that the machine will use 2380 joules A. radial stresses is quite small as compared with
of energy to shear a 1.2 mm thick sheet metal. The the tangential stress
flywheel to be used will have a mean diameter of B. radial stresses is quite bigger as compared with
91.44 cm with a width of 25.4 cm. The normal the tangential stress
operating speed is 180 rpm and slows down to 160 rpm C. radial stresses is same as tangential stress
during the shearing process. Assuming that the arms D. only radial stress is present and no tangential
and the hub will account for 12% of the rim weight stress
concentrated at the mean diameter and that the
material density is 0.26 lb/cu. In. Compute for the Answer: A
weight of the flywheel.
A. 296 kg
B. 306 kg How do you call the ratio of lateral strain to
C. 347 kg longitudinal strain?
D. 385 kg A. poisson’s ratio
B. modulus of resilience
Answer: B C. modulus of rigidity
D. offset ratio
A 48 in diameter spoked steel flywheel having a 12
in wide x 10 in deep rim rotates at 200 rpm. How Answer: A
long a cut (in inches) can be stamped in one inch
thick aluminum plate if utimate shearing strength of
the aluminum is 40,000 lb/in^2. During stamping, the How do you call a brass that contains 28% zinc, 1%
force exerted by the stamp varies from a maximum F tin and very excellent corrosion resistance
lb at the point of contact to zero lb when the stamp especially in saltwater.
emerges from the metal. Neglect the weight of the A. muntz
flywheel and spokes and use 0.28 lb/in^3 density for B. bronze
flywheel material. C. yellow brass
A. 43.2 in D. admiralty metal
B. 41.1 in
C. 44.5 in Answer: D
D. 35.9 in
1. A carbide milling cutter 250 mm in diameter
Answer: B is used to cut a block mild steel with a
plain cutter. The block is 500 mm long. If
A shearing machine requires 150 kg m of energy to the feed is 0.50 mm/rev and depth of cut is
shear a steel sheet, and has a normal speed of 3.0 1.2 mm, determine the time required to take
rps, slowing down to 2.8 rps during the shearing one cut. The over travel is 16 mm. the
process. The flywheel of the machine has a mean cutting speed is 80 m/min.
diameter of 75 cm and weighs 15.5 kg/cm^3. The width a. 8.45 min
of the rim is 30 cm. If the hub and arms of the b. 7.45 min
flywheel account for 15% of its total weight, find c. 9.45 min
the thickness of the rim in cm. d. 10.45 min
A. 0.00487 cm Ans: D
B. 0.00432 cm
C. 0.00363 cm 2. The feed of an 8 tooth face mill cutter is
D. 0.00482 cm 0.325 mm per tooth at 200 rpm. The material
cut is 300 BHN steel. If the depth of cut is
Answer: C 3 mm and width is 100 mm, calculate the
power at the cutter.
a. 10.24 hp
b. 12.48 hp
c. 11.62 hp
High pressure vessels and pipes carrying high d. 13.22 hp
pressure fluids develop which of the following Ans: B
stresses? 3. Determine the power required for milling a
A. tangential stress only mild steel work piece with a cutter of 80 mm
B. radial stress only diameter 9 teeth and rotating at 120 rpm.
C. bearing stress only The work piece has a width of 60 mm. depth
D. both radial and tangential stress of cut is 4 mm and tooth load is 0.03 mm
a. 1.2 kW
Answer: C b. 2.3 kW
c. 1.9 kW
14
d. 2.6 kW Ans: B
Ans: C
11. It is process in which metal is dropped in
4. A leather belt 6 inches by ¼ in. thick dilute acid solutions to remove dirt,
running at 4000 ft/min. connects 12 in and grease, and oxides.
60 in. in diameter pulleys. The angles of a. Pickling
contact are 270 deg. And 240 deg for small b. Polishing
and large pulleys respectively. Coefficient c. Sheradizing
of friction on large pulley is 0.4 on small D. Pakerizing
pulley 0.3. if the allowable tension is 100 Ans: A
lb per in. determine the maximum horsepower
that can be transmitted without considering 12. Which of the following mechanism is used to
centrifugal force. change the direction of an applied tensile
a. 44 hp force?
b. 55 hp a. Gears
c. 33 hp b. Pulleys
d. 66 hp c. Flywheels
Ans: B d. Ropes
Ans: B
5. Determine the time required to turn a brass
component 50 mm diameter and 100 mm long at 13. What is usually the lose factor for most
a cutting speed of 36 m/min. the feed is 0.4 wire ropes and chains with 180 contact at
and only one cut is taken. low speeds?
a. 2.2 min A. varies from 1.03 to 1.06
b. 3.3 min B. varies 1.07 to 1.10
c. 1.2 min C. varies from 1.20 to 1.50
d. 4.4 min D. varies from 1.60 to 1.80
Ans. C Ans: A
6. A tool will cut for 4 hrs before it needs 14. Which of the following is the method to
sharpening. Determine the time charged to determine the reactions on continuous beams?
one cycle if it takes 12 minutes to change a. two-moment equations
the tool can be sharpened 10 times before it b. Second moment equations
is discarded. c. three-moment equations
a. 62 m/min d. third moment equations
b. 82 m/min Ans: C
c. 72 m/min
d. 52 m/min 15. A machine component of mass 0.77 kg moves
Ans. B with simple harmonic motion in a straight
line and completes 175 oscillations per
7. Which of the following simple mechanical minute. Find the accelerating force when the
machine with the ability to increase an component is 50 mm from mid-travel.
applied force? a. 11.65 N
a. Hinges b. 12.93 N
b. Lever c. 10.44 N
c. Roller d. 13.22 N
d. Spring Ans: B
Ans: B
16. What load in Newton must be applied to a 25
8. Which of the following devices that is mm round steel bar 3.0 m long to stretch the
mainly used to raise or lower an object? bar 1.3 mm?
a. Hoist a. 42,056
b. Lever b. 52,840
c. Spring c. 55,016
d. Roller d. 44,031
Ans: A Ans: D
9. What is term applied to the process of 17. In the LRT II project steel railroad rails of 10
separating different sizes of the same meters long are to be installed. If lowest
material? temperature considered is 20 deg. C and a maximum
a. Screening temperature of 36 deg C is designed for, and the
b. Separation modulus of elasticity of steel to be 207,000 Mpa,
c. Sieving determine the clearance between the clearance
d. Screening between rails such that adjoining rail will just
Ans:C touch at maximum design temperature.
a. 2.34
b. 3.32
c. 3.41
d. 1.86
Ans: D
10. It is the process of separating a material
into a variety of specifically sized groups.
a. Centrifugal 18. What pressure is required to punch a hole 3 in.
b. Fractioning diameter through a ¼ in. steel plate?
c. Sieving a. 45 tons
d. Screening b. 20 tons
15
c. 30 tons 26. What term is used to describe a maximum load
d. 40 tons that a bolt can withstand without acquiring a
Ans: A permanent set?
a. Live load
19. A steel tie rod on bridge must be made to b. Dead load
withstand a pull of 6,000 lbs. find the diameter of c. Proof load
the rod assuming a factor of safety of 5 and d. Ultimate load
ultimate stress of 64,000 psi. Ans: C
a. 0.705 in
b. 0.891 in 27. In bolts design, the quotient of the proof load
c. 0.809 in and the tensile-stress area is called
d. 0.773 in a. proof strength
Ans: D b. yield strength
c. section modulus
20. An engine parts is being tested with a load of d. modulus of resilience
30,000 lb. the allowable tensile stress is 10,000 Ans: A
psi, modulus of elasticity of 40× 10 psi. If the
original length of specimen is 42 inches with 28. In bolts design, proof strength corresponds
elongation not exceeding 0.0015 inch, what diameter approximately how many percent of the 0.2 percent
of the specimen is required? offset yield strength?
a. 4.2 in a. 85%
b. 3.0 in b. 95%
c. 2.5 in c. 90%
d. 5.17 in d. 45%
Ans: D Ans: C
21. A steel rod 75 inches long tested with a load of 29. What type of brass that is usually used to form
3000 lb is suspended from the other end. If the rod tubing or piping to carry hot water in such
stretches 0.025 inches, find the modulus of application of radiators or condenser?
elasticity of the steel. a. Red brass
a. 36× 10 psi b. Commercial brass
b. 11.5× 10 psi c. Yellow brass
c. 30× 10 psi d. Cartridge brass
Ans: A
d. 27× 10 psi
Ans: A
30. It is in widespread use for the numbering system
for cast iron by ASTM (American Society for Testing
22. Considered is 20 deg C and a maximum temperature
and Material), then this system is based on which of
of 30 deg C is designed for, and the modulus of
the following?
elasticity of steel to be 207,000 Mpa, determine the
a. Bearing Strength
clearance between rails such that adjoining rail
b. Compressive Strength
will just touch at maximum design temperature.
c. Axial Strength
a. 2.34
d. Tensile Strength
b. 2.32
Ans: D
c. 3.41
d. 1.86
31. It casting, brass, bronze, steel, gray iron and
Ans: D
aluminum are most often used materials. What is the
minimum wall thickness for of the aforementioned
23. What pressure is required to punch a hole 3 in.
materials used in casting?
diameter through a ¼ in. steel plate?
a. 5mm
a. 45 tons
b. 10mm
b. 20 tons
c. 7 mm
c. 30 tons
d. 3 mm
d. 40 tons
Ans: A
Ans: A
32. A rectangular key was used in a pulley connected
24. In practice and theory as well, what is the
to a line shaft with a power of 8 kw at a speed pf
allowed permissible misalignment in cylindrical and
1200 rpm. If the shearing stress of the shaft and
tapered roller bearings?
key are 30 N/mm^2. Respectively. What is the
a. 0.005 rad
diameter of the shaft?
b. 0.006 rad
a. 22.2 mm
c. 0.001 rad
b. 21.7 mm
d. 0.003 rad
c. 25.8 mm
Ans: C
d. 30.2 mm
Ans.A
25. In practice and theory as well, the misalignment
of spherical bearings should not exceed how many
33. A line shaft with a power of 150 KW at a speed
radians?
of 1200 rpm, had a rectangular key used in its
a. 0.0087 rad
pulley connection. Consider the shearing of stress
b. 0.0065 rad
of the shaft to be 40 N/mm^2 and the key to be 200
c. 0.0041 rad
N/mm^2, determine the shaft diameter.
d. 0.0043 rad
a.66.62 mm
Ans: A
b.53.31 mm
c.40.82mm
d.44.94 mm
Ans. B
16
that contributes to the corrosion resistance of this
material.
35. A cylinder having an internal diameter of 20 in a. naval brass
and an external diameter of 36 in is subjected to an b. bronze
internal pressure of 10,000 psi and an external c. cartridge brass
pressure of 2,500 psi. Determine the hoop stress at d. admiralty metal
the inner surface of the cylinder. Ans. A
a. 24, 705.16 psi
b. 19, 028.52 psi 43. High pressure vessels and pipes carrying high
c. 13, 142.86 psi pressure fluids develop which of the following
d. 11, 696.43 psi stresses?
Ans. D. a. tangential stress only
b. radial stress only
36. A thin walled cylindrical pressure vessel is c. bearing stress only
subjected to internal pressure which varies from 750 d. both radial and tangential stress
kPa to 3350 kPa continuously. The diameter of the Ans. C
shell is 150 cm. Find the required thickness of the
cylinder based on yield point of 480 MPa net 44. For the rotating elements like flywheels and
endurance limit of 205 MPa and a factor of safety of blowers, the analysis of stresses will be based
2.5. similar on which of the following theory?
a. 21.2 mm a. thin-walled cylinder
b. 22.21 mm b. thick- walled cylinder
c. 23.83 mm c. radial ball bearing
d. 20.72 mm d. rotating shaft member
Ans. A Ans. B
37. A compression ring is to be used at the junction 45. For thin-walled pressure vessels, which of the
of a conical head and shell. Determine the required following statements is correct of the stresses?
area of the compression ring if the pressure is 50 a. Radial stresses is quite small as compared with
psi and the stress is 13750 psi. Assume efficiency the tangential stress.
of the joint is 80%. b. Radial stresses is quite bigger as compared with
a. 00715 d^2 the tangential stress.
b. 0.00482 d^2 c. Radial stresses is same as tangential stress.
c. 0.00712 d^2 d. Only radial stress is present and no tangential
d. 0.00682 d^2 stress.
Ans. A Ans. A
38. A cylindrical vessel measuring (2ft x 5 ft) 46. How do you call the ratio of lateral strain to
holds a gas at 3,000 psi. Using stainless OQT 12000, longitudinal strain?
determine the thickness of the plate with a design a. Poission’s ratio
factor of 1.4 yield. A assume efficiency of welded b. Modulus of resilience
joint as 85%. c. Modulus of rigidity
a. 0.549 in d. Offset ratio
b. 0.455 in Ans. A
c. 1.2 in
d. 0.3 in 47. A sheet metal working company purchase a
Ans. A shearing machine from a surplus dealer without a
flywheel. It is calculated that the machine will use
39. Which of the following is considered to be the 2380 Joules of energy to shear a 1.2 mm thick sheet
lightest of all commercial metals and is used in metal. The flywheel to be used will have a mean
aircraft industry? diameter of 91.44 cm with a width of 25.4 cm. The
a. titanium normal operating speed is 180 rpm and slows down to
b. chromium 160 rpm during the shearing process. Assuming that
c. magnesium the arms and the hub will account for 12 % of the
d. aluminum rim weight concentrated at the mean diameter and
Ans. C that the material density is 0.26 lb/cu/ in, compute
for the weight of the flywheel.
40. Brass with 40% zinc are called ___ a. 296 kg
a. muntz metal b. 306 kg
b. bronze c. 347 kg
c. yellow brass d. 385 kg
d. admiralty metal Ans. B
Ans. A
48. A 48 in diameter spoked steel flywheel having a
41. How do you call a brass that contains 28% zinc, 12 in wide x 10 in deep rim rotates at 200 rpm. How
1 % tin and very excellent corrosion resistance long a cut (in inches) can be stamped in one inch
especially in saltwater. thick aluminum plate if ultimate shearing strength
a. muntz metal of the aluminum is 40,000 lb/in2. During stamping ,
b. bronze the force exerted by the stamp varies from a maximum
c. yellow brass F lb at the point of contact to zero lb when the
d. admiralty metal stamp emerges from the metal. Neglect the weight of
Ans. D the flywheel weight of the flywheel and spokes and
use 0.28 lb/in3 density for flywheel material.
42. A brass with 40% zinc or same composition as a. 43.2 in
muntz metal expect for the addition of 0.75% tin b. 41.1 in
c. 44.5 in
17
d. 35.9 in b. heading
Ans. B c. roll treading
d. spinning
49. A shearing machine requires 150 kg m of energy Ans. A
to shear a steel sheet, and has normal speed of 3.0
rev/sec slowing down to 2.8 rev/sec during the 57. Which of the following processes produce a
shearing process. The flywheel account for 15% of refined grain structure and eventually increased
its total weight, find the thickness of the rim in strength and ductility of the material?
cm. a. Extrusion
a. 0.00487 cm b. Cold working
b. 0.00432 cm c. Forging
c. 0.00363 cm d. Hot rolling
d. 0.00482 cm Ans. C
Ans. C
58. The S30200 is usually called and 18-8 stainless
50. In a shearing machine the energy is 29,264 ft- steel, which means 8% of what?
lb, the ultimate shearing stress of the steel plate a. Chromium
is 40,000 psi, the plate thickness is 1 inch the b. Nickel
length of the plate which can be sheared is: c. Carbon
a. 7055 in d. Manganese
b. 10.55 in Ans. B
c. 12.75 in
d. 17.56 in 59. It is a supersaturated solid solution of carbon
Ans. D in ferrite and it the hardest and strongest form of
steel?
51. What would be the weight of a flywheel in kg if a. Bainite
the weight of the rim is 3 times the sum of the b. Ferrite
weight of the hub and arms. Given the outside c. Martensite
diameter and inside diameter to be 24 in and 18 in d. Lignite
respectively and the rim width is 4.5 in. (assume Ans. C
steel flywheel)
a. 140.95 kg 60. An ammonia compressor is driven by a 20kW motor.
b. 160.95 kg The compressor and the motor RPM are 380 and 1750,
c. 200.95 kg respectively. The small sheave has a pitch diameter
d. 152.95 kg of 152.4 mm. If the bolt to be used is standard C-
Ans. D 120 (L=122.9in.). Determine the center distance
between sheaves
52. A cast iron flywheel with a mean diameter of 36  709 mm
inches changes speed from 300 rpm to 280 while it  865 mm
gives up 8000 ft-lb of energy. What is the
 806 mm
coefficient of fluctuation?
a. 0.069  686 mm
b. 0.015 Ans. C
c. 0.082
d. 0.020 61. A safety valve spring having 9 and ½ coils has
Ans. A the ends squared and ground. The outside diameter of
the coil is 115 mm and the wire is 13 mm. It has a
53. Which of the following processes usually used to free length of 203 mm. Determine the length of the
create a bar of material of a particular shape and wire to which this spring must be initially
dimensions? compressed to hold a boiler pressure of 1.38 MPa on
a. extrusion the seat of 32 mm diameter. Modulus of rigidity is
b. cold working taken as G=80GN/m².
c. forging A. 172
d. hot rolling B. 179
Ans. D C. 192
D. 158
54. The G10400 is a plain carbon steel with steel Ans. A
with a carbon content of which of the following?
a. 0.37 to 0.44% 62. A single threaded trapezoidal metric thread has
b. 0.21 to 0.54% a pitch of 4 mm, and a mean diameter of 18 mm. It is
c. 0.25 to 0.57% used as a translation screw in conjunction with a
d. 0.34 to 0.54% collar having an outside diameter of 37 mm and an
Ans. A inside diameter of 27 mm. Find the required torque
in N-m to raise a load of 400 kg if the coefficient
55. The S30200 is usually called and 18-8 stainless of friction is 0.3 for both thread and collar.
steel, which means 18% of what? A. 34.6 N-m
a. chromium B. 32.6 N-m
b. nickel C. 39.1 N-m
c. carbon D. 38.5 N-m
d. manganese Ans. B
Ans. A
63. Determine the diameter of the stud bolt that are
56. Which of the following terms is used to descry required to fasten down the cylinder head of a 203
punch-pressed operations like forming, blanking mm x 304 mm gas engine. There are ten bolts on the
shallow drawing and coining? block. The explosion pressure is 31 kg/sq.cm and
a. stamping
18
studs are made of ordinary bolts material SAE 1020. C. Stress-strain Theory
How deep should the bolt be drilled? D. Cataligno’s Theory
A. 38.1 mm Ans. B
B. 40.2 mm
C. 37.3 mm 70. It refers to the collision of two or more masses
D. 35.5 mm with initial velocities.
Ans. A A. Shock
B. Impact
64. A single square thread power screw is to raise a C. Creep
load of 70 kN. The screw has a major diameter of 36 D. Load
mm and a pitch of 6 mm. The coefficient of thread Ans. B
friction and collar friction are 0.13 and 0.10
respectively. If the collar mean diameter is 90 mm 71. A term used to describe sudden applied force or
and the screw turns at 60rpm, find the combined disturbance.
efficiency of screw and collar. A. Shock
B. Impact
C. Creep
A. 13.438% D. Load
B. 15.530% Ans. A
C. 14.526%
D. 12.526% 72. A cone-disk spring is also known as _____
Ans. D A. Believille Spring
B. Heavy duty spring
65. Find the horsepower required to drive a power C. Helical spring
screw lifting a load of 4000 lbs. A 2 and ½ inches D. Conical spring
double square thread with two threads/in is to be Ans. A
used. The friction radius of the collar is 2 inches
and the coefficients of friction are 0.1 for the 73. What is the other term used for die casting?
threads and 0.15 for the collar. The velocity of the A. Thermosetting
nut is 10 ft/min. B. Shell-molding
A. 5.382 HP C. Metal-mold casting
B. 4.395 HP D. Tangential casting
C. 3.683 HP Ans. C
D. 6.472 HP
Ans. B 74. It is a cold-working process in which metal is
gathered or upset.
66. A flywheel has a mean diameter of 4 ft and is A. Heading
required to handle 2200 ft-lb of kinetic energy. The B. Cold rolling
flywheel has a width of 8in. Normal operating speed C. Spinning
is 300 rpm and the coefficient of fluctuation is to D. Stamping
be 0.05. Find the weight of the rim assuming that Ans. A
the arms and hub are equivalent is 10% of the 75. Which of the following is the high-leaded brass
specific weight. used for instrument, lock and watch parts?
A. 412 lb A. Red brass
B. 334 lb B. Commercial brass
C. 452.4 lb C. Yellow brass
D. 533 lb D. Engraver’s brass
Ans. B Ans. D
67. Find the rim thickness for a cast iron flywheel 76. The rapid cooling of steel to a temperature
with a width of 200 mm, a mean diameter of 1.2 in a between 400 to 800 deg F in enough time, then
normal operating speed of 300 rpm, a coefficient austenite is transformed into a materials called.
fluctuation of 0.05 and which is capable of hanging A. Bainite
3000 N-m of kinetic energy. Assume that the hub and B. Lignite
arms represent 10% of the rim weight and the C. Quinite
specific weight of cast iron is 7200 kg/m³ D. Ferrite
A. 25.28 mm Ans. A
B. 28.82 mm
C. 28.25 mm 77. A centrifugal pump is directly couple to a
D. 25.25 mm motor. The pump rating is 3,600 liters per minute
Ans. C against a total head of 8 meters of water. Pump
efficiency is 65% at shaft speed of 550 rpm.
68. A cast iron flywheel is rotated at a speed of Calculate the torsional stress induced on the 40 mm
1200 rpm and having a mean rim radius of 1 foot. If diameter motor shaft.
the weight of the rim is 30 lbs. What is the A. 11,193.45 kPa
centrifugal force? Use factor C=41. B. 12,420.72 kPa
A. 14,800 lbs C. 10,010.85 kPa
B. 70,000 lbs D. 13,113.83 kPa
C. 14 860 lbs Ans. C
D. 14,760 lbs
Ans. D 78. A 80 mm solid shaft is to be replaced with a
hallow shaft of equal torsional strength. Find
69. The maximum-strain theory which apples only in percentage of weight saved, if the outside of the
elastic range of stresses are also known as _______ hallow shaft is 100 mm.
A. Hooke’s Law A. 56.53%
B. Saint Venant’s Theory B. 67.31%
19
C. 48.49% D. England
D. 52.90% Ans. D
Ans. D
87. In viscosity chart, Raimond-Boyd analysis
79. A solid transmission shaft is 4.0 inches in assumed that the viscosity of the lubricant is
diameter. It is desired to replace it with a hallow _________
shaft of the same material and same torsional A. Constant
strength but its weight should only be half as much B. Increasing
as the solid shaft. Find the outside diameter of the C. Decreasing
hallow shaft in millimeters. D. Vanishing
A. 107.315 mm Ans. A
B. 112.231 mm
C. 122.940 mm 88. What do you call the phenomenon occurring when
D. 131.204 mm two touching surfaces have a high contact pressure
Ans. C and when these surfaces have minute relative motion?
A. Prestressing
80. A railroad track is laid at a temperature of 10 B. Friction
degree F with gaps of 0.01 feet between the ends of C. Fretting
the rails. The rails are 33 feet long. If they are D. Carving
prevented from buckling, what stress will result Ans. C
from a temperature of 110 degree F? Coefficient of
linear expansion = 6.5x10 per degree F.
A. 10,000 psi
B. 8,530 psi
C. 9,450 psi 89. What type of bolt threaded on both ends and can
D. 10409 psi be used where a through bolt impossible?
Ans. D A. Coupling
B. Stud bolt
81. What load P which causea total deformation of C. Carriage bolt
0.036 inch of a steel rack which has a cross-section D. Machine bolt
area of 4 sq. inches and a length of 5 ft. Ans. B
A. 55,000 lb
B. 72,000 lb 90. What type of bolt distinguished by a short
C. 60,000 lb potion of the shank underneath the head being square
D. 50,000 lb or finned or ribbed?
Ans. B A. Coupling
B. Stud bolt
82. A lubrication where lubricant is introduced C. Carriage bolt
between surfaces which are in rolling contact such D. Machine bolt
as roller gears or rolling bearings? Ans. C
A. Hydrostatic lubrication
B. Hydrodynamic lubrication 91. What is the term applied to the reciprocal of
C. Elastohydrodynamic lubrication the velocity ratio?
D. Solid-film lubrication A. Train value
Ans. C B. Modular value
C. Ratio factor
83. What lubrication is usually used when bearings D. None of these
are operating at extreme temperatures? Ans. A
A. Hydrodynamic lubrication
B. Solid-film lubrication 92. For very slender column, what type of formula
C. Hydrostatic lubrication that is best applied?
D. Liquid-film lubrication A. Column formula
Ans. B B. Moment formulas
C. Slenderness formulas
84. Which of the following is not a form of bearing D. Euler formula
lubrication? Ans. A
A. Liquid-film lubrication
B. Hydrodynamic lubrication 93. Which of the following is the type of failure
C. Hydrostatic lubrication due to unstability?
D. Solid-film lubrication A. Buckling
Ans. A B. Stability
C. Slenderness formulas
85. In ASTM standard, what is the instrument used in D. Euler formula
determining viscosity? Ans. A
A. Dynamic viscometer
B. Saybolt universal furol 94. What type of spring made in the form of dished
C. Hagen-Poinsulle viscometer washer?
D. Saybolt universe viscometer A. Air spring
Ans. D B. Volute spring
C. Believille spring
86. In what country that the present theory of D. Motor spring
hydrodynamic lubrication originates from? Ans. C
A. China
B. Germany What is the minimum number of teeth on a smaller
C. US sprocket for high speed?
20
A. 12
B. 21 If the weight of 6” diameter by 48” long SAE 1030
C. 24 shafting is 174.5 kg then what will be the weight of
D. 14 chromium SAE 51416 of same size?
Ans. B A. 305.79 lbs
B. 426.70 lbs
Which of the following is the minimum number of C. 347.96 lbs
teeth on a smaller sprocket for moderate speed? D. 465.89 lbs
A. 15 Ans. C
B. 12
C. 21 A 50 inches diameter diamond saw blade is mounted on
D. 17 a pulley driven steel shaft, required a blade
Ans. D peripheral linear speed of 150 ft/sec. Motor drive
is 125 hp at 1,200 rpm, with 6 inches diameter
What is the minimum number of teeth on a smaller pulley. Determine the shaft rpm to attain blade
sprocket for low speed? peripheral speed required.
A. 11 A. 716.2 rpm
B. 17 B. 635.3 rpm
C. 21 C. 539.10 rpm
D. 12 D. 687.55 rpm
Ans. 12 Ans. D
Two shaft at right angles to each other may be A steel shaft transmits 40 hp at 1400 rpm.
connected by what arrangement? Considering allowable shearing stress based on pure
A. Half turn torsion to be 5000 psi, find the torsional
B. ¾ turn deflection of the shaft in degrees per foot.
C. Quarter turn A. 0.392 degrees/foot
D. One turn B. 0.246 degrees/foot
Ans. C C. 0.541 degrees/foot
D. 0.435 degree/foot
What is the recommended initial tension of the belt? Ans. B
A. 75 lb/in of width
B. 71 lb/in of width The process by which high pressure is applied to a
C. 73 lb/in of width heated metal billet or blank which causes it to flow
D. 80 lb/in of width through restricted orifice.
Ans. A A. Extrusion
B. Intrusion
What factor of safety is needed for a 2 in. diameter C. Forging
shaft with an ultimate strength of 50,000 psi to D. Hot rolling
transmit 40,000 in-lb torque. Ans. A
A. 2.25
B. 1.95 A tolerance where the size of a part is permitted to
C. 2.14 be either larger or smaller than the given
D. 2.62 dimension.
Ans. D A. Bilateral
B. Unilateral
A round steel shaft transmits 373 watts at 1800 rpm. C. Lateral
The torsional deflection is not to exceed 1 deg in a D. None of these
length equal to 20 diameters. Find the shaft Ans. A
diameter.
A. 6.53 mm In a pressure vessel, the ratio of minimum strength
B. 8.72 mm of joint to the strength of solid joint is known as
C. 12.84 mm A. Efficiency
D. 18.16 mm B. Performance factor
Ans. A C. Joint efficiency
D. Relative strength
A steel shaft operates at 186 rad/s and must handle Ans. D
2 kW of power. The shearing stress is not to exceed
40 MN/m². Calculate the minimum shaft diameter based When tested in compression, ductile material usually
on pure torsion. exhibit________ characteristics up to the yield
A. 9 mm strength as they do when tested in tension.
B. 11 mm a. the same
C. 13 mm b. less than
D. 15 mm c. more than
Ans. B d. approximately the same
ans. D
A 100 mm diameter solid shaft is to be replaced with
a hollow shaft equally strong (torsion) and made of In pure torsion, the maximum stress is at the center
the same material. The outside diameter of the of the
hollow shaft is to 27 mm. What should be the inside a. peripheral sides
diameter? The allowable shearing stress is 41.4 MPa? b. long sides
A. 107.42 mm c. medium sides
B. 105.82 mm d. short sides
C. 291.53 mm ans: B
D. 109.60 mmw
Ans. A
21
The ability of a material to absorb energy within is c. 1,542 N
proportional limit is known as d. 2,783 N
a. resilience Ans: A
b. endurance
c. toughness A flange bolt coupling consist of eight steel 20 mm
d. spring action diameter steel bolts spaced evenly around a bolt
ans: A circle 300 mm in diamter. if the coupling is
subjected to a torque of 15.1 KN-m, determine the
A method whereby a gear is run with another gear maximum shearing stress in the bolts?
that has abrasive surface material. a. 40450 kPa
a. hobbing b. 63320 kpa
b. honing c. 40054 kpa
c. lapping d. 31298 kpa
d. milling Ans: C
ans. C
a flange coupling is to be designed, using 25 mm
A multiple disc clutch of 10 steel disc and 9 bronze diameter bolts at a distance of 152 mm from the
disc. the effective outside and inside diameter are center of the shaft. allowable shearing stress on
20.32 cm and 15.24 cm, respectively if the axial the bolt is 103 Mpa. if the shaft is to transmit
force of 450 Newton is applied and the shaft turns 5,600 hp at a speed of 1200 rpm, how many bolts are
at 1200 rpm, find the horsepower capacity, assume a needed in the connection?
coefficient of friction of 0.27. a. 2
a. 39.566 hp b. 3
b. 40.482 hp c. 4
c. 37.456 hp d. 5
d. 35. 659 hp Ans: D.
Ans: A
Two short shaft identical diameter 38.1 mm and
An engine of a motor vehicle with a wheel diameter rotating ….
of 712 mm develops 50 kW at 2,000 rpm. the combined a. 30.4 kW
efficiency of the differential and tranmission is b. 28.5 kW
75% with an overall speed reduction of 25 is to 1. c. 29.3 kW
Determine the speed reduction of travel of the d. 32.3 kW
vehicle in km/hr. Ans:B
a. 10.74
b. 11.69
c. 12.58 Two short shaft identical diameter 38.1 mm and
d. 13.80 rotating ….
Ans: A a. 19.30 mm
b. 22.37 mm
An engine of a motor vehicle with a wheel diameter c. 20.40 mm
of 712 mm develops 50 kW at 2,000 rpm. the combined d. 16.32 mm
efficiency of the differential and transmission is Ans: D
75% with an overall speed reduction of 25 is to 1.
determine the speed reduction of travel of the What is material is produced if austenite is cooled
vehicle in km/hr. rapidly to 400 deg. F or less?
a. 10.74 a. Bainite
b. 11.69 b. Fermite
c. 12.58 c. Martensite
d. 13.80 d. Lignite
Ans. A Ans: C
An engine of a motor vehicle with a wheel diameter Stainless steels are iron-based alloys that contain
of 712 mm develops 50 kW at 2,000 rpm combined at least how many percent chromium?
efficiency of the differential and transmission is a. 45%
75% with an over-all speed reduction to. 1 determine b. 25%
he torque to be delivered by the clutch N-m. c. 12%
a. 239 N-m d. 5%
b. 359 N-m Ans: C
c. 432 N-m
d. 471 N-m The very high carbon steels have good quench-harden
Ans: A ability up to how many percent chromium?
a. 35%
The large diamter and face of the disk of a multiple b. 12%
disk clutch are 255 mm and 25 mm respectively the c. 18%
helical compression spring used to engage the clutch d. 15%
has 9 and 1/2 effective coils of 10 mm steel wire. Ans: C
the outer coil diameter is 80 mm. the free length of
the spring is 185 mm. when in place with clutch A widely used in tool steels considering that the
engaged, its length is 130 mm. Assuming that there will maintain its hardness even it is red heat. The
is 10 pairs of friction surface in contact, that the effect is like molybdenum, except it is to be added
motor runs at 1200 rpm, f=0.15, determine axial in greater quantities.
force available for the clutch. a. Vanadium
a. 1,688 N b. Manganese
b. 2,493 N c. Tungsten
22
d. Nickel kg per cubic meter. Find the power in kW required to
Ans: C drive the press.
a. 1.310 kW
Which of the following is the most widely used cast b. 5.57 kW
materials? c. 8.92 kW
a. White cast iron d. 9.03 kW
b. Gray cast iron Ans: A
c. Malleable cast iron
d. Nodular cast iron Find the weight of the flywheel needed by a machine
Ans: B to punched every stroke plane. The machine is to
make 30 strokes per minute and a hole must be
What is the result if all the carbon in cast iron is punched every stroke. The hole is to be formed
in the form of cementite and pearlite with not during 30 degrees rotation of the puncher’s
graphite present? crankshaft. A gear train with a ratio of 12 to 1 is
a. White to connect the flywheel shaft to the crankshaft. Let
b. Gray the mean diameter of a flywheel rim to be 91.44 cm.
c. Malleable the minimum flywheel speed is to be 90% of the
d. Nodular maximum and assume mechanical efficiency of the
Ans: A machine to be 80%. Assume an ultimate stress of
49000 psi.
Which of the following is a characteristic of a. 1.310 kW
aluminium and its alloys? b. 5.57 kW
a. Resistance to corrosion c. 8.92 kW
b. High thermal and electrical resistance d. 9.03 kW
c. Strength to weight ratio Ans: A
d. All of these
Ans: D Find the weight of the flywheel needed by a machine
to punch 20.5 mm holes in 15.87 mm thick steel
The corrosion resistance of aluminium alloys depends plate. The machine is to make 30 strokes per minute
upon which of the following? and a hole be punched every stroke, the hole is to
a. Thin coating oxide be formed during 30 degrees rotation of the puncher
b. Percentage of electrolyte present crankshaft. A gear train with a ratio of 12 to 1 is
c. Dissolve ferrite to correct the flywheel shaft to the crankshaft. Let
d. Casting of the material mean diameter of a flywheel rim to the 91.44 cm. the
Ans: A manimum flywheel speed is to be 90% of the maximum
and assume mechanical efficiency of the machine to
A spherical shell of 1.8 m of outside diameter and be 80% Assume an ultimate stress of 49000 psi.
1.725 m inside at a pressure of 10.4 MPa. Compute a. 68 kg
the stress in the shell. b. 97 kg
c. 90 kg
a. 124.8 Mpa d. 92 kg
b. 119.6 Mpa Ans: B
c. 96.48 Mpa
d. 88.46 Mpa It is found that the shearing machine requires 205
Ans: B joules of energy to shear a specific gauge of sheet
metal. The mean diameter of the flywheel is to be
A thin hollow spheres of radius 10 in and thickness 76.2 cm. the normal operating speed is 200rpm and
0.1 in is subjected to an internal pressure of 100 slow down to 180 rpm during shearing process. The
psig the maximum normal stress on an element of the rim width is 30.48 cm and the weight of cast iron is
sphere is: 7,196.6 kg/m^3, find the thickness of the rim,
a. 5,000 psi assuming that the hub and arm account for 10% of the
b. 7,070 psi rim weight concentrated on the mean diameter.
c. 14,140 psi a. 0.583 cm
d. 2,500 psi b. 0.587 cm
Ans: A c. 0.672 cm
d. 0.480 cm
Pressurized water at 1.37 Mpa is stored in a steel Ans: B
cylindrical tank 1.4 meters in diameter. If the
allowable tangential stress is 8.5 Mpa, find the Which of the following cannot be a Poisson’s ratio
required wall thickness of the tank. of material?
a. 123.6 mm a. 0.35
b. 130.5 mm b. 0.20
c. 112.9 mm c. 0.57
d. 135.1 mm d. 0.12
Ans: A Ans: C
A mechanical press is used to punch 6 holes per Type of roller bearing in which the balls are
holes is 25 mm diameter and the plates has an assembled by the eccentric displacement of the inner
ultimate strength in shear of 420 Mpa. The normal ring.
operating speed 200 rpm. And it slows down to 180 a. Shallow groove ball bearing
rpm during the process of punching. The flywheel has b. Self-alignning ball bearing
a mean diameter of one meter and the rim width is 3 c. Fillinf-shot ball bearing
times the thickness. Assume that the hub and arm d. Deep-groove ball bearing
account for 5% of the rim weight concentrated at the Ans: D
mean diameter and the density of cast iron is 7200
23
Which of the following is not a type of ball Ans: D
bearing?
a. Shallow groove ball bearing Determine the thickness of hollow shaft having an
b. Self-aligning ball bearing outside diameter of 100 mm if it is subjected to a
c. Filling-slot ball bearing maximum torque of 5,403.58 N-m without exceeding a
d. Deep-groove ball bearing shearing stress of 60 Mpa or a twist of 0.5 degree
Ans: A per meter length of shaft G=83,000 Mpa
a. 15 mm
Which of the following is the approximate density of b. 86 mm
the leather belt? c. 16.8 mm
a. 0.025 lb/in^3 d. 14.2 mm
b. 0.035 lb/in^3 Ans: A
c. 0.0135 lb/in^3
d. 0.0465 lb/in^3 A hollow shaft with outside diameter of 14 cm, and
Ans: B wall thickness of 0.8 cm, transmits 200 kW at 500
rpm. What must be the angular deflection of the
The breaking strength of oak-tanned beltings varies shaft it the length in 5 meters? The material of the
from 3 to more than: shaft is C4140 steel.
a. 5 ksi a. 21.41 rad
b. 7 ksi b. 21.71 rad
c. 6 ksi c. 36.80 rad
d. 9 ksi d. 17.37 rad
Ans: C Ans. D
Based on experience, what is the most economical A 1 1/4 in by 7/8 in. key is to be designed for a
design belt speed? 12.7 cm shaft which will transmit power of 150 KW at
a. 6000 to 7500 fpm 360 rpm. If the allowable shear stress for the key
b. 3500 to 4700 fpm is 920 kg/cm^2 and the allowable compressive stress
c. 3000 to 5000 fpm is 1300 kg/cm^2. Determine the length of key to be
d. 5000 to 1000 fpm used.
Ans: A a. 2.41 cm
b. 2.73 cm
The tension in the belt due to centrifugal force c. 4.42 cm
increasing rapidly above about d. 4.79 cm
a. 1500 fpm Ans. C
b. 3500 fpm
c. 3000 fpm A pulley is keyed to a 2 and 1/2 inches diameter
d. 2500 fpm shaft by a 7/16 in x 3 in flat key. The shaft
Ans: D rotates at 50 rpm. The allowable compressive stress
for the key, hub and shaft are 66 ksi. 59 ksi and 72
What is the recommendation speed for leather belt? ksi, repectively. Determine the maximum torque the
a. 6000 to 7000 fpm pulley can safety deliver.
b. 7000 to 8000 fpm a. 48398.4 in-lb
c. 5000 to 6000 fpm b. 54140.6 in-lb
d. 4500 to 5600 fpm c. 51562.5 in-lb
Ans: B d. 67495.2 in-lb
Ans. A
What is the recommended speed for fabric belts?
a. 4000 to 5000 fpm Which of the following is the statement of how the
b. 2000 to 3000 fpm total moment is derived from a number of forces
c. 3000 to 4000 fpm acting simultaneously at a point?
d. 2000 and more fpm a. Goodman’s theorem
Ans: A b. Varignon’s theorem
c. Soderberg’s theorem
A tubular shaft, having an inner diameter of 30 mm d. Cataligno’s theorem
and an outer diameter of 42 mm, is to be used to Ans. B
transmit 90 kW of power, determine the frequency of
rotation of the shaft so that the shear stress It is the measure of the material’s ability to yield
cannot exceed 50 Mpa. and absorb highly localized and rapidly applied
a. 26.6 Hz stresses.
b. 20.6 Hz a. Hardness
c. 97.5 Hz b. Toughness
d. 66.5 Hz c. Stiffness
Ans: A d. Resilience
Ans. B
Two circular shaft, one hollow and one solid, are
made of the same material and have diameter as What is term applied to the load at which a column
follows: hollow shaft inside diameter is one-half of fails?
the external diameter. The external diameter is a. Maximum load
equal to the diameter of the solid shaft. What is b. Moving load
the ratio of the twisting moment of the hollow shaft c. Critical load
to that of the solid shaft? d. Dynamic load
a. ¼ Ans. C
b. ½
c. 9/16 It is otherwise known as the percentage difference
d. 15/16 in solid and working deflections?
24
a. Clash allowance The output force of the driving sprocket and the
b. Spring allowance output of the driven sprocket are:
c. Working allowance A. 200 lb and 250 hp
d. Thrust allowance B. 261.6 lb and 300 hp
Ans. C C. 291.66 lb and 340 hp
It is known as the shaft’s natural frequency of Ans. C
vibration.
a. Vibration index A certain farm equipment which requires 2200 Newton
b. Critical speed mater torque at 500 RPM has a diesel engine to
c. High speed operates at 1500 RPM as its prime mover. A No. 60
d. Low speed roller chain with a total length of 60 pitches and a
Ans. B small sprocket with 23 teeth are to be used with an
operating temperature to remain constant at 45
What do you call the mixture of the solid degree C. Determine the no. of teeth of the larger
ingredients with no solubility? sprocket.
a. Binary alloy A. 70
b. Miscible alloy B. 69
c. Bitectic material C. 68
d. Eutectic alloy D. 69
Ans. D Ans. D
Which of the following terms applied to an A sleeve bearing has an outside diameter of 1.5 in
interrupted quenching process resulting in an and a length of 2 in, the wall thickness is 3/16 in.
austenite to banite transition? The bearing is subjected to a radial load of 450 lb.
a. Austempering Find the bearing pressure.
b. Austenitizing A. 100 psi
c. Martempering B. 150 psi
d. Martenitizing C. 200 psi
Ans. A D. 250 psi
Ans. C
Which of the following processes where the material
will become progressively stronger, harder and more Find the torsional deflection, in degrees of a solid
brittle until eventually fails? steel shaft 110 mm OD 1.4 m long subjected to 3.1 x
a. Hot working 10 N-mm. The torsinal modulus of elasticity is
b. Cold Working 80,000 N/mm-mm
c. Tempering A. 0.22
d. Normalizing B. 0.195
Ans. B C. 0.28
D. 0.24
…. to engage the clutch? Ans. A
a. 600 lbs
b. 715 lbs A cut gear transmits 25 Hp at a pitch line velocity
c. 625 lbs of 6000 ft/min. If the service is intermittent the
d. 800 lbs dynamic load is:
Ans. B A. 244
B. 264
C. 274
D. 284
Ans. C
A set screw 12 mm effective diameter is broken by a
force of 410 N on the end of a spanner 300 mm long.
Find the torque to break a set screw of 16 mm
effective diameter if its breaking stress is 10% An internal gearing requires an idler gear if the
greater than the former. driving gear of 6 inches in diameter and the center
a. 320.6 N-m distance of the idler to the driver is 20 inches.
b. 223.5 N-m What is the inside diameter of the driven gear?
c. 230.5 N-m A. 62
d. 345.6 N-m B. 70
Ans. A C. 74
D. 81
A Warwick screw is used to tighten a guy rope. It Ans. C
has right-hand thread of 10 mm pitch at the top and
a left-hand thread of 5 mm pitch at the bottom, and In a standard bevel gear, the pinion rotates at 150
the effective radius of the toggle bar is 336 mm. rpm, its number of teeth is 14 while the gear has 42
Find the velocity. teeth, what is the pitch angle of the pinion?
a. 220.6 A. 18.4 degrees
b. 130.5 B. 20 degrees
c. 140.8 C. 14.5 degrees
d. 210.5 D. 20.5 degrees
Ans. C Ans. A
A 4 inches diameter shaft is driven at 3600 rpm by a In damped free vibration, when the system returns to
400 Hp motor. The shaft drives a 48 inches diameter its static position with the …… equilibrium, the
chain sprocket having an output efficiency of 85%. system is said to be
A. Underdamped
25
B. Overdamped stress of the link if it is subjected to a reversing
C. Resonant load. Assume a factor of safety of 3.
D. Critically damped A. 8150
Ans. D B. 10920
C. 9,333
Balancing o grinding wheel is done to D. 7260
A. Make the outside diameter concentric with Ans. C
the bore
B. Make the sides of wheel parallel Determine the average time to cut by automatic oxy-
C. Equalize the weight in every portion of the acetylene (machine) crosswise a 4ft x 8ft x 4in
wheel thick steel plate.
D. None of the above A. 6.85 min.
Ans. C B. 318 sec
C. 10 min
A grinding wheel is marked as 51A 46L 5V 23, out of D. 360 sec
these 5 means Ans. D
A. Kind of abrasive
B. Structure A 16 mm plate is lapped over and secured by fillet
C. Kind of bond weld on the inside and outside to form a penstock
D. Grain size 1.5 meter in diameter. Determine the safe internal
Ans. B pressure, assuming an allowable stress of 140 MPa on
the plate and an allowable shear stress of 90 MPa on
It is also known as diamond pyramid hardness test, the throat side of the 14 mm fillet weld.
uses a pyramid shaped diamond indenter and a load A. 2.376 MPa
that ranges from 1 kg to 120 kg. B. 3.590 MPa
A. Vickers test C. 2.843 MPa
B. Mohs hardness D. 1.695 Mpa
C. Knoop test Ans. A
D. Brinell test
Ans. A Which of the following dynamometer is widely used
for absorption of wide range of powers at wide range
The maximum moment induced in a simply supported of speeds?
beam of 20 foot span, by a 2,000 pound load at A. Hydraulic
midspan is B. Belt transmission
A. 125,000 ft-lbs C. Rope brake
B. 15,000 ft-lbs D. Electric generator
C. 30,000 ft-lbs Ans. A
D. 10,000 ft-lbs
Ans. D Which of the following dynamometer is used for power
measurement when the speed is high and the viscous
A 10" diameter pulley is belt driven with a net force is small?
torque of 250 ft-lbs. The ratio of tensions in the A. Tesla fluid friction dynamometer
tight to stack sides of the belt is 4 to 1. What is B. Froude water vortex dynamometer
the maximum tension in the belt? C. Rope brake dynamometer
A. 250 lbs. D. Amsler dynamometer
B. 800 lbs. Ans. A
C. 83 lbs.
D. 500 lbs. In case of spur gears the flank of the tooth is
Ans. B A. The part of the tooth surface lying below
the pitch surface’
Compute how many 3/8 inch diameter set screws B. The curve forming face and flank
required to transmit 3 Hp at a shaft speed of 1000 C. The width of the gear tooth measures axially
rpm. The shaft diameter is 1 inch along the pitch surface
D. The surface of the top of the tooth
Ans. A
A. 1 ½
B. 2
C. 3
D. 1
Ans. B The cam angle is
A. The angle of rotation of the cam for a
A drop hammer of 1 ton dead weight capacity is definite displacement of the follower
propelled downward by a 12 inch diameter cylinder. B. Angle subtended by live portion of cam at
At 100 psi air pressure what is the impact velocity the cam center’
if the stroke is 28 inches? C. The angle subtended at the cam center by the
A. 47.4 ft/sec portion of cam during which the follower
B. 31.6 ft/sec moves
C. 15.8 ft/sec D. The angle subtended by the cam at the cam
D. 63.2 ft/sec center when the follower dwells.
Ans. B Ans. A
A link has a load factor of 0.8 the surface factor For a kinematic chain to be considered as mechanism
0.8, the surface factor is 0.92 and the endurance A. None of the links should be fixed
strength is 28000 psi. Compute the alternating B. One link should be fixed
C. Two links should be fixed
26
D. There is no such criterion be 4130. A short compression member with Do= 2Di is
Ans. B to support a dead load of 25 tons. The material is
to be 4130 steel, WQT 1100⁰F. Calculate the outside
Slip in belt drive is and inside diameters on the basis of yield strength
A. Loss of power of 114 ksi and factor of safety of 2.
B. Difference between the angular velocities of
two pulleys Ans. Do=1.22 in. and Di=0.61 in.
C. Difference between the velocities of two
pulleys A 15/16-in wide key has a depth of 5/8 in. It is 12
D. Difference between the linear speed of the inches long and is to be used on a 200 hp, 1160 rpm,
rim of pulley and the belt on it. squirrel-cage induction motor. The shaft diameter is
Ans. D 3 7/8 inches. The maximum running torque is 200% of
the full-load torque. Determine the maximum
Multiple collars are provided on a flat collar pivot compressive stress of the key
bearing to A. 779 psi
A. Increase frictional resistance B. 997 psi
B. To establish self-sustaining bearing C. 197 psi
condition D. 279 psi
C. Distribute the frictional load due to Ans. B
limiting friction
D. Distribute the axial load due to limiting A storage tank for air, 36 inche in diameter, is to
bearing pressure on a collar withstand an internal pressure of 200 psi with a
Ans. D design factor of 4 based on Su. The steel has the
strength equivalent to C1020 annealed and the welded
In gramophones for adjusting the speed of the tum- joints should have a relative strength (efficiency)
table, the following type of governor is commonly of 90%. If Su for annealed C1020 steel is 57 ksi.
used Compute the longitudinal stress.
A. Hartung governor A. 128,000 psi
B. Inertia governor B. 21,000 psi
C. Pickering governor C. 800,000 psi
D. Wilson hartnell D. 12,800 psi
Ans. C Ans. D
Shearing the sheet into two or more pieces The mass of a flywheel is 175 kg and its radius of
A. Parting gyration is 380 mm. Find the torque required to
B. Perforating attain a speed of 500 rpm from rest in 30 seconds.
C. Lancing A. 40.46 N
D. Notching B. 44.12 N
Ans. A C. 35.66 N
D. 38.48 N
The mechanism used to enlarge or reduce moments for Ans. B
reproducing drawings to different scales is called
A. Clinograph A steel bar 24 in. in length is to withstand a
B. Trisquare tensile impact load caused by a weight of 100 lb
C. Graphometer having a velocity on impact of 140 fpm. Find the
D. Bantograph stress in the bar if the diameter is 1 ½ in and the
Ans. D modulus of Elasticity (E) is 30x10 psi.
Which of the following is a higher pair? Ans. S=12,000 psi

A. Thomson an indicator mechanism
B. Double Mc Innes Indicator mechanism The cylinder head of a 10in x 18in. freon compressor
C. Hart’s straight line mechanism is attached by 10 stud bolts made of SAE grade 5.
D. Tooth gearing mechanism The cylinder pressure is 300 psi. What is the
Ans. D approximate tightening torque should be used to
induce a tightening stress (St) of 0.90 times the
A process of indenting but not breaking through the proof stress if the diameter of the bolt is 5/8 in
surface of a workpiece with a punch in order to and coefficient of collar friction c = 0.2?
produce a cavity of an impression
A. Heading Ans. T = 2161 in-lb
B. Cogging
C. Barreling
D. Piercing
Ans. D
A turbine developing 15,000 Hp turns the shaft at
300 rpm. The propeller attached to this shaft Calculate the power consumed during cutting of a low
develops a thrust of 150,000 lb. A hollow steel carbon steel bar 40 mm diameter if cutting force is
shaft having an outside diameter of 14 in. is to be 150 kg at 200 rpm.
used. Determine the inside diameter of the shaft if A. 0.46 hp
the maximum shearing stressed based on the torsion B. 0.66 hp
alone is not to exceed 7500 psi. What is the C. 0.75 hp
percentage savings in weight. D. 0.83 hp
Ans. D
Ans. %W saving = 37.3%
A broach is used to cut a key way 8mm wide, 5mmm
A short compression member with Do= 2Di is to deep in a boss 64mm long. Determine the cutting
support a dead load of 25 tons. The material is to
27
length of broach if the rise per tooth is 0.0875mm A. Ratio factor
and the number of finishing teeth is 13. B. Service factor
A. 672 mm C. Reliability factor
B. 627 mm D. Life factor
C. 762 mm Ans. C
D. 726 mm
Ans. C What is the term used to described the distance from
a point on one gear to the corresponding point
Calculate the power of electric motor for a drilling measures along the base circle.
machine to drill a hole 15 mm diameter in cast iron A. Diametral Pitch
workpiece at 450 rpm and 0.2 mm feed. The specific B. Circular Pitch
power is 0.03 kW and efficiency of motor is 80%. C. Normal Pitch
A. 0.6 kW D. Chordal pitch
B. 0.9 kW Ans. C
C. 0.7 kW
D. 0.4 kW Which of the following is the best method used for
Ans. A increasing a spring’s fatigue life?
A. Sprickling
A double square thread screw is used to raise a load B. Shot peening
of 20,000 lb at a velocity of 3 fpm. Outside C. Stress relieving
diameter of thread and pitch are 2 7/8 in. and 1 in. D. Shot relieving
respectively. Collar friction coefficient is 0.12, Ans. B
thread friction coefficient is 0.10. Mean diameter
of collar 5 in. Determine the power required to What is the term applied to parallel forces equal in
drive the screw. magnitude but opposite direction?
A. 3.45 hp A. Concurrent forces
B. 4.29 hp B. Non-concurrent forces
C. 4.65 hp C. Couple
D. 5.02 hp D. Equillibrant
Ans. B Ans. C
Two 2 ¾ in sellers standard square thread screws are It is one of the rigid members / bodies joined
used to raise and lower a hydraulic gate weighing 60 together to form a kinematic chain.
tons. A 570 rpm electric motor operates the screws. A. Coplanar
The coefficients of collar and thread friction are B. Link
0.03 and 0.14 respectively. The mean diameter of the C. Frame
collar 4in. if the gate rises at the rate of 2fpm, D. Machine
determine the size of the motor required to lift the Ans. B
gate if the mechanical efficiency is 85% for the
speed reducing equipment. The kinematics chain in which one link is considered
A. 20 hp fixed for the purpose of analysis but motion is
B. 30 hp possible in other links.
C. 34 hp A. Belting
D. 24 hp B. Mechanism
Ans. C C. Frame
D. Sprocket Chain
A crate weighing 4,000 lb is moving at a speed of Ans. C
4ft/s. It is brought to rest by two compression
spring in stopping the crate, the springs are to be What describes very rough grinding, such as that
compressed 8 in. If the spring index is 6 and the performed in foundries to remove gates, fins and
allowable stress is 52,000 psi, determine the risers from castings?
maximum load on each springs. A. Snagging
A. 1491 lbs B. Honing
B. 2037 lbs C. Lapping
C. 1675 lbs D. Snugging
D. 2453 lbs Ans. A
Ans. A
Two spur wheels in gear transmit a power 6.7 kW. The
What describes very rough grinding such as that driver has 40 teeth of 12 mm pitch and runs at 7
performed in foundries to remove gates, fins and rev/s,find the force on the teeth.
risers from castings? a. 2.0 kN
A. Snagging b. 1.0 kN
B. Honing c. 3.0 kN
C. Lapping d. 4.0 kN
D. Snugging
Ans. A Ans. A
Which of the following is a single measure that

combines the external dynamic load of an application
with a gear drive’s reliability and operating life?
28
TIGERS
NAULIT NA
ITO!!!
PRACTICE!
29
An ammonia compressor is driven by a 20kW motor. The
compressor and the motor RPM are 380 and 1750,
respectively. The small sheave has a pitch diameter A flywheel has a mean diameter of 4 ft and is
of 152.4 mm. If the bolt to be used is standard C- required to handle 2200 ft-lb of kinetic energy. The
120 (L=122.9in.). Determine the center distance flywheel has a width of 8in. Normal operating speed
between sheaves is 300 rpm and the coefficient of fluctuation is to
709 be 0.05. Find the weight of the rim assuming that
A. 865 mm the arms and hub are equivalent is 10% of the
B. 806 mm specific weight.
C. 686 mm E. 412 lb
Ans. C F. 334 lb
G. 452.4 lb
A safety valve spring having 9 and ½ coils has the H. 533 lb
ends squared and ground. The outside diameter of the Ans. B
coil is 115 mm and the wire is 13 mm. It has a free
length of 203 mm. Determine the length of the wire Find the rim thickness for a cast iron flywheel with
to which this spring must be initially compressed to a width of 200 mm, a mean diameter of 1.2 in a
hold a boiler pressure of 1.38 MPa on the seat of 32 normal operating speed of 300 rpm, a coefficient
mm diameter. Modulus of rigidity is taken as fluctuation of 0.05 and which is capable of hanging
G=80GN/m². 3000 N-m of kinetic energy. Assume that the hub and
E. 172 arms represent 10% of the rim weight and the
F. 179 specific weight of cast iron is 7200 kg/m³
G. 192 E. 25.28 mm
H. 158 F. 28.82 mm
Ans. A G. 28.25 mm
H. 25.25 mm
A single threaded trapezoidal metric thread has a Ans. C
pitch of 4 mm, and a mean diameter of 18 mm. It is
used as a translation screw in conjunction with a A cast iron flywheel is rotated at a speed of 1200
collar having an outside diameter of 37 mm and an rpm and having a mean rim radius of 1 foot. If the
inside diameter of 27 mm. Find the required torque weight of the rim is 30 lbs. What is the centrifugal
in N-m to raise a load of 400 kg if the coefficient force? Use factor C=41.
of friction is 0.3 for both thread and collar. E. 14,800 lbs
E. 34.6 N-m F. 70,000 lbs
F. 32.6 N-m G. 14 800 lbs
G. 39.1 N-m H. 14,700 lbs
H. 38.5 N-m Ans. D
Ans. B The maximum-strain theory which apples only in
elastic range of stresses are also known as _______
Determine the diameter of the stud bolt that are
required to fasten down the cylinder head of a 203 E. Hooke’s Law
mm x 304 mm gas engine. There are ten bolts on the F. Saint Venant’s Theory
block. The explosion pressure is 31 kg/sq.cm and G. Stress-strain Theory
studs are made of ordinary bolts material SAE 1020. H. Cataligno’s Theory
How deep should the bolt be drilled? Ans. B
E. 38.1 mm
F. 40.2 mm It refers to the collision of two or more masses
G. 37.3 mm with initial velocities.
H. 35.5 mm E. Shock
Ans. A F. Impact
G. Creep
A single square thread power screw is to raise a H. Load
load of 70 kN. The screw has a major diameter of 36 Ans. B
mm and a pitch of 6 mm. The coefficient of thread
friction and collar friction are 0.13 and 0.10 A term used to describe sudden applied force or
respectively. If the collar mean diameter is 90 mm disturbance.
and the screw turns at 60rpm, find the combined E. Shock
efficiency of screw and collar. F. Impact
E. 13.438% G. Creep
F. 15.530% H. Load
G. 14.526% Ans. A
H. 12.526%
Ans. D A cone-disk spring is also known as _____
E. Believille Spring
Find the horsepower required to drive a power screw F. Heavy duty spring
lifting a load of 4000 lbs. A 2 and ½ inches double G. Helical spring
square thread with two threads/in is to be used. The H. Conical spring
friction radius of the collar is 2 inches and the Ans. A
coefficients of friction are 0.1 for the threads and
0.15 for the collar. The velocity of the nut is 10 What is the other term used for die casting?
ft/min. E. Thermosetting
E. 5.382 HP F. Shell-molding
F. 4.395 HP G. Metal-mold casting
G. 3.683 HP H. Tangential casting
H. 6.472 HP Ans. C
Ans. B
30
What load P which causea total deformation of 0.036
inch of a steel rack which has a cross-section area
of 4 sq. inches and a length of 5 ft.
E. 55,000 lb
It is a cold-working process in which metal is F. 72,000 lb
gathered or upset. G. 60,000 lb
E. Heading H. 50,000 lb
F. Cold rolling Ans. B
G. Spinning A lubrication where lubricant is introduced between
H. Stamping surfaces which are in rolling contact such as roller
Ans. A gears or rolling bearings?
E. Hydrostatic lubrication
Which of the following is the high-leaded brass used F. Hydrodynamic lubrication
for instrument, lock and watch parts? G. Elastohydrodynamic lubrication
E. Red brass H. Solid-film lubrication
F. Commercial brass Ans. C
G. Yellow brass
H. Engraver’s brass What lubrication is usually used when bearings are
Ans. D operating at extreme temperatures?
E. Hydrodynamic lubrication
The rapid cooling of steel to a temperature between F. Solid-film lubrication
400 to 800 deg F in enough time, then austenite is G. Hydrostatic lubrication
transformed into a materials called. H. Liquid-film lubrication
E. Bainite Ans. B
F. Lignite
G. Quinite Which of the following is not a form of bearing
H. Ferrite lubrication?
Ans. A E. Liquid-film lubrication
F. Hydrodynamic lubrication
A centrifugal pump is directly couple to a motor. G. Hydrostatic lubrication
The pump rating is 3,600 liters per minute against a H. Solid-film lubrication
total head of 8 meters of water. Pump efficiency is Ans. A
65% at shaft speed of 550 rpm. Calculate the
torsional stress induced on the 40 mm diameter motor In ASTM standard, what is the instrument used in
shaft. determining viscosity?
E. 11,193.45 kPa E. Dynamic viscometer
F. 12,420.72 kPa F. Saybolt universal furol
G. 10,010.85 kPa G. Hagen-Poinsulle viscometer
H. 13,113.83 kPa H. Saybolt universe viscometer
Ans. C Ans. D
A 80 mm solid shaft is to be replaced with a hallow In what country that the present theory of
shaft of equal torsional strength. Find percentage hydrodynamic lubrication originates from?
of weight saved, if the outside of the hallow shaft E. China
is 100 mm. F. Germany
E. 56.53% G. US
F. 67.31% H. England
G. 48.49% Ans. D
H. 52.90%
Ans. D In viscosity chart, Raimond-Boyd analysis assumed
that the viscosity of the lubricant is _________
A solid transmission shaft is 4.0 inches in E. Constant
diameter. It is desired to replace it with a hallow F. Increasing
shaft of the same material and same torsional G. Decreasing
strength but its weight should only be half as much H. Vanishing
as the solid shaft. Find the outside diameter of the Ans. A
hallow shaft in millimeters.
E. 107.315 mm What do you call the phenomenon occurring when two
F. 112.231 mm touching surfaces have a high contact pressure and
G. 122.940 mm when these surfaces have minute relative motion?
H. 131.204 mm E. Prestressing
Ans. C F. Friction
G. Fretting
A railroad track is laid at a temperature of 10 H. Carving
degree F with gaps of 0.01 feet between the ends of Ans. C
the rails. The rails are 33 feet long. If they are
prevented from buckling, what stress will result What type of bolt threaded on both ends and can be
from a temperature of 110 degree F? Coefficient of used where a through bolt impossible?
linear expansion = 6.5x10 per degree F. E. Coupling
E. 10,000 psi F. Stud bolt
F. 8,530 psi G. Carriage bolt
G. 9,450 psi H. Machine bolt
H. 10409 psi Ans. B
Ans. D
31
What type of bolt distinguished by a short potion of What is the recommended initial tension of the belt?
the shank underneath the head being square or finned E. 75 lb/in of width
or ribbed? F. 71 lb/in of width
E. Coupling G. 73 lb/in of width
F. Stud bolt H. 80 lb/in of width
G. Carriage bolt Ans. A
H. Machine bolt
Ans. C What factor of safety is needed for a 2 in. diameter
shaft with an ultimate strength of 50,000 psi to
transmit 40,000 in-lb torque.
E. 2.25
F. 1.95
What is the term applied to the reciprocal of the G. 2.14
velocity ratio? H. 2.62
E. Train value Ans. D
F. Modular value A round steel shaft transmits 373 watts at 1800 rpm.
G. Ratio factor The torsional deflection is not to exceed 1 deg in a
H. None of these length equal to 20 diameters. Find the shaft
Ans. A diameter.
E. 6.53 mm
For very slender column, what type of formula that F. 8.72 mm
is best applied? G. 12.84 mm
E. Column formula H. 18.16 mm
F. Moment formulas Ans. A
G. Slenderness formulas
H. Euler formula A steel shaft operates at 186 rad/s and must handle
Ans. A 2 kW of power. The shearing stress is not to exceed
40 MN/m². Calculate the minimum shaft diameter based
Which of the following is the type of failure due to on pure torsion.
unstability? E. 9 mm
E. Buckling F. 11 mm
F. Stability G. 13 mm
G. Slenderness formulas H. 15 mm
H. Euler formula Ans. B
Ans. A
A 100 mm diameter solid shaft is to be replaced with
What type of spring made in the form of dished a hollow shaft equally strong (torsion) and made of
washer? the same material. The outside diameter of the
E. Air spring hollow shaft is to 27 mm. What should be the inside
F. Volute spring diameter? The allowable shearing stress is 41.4 MPa?
G. Believille spring E. 107.42 mm
H. Motor spring F. 105.82 mm
Ans. C G. 291.53 mm
H. 109.60 mmw
What is the minimum number of teeth on a smaller Ans. A
sprocket for high speed?
E. 12 If the weight of 6” diameter by 48” long SAE 1030
F. 21 shafting is 174.5 kg then what will be the weight of
G. 24 chromium SAE 51416 of same size?
H. 14 E. 305.79 lbs
Ans. B F. 426.70 lbs
G. 347.96 lbs
Which of the following is the minimum number of H. 465.89 lbs
teeth on a smaller sprocket for moderate speed? Ans. C
E. 15
F. 12 A 50 inches diameter diamond saw blade is mounted on
G. 21 a pulley driven steel shaft, required a blade
H. 17 peripheral linear speed of 150 ft/sec. Motor drive
Ans. D is 125 hp at 1,200 rpm, with 6 inches diameter
pulley. Determine the shaft rpm to attain blade
What is the minimum number of teeth on a smaller peripheral speed required.
sprocket for low speed? E. 716.2 rpm
E. 11 F. 635.3 rpm
F. 17 G. 539.10 rpm
G. 21 H. 687.55 rpm
H. 12 Ans. D
Ans. 12
A steel shaft transmits 40 hp at 1400 rpm.
Two shaft at right angles to each other may be Considering allowable shearing stress based on pure
connected by what arrangement? torsion to be 5000 psi, find the torsional
E. Half turn deflection of the shaft in degrees per foot.
F. ¾ turn E. 0.392 degrees/foot
G. Quarter turn F. 0.246 degrees/foot
H. One turn G. 0.541 degrees/foot
Ans. C H. 0.435 degree/foot
Ans. B
32
Determine the speed reduction of travel of the
The process by which high pressure is applied to a vehicle in km/hr.
heated metal billet or blank which causes it to flow a. 10.74
through restricted orifice. b. 11.69
E. Extrusion c. 12.58
F. Intrusion d. 13.80
G. Forging Ans: A
H. Hot rolling
Ans. A An engine of a motor vehicle with a wheel diameter
of 712 mm develops 50 kW at 2,000 rpm. the combined
A tolerance where the size of a part is permitted to efficiency of the differential and transmission is
be either larger or smaller than the given 75% with an overall speed reduction of 25 is to 1.
dimension. determine the speed reduction of travel of the
E. Bilateral vehicle in km/hr.
F. Unilateral a. 10.74
G. Lateral b. 11.69
H. None of these c. 12.58
Ans. A d. 13.80
In a pressure vessel, the ratio of minimum strength Ans. A
of joint to the strength of solid joint is known as
E. Efficiency
F. Performance factor An engine of a motor vehicle with a wheel diameter
G. Joint efficiency of 712 mm develops 50 kW at 2,000 rpm combined
H. Relative strength efficiency of the differential and transmission is
Ans. D 75% with an over-all speed reduction to. 1 determine
he torque to be delivered by the clutch N-m.
When tested in compression, ductile material usually a. 239 N-m
exhibit________ characteristics up to the yield b. 359 N-m
strength as they do when tested in tension. c. 432 N-m
a. the same d. 471 N-m
b. less than Ans: A
c. more than
d. approximately the same The large diamter and face of the disk of a multiple
ans. D disk clutch are 255 mm and 25 mm respectively the
helical compression spring used to engage the clutch
In pure torsion, the maximum stress is at the center has 9 and 1/2 effective coils of 10 mm steel wire.
of the the outer coil diameter is 80 mm. the free length of
a. peripheral sides the spring is 185 mm. when in place with clutch
b. long sides engaged, its length is 130 mm. Assuming that there
c. medium sides is 10 pairs of friction surface in contact, that the
d. short sides motor runs at 1200 rpm, f=0.15, determine axial
ans: B force available for the clutch.
a. 1,688 N
The ability of a material to absorb energy within is b. 2,493 N
proportional limit is known as c. 1,542 N
a. resilience d. 2,783 N
b. endurance Ans: A
c. toughness
d. spring action A flange bolt coupling consist of eight steel 20 mm
ans: A diameter steel bolts spaced evenly around a bolt
circle 300 mm in diamter. if the coupling is
A method whereby a gear is run with another gear subjected to a torque of 15.1 KN-m, determine the
that has abrasive surface material. maximum shearing stress in the bolts?
a. hobbing a. 40450 kPa
b. honing b. 63320 kpa
c. lapping c. 40054 kpa
d. milling d. 31298 kpa
ans. C Ans: C
A multiple disc clutch of 10 steel disc and 9 bronze a flange coupling is to be designed, using 25 mm
disc. the effective outside and inside diameter are diameter bolts at a distance of 152 mm from the
20.32 cm and 15.24 cm, respectively if the axial center of the shaft. allowable shearing stress on
force of 450 Newton is applied and the shaft turns the bolt is 103 Mpa. if the shaft is to transmit
at 1200 rpm, find the horsepower capacity, assume a 5,600 hp at a speed of 1200 rpm, how many bolts are
coefficient of friction of 0.27. needed in the connection?
a. 39.566 hp a. 2
b. 40.482 hp b. 3
c. 37.456 hp c. 4
d. 35. 659 hp d. 5
Ans: A Ans: D
An engine of a motor vehicle with a wheel diameter A 4 inches diameter shaft is driven at 3600 rpm by a
of 712 mm develops 50 kW at 2,000 rpm. the combined 400 Hp motor. The shaft drives a 48 inches diameter
efficiency of the differential and tranmission is chain sprocket having an output efficiency of 85%.
75% with an overall speed reduction of 25 is to 1. The output force of the driving sprocket and the
output of the driven sprocket are:
33
E. 200 lb and 250 hp
F. 261.6 lb and 300 hp Balancing o grinding wheel is done to
G. 291.66 lb and 340 hp E. Make the outside diameter concentric with
H. None of the above the bore
Ans. C F. Make the sides of wheel parallel
G. Equalize the weight in every portion of the
A certain farm equipment which requires 2200 Newton wheel
mater torque at 500 RPM has a diesel engine to H. None of the above
operates at 1500 RPM as its prime mover. A No. 60 Ans. C
roller chain with a total length of 60 pitches and a
small sprocket with 23 teeth are to be used with an A grinding wheel is marked as 51A 46L 5V 23, out of
operating temperature to remain constant at 45 these 5 means
degree C. Determine the no. of teeth of the larger E. Kind of abrasive
sprocket. F. Structure
E. 70 G. Kind of bond
F. 69 H. Grain size
G. 68 Ans. B
H. 69
Ans. D It is also known as diamond pyramid hardness test,
uses a pyramid shaped diamond indenter and a load
A sleeve bearing has an outside diameter of 1.5 in that ranges from 1 kg to 120 kg.
and a length of 2 in, the wall thickness is 3/16 in. E. Vickers test
The bearing is subjected to a radial load of 450 lb. F. Mohs hardness
Find the bearing pressure. G. Knoop test
E. 100 psi H. Brinell test
F. 150 psi Ans. A
G. 200 psi
H. 250 psi The maximum moment induced in a simply supported
Ans. C beam of 20 foot span, by a 2,000 pound load at
midspan is
Find the torsional deflection, in degrees of a solid E. 125,000 ft-lbs
steel shaft 110 mm OD 1.4 m long subjected to 3.1 x F. 15,000 ft-lbs
10 N-mm. The torsinal modulus of elasticity is G. 30,000 ft-lbs
80,000 N/mm-mm H. 10,000 ft-lbs
E. 0.22 Ans. D
F. 0.195
G. 0.28 A 10" diameter pulley is belt driven with a net
H. 0.24 torque of 250 ft-lbs. The ratio of tensions in the
Ans. A tight to stack sides of the belt is 4 to 1. What is
the maximum tension in the belt?
A cut gear transmits 25 Hp at a pitch line velocity E. 250 lbs.
of 6000 ft/min. If the service is intermittent the F. 800 lbs.
dynamic load is: G. 83 lbs.
E. 244 H. 500 lbs.
F. 264 Ans. B
G. 274
H. 284 Compute how many 3/8 inch diameter set screws
Ans. C required to transmit 3 Hp at a shaft speed of 1000
rpm. The shaft diameter is 1 inch
An internal gearing requires an idler gear if the E. 1 ½
driving gear of 6 inches in diameter and the center F. 2
distance of the idler to the driver is 20 inches. G. 3
What is the inside diameter of the driven gear? H. 1
E. 62 Ans. B
F. 70
G. 74 A drop hammer of 1 ton dead weight capacity is
H. 81 propelled downward by a 12 inch diameter cylinder.
Ans. C At 100 psi air pressure what is the impact velocity
if the stroke is 28 inches?
In a standard bevel gear, the pinion rotates at 150 E. 47.4 ft/sec
rpm, its number of teeth is 14 while the gear has 42 F. 31.6 ft/sec
teeth, what is the pitch angle of the pinion? G. 15.8 ft/sec
E. 18.4 degrees H. 63.2 ft/sec
F. 20 degrees Ans. B
G. 14.5 degrees
H. 20.5 degrees A link has a load factor of 0.8 the surface factor
Ans. A. 0.8, the surface factor is 0.92 and the endurance
strength is 28000 psi. Compute the alternating
In damped free vibration, when the system returns to stress of the link if it is subjected to a reversing
its static position with the …… equilibrium, the load. Assume a factor of safety of 3.
system is said to be E. 8150
E. Underdamped F. 10920
F. Overdamped G. 9,333
G. Resonant H. 7260
H. Critically damped Ans. C
Ans. D
34
Determine the average time to cut by automatic oxy- Multiple collars are provided on a flat collar pivot
acetylene (machine) crosswise a 4ft x 8ft x 4in bearing to
thick steel plate. E. Increase frictional resistance
E. 6.85 min. F. To establish self-sustaining bearing
F. 318 sec condition
G. 10 min G. Distribute the frictional load due to
H. 360 sec limiting friction
Ans. D H. Distribute the axial load due to limiting
bearing pressure on a collar
A 16 mm plate is lapped over and secured by fillet Ans. D
weld on the inside and outside to form a penstock
1.5 meter in diameter. Determine the safe internal In gramophones for adjusting the speed of the tum-
pressure, assuming an allowable stress of 140 MPa on table, the following type of governor is commonly
the plate and an allowable shear stress of 90 MPa on used
the throat side of the 14 mm fillet weld. E. Hartung governor
E. 2.376 MPa F. Inertia governor
F. 3.590 MPa G. Pickering governor
G. 2.843 MPa H. Wilson hartnell
H. 1.695 Mpa Ans. C
Ans. A
Shearing the sheet into two or more pieces
Which of the following dynamometer is widely used E. Parting
for absorption of wide range of powers at wide range F. Perforating
of speeds? G. Lancing
E. Hydraulic H. Notching
F. Belt transmission Ans. A
G. Rope brake
H. Electric generator The mechanism used to enlarge or reduce moments for
Ans. A reproducing drawings to different scales is called
Which of the following dynamometer is used for power
measurement when the speed is high and the viscous
force is small?
E. Tesla fluid friction dynamometer E. Clinograph
F. Froude water vortex dynamometer F. Trisquare
G. Rope brake dynamometer G. Graphometer
H. Amsler dynamometer H. Bantograph
Ans. A Ans. D
In case of spur gears the flank of the tooth is Which of the following is a higher pair?
E. The part of the tooth surface lying below E. Thomson an indicator mechanism
the pitch surface’ F. Double Mc Innes Indicator mechanism
F. The curve forming face and flank G. Hart’s straight line mechanism
G. The width of the gear tooth measures axially H. Tooth gearing mechanism
along the pitch surface Ans. D
H. The surface of the top of the tooth
Ans. A A process of indenting but not breaking through the
surface of a workpiece with a punch in order to
The cam angle is produce a cavity of an impression
E. The angle of rotation of the cam for a E. Heading
definite displacement of the follower F. Cogging
F. Angle subtended by live portion of cam at G. Barreling
the cam center’ H. Piercing
G. The angle subtended at the cam center by the Ans. D
portion of cam during which the follower
moves A turbine developing 15,000 Hp turns the shaft at
H. The angle subtended by the cam at the cam 300 rpm. The propeller attached to this shaft
center when the follower dwells. develops a thrust of 150,000 lb. A hollow steel
Ans. A shaft having an outside diameter of 14 in. is to be
used. Determine the inside diameter of the shaft if
For a kinematic chain to be considered as mechanism the maximum shearing stressed based on the torsion
E. None of the links should be fixed alone is not to exceed 7500 psi. What is the
F. One link should be fixed percentage savings in weight.
G. Two links should be fixed
H. There is no such criterion Ans. %W saving = 37.3%
Ans. B
A short compression member with Do= 2Di is to
Slip in belt drive is support a dead load of 25 tons. The material is to
E. Loss of power be 4130. A short compression member with Do= 2Di is
F. Difference between the angular velocities of to support a dead load of 25 tons. The material is
two pulleys to be 4130 steel, WQT 1100⁰F. Calculate the outside
G. Difference between the velocities of two and inside diameters on the basis of yield strength
pulleys of 114 ksi and factor of safety of 2.
H. Difference between the linear speed of the
rim of pulley and the belt on it. Ans. Do=1.22 in. and Di=0.61 in.
Ans. D
35
A 15/16-in wide key has a depth of 5/8 in. It is 12 E. 0.6 kW
inches long and is to be used on a 200 hp, 1160 rpm, F. 0.9 kW
squirrel-cage induction motor. The shaft diameter is G. 0.7 kW
3 7/8 inches. The maximum running torque is 200% of H. 0.4 kW
the full-load torque. Determine the maximum Ans. A
compressive stress of the key
E. 779 psi A double square thread screw is used to raise a load
F. 997 psi of 20,000 lb at a velocity of 3 fpm. Outside
G. 197 psi diameter of thread and pitch are 2 7/8 in. and 1 in.
H. 279 psi respectively. Collar friction coefficient is 0.12,
Ans. B thread friction coefficient is 0.10. Mean diameter
of collar 5 in. Determine the power required to
A storage tank for air, 36 inche in diameter, is to drive the screw.
withstand an internal pressure of 200 psi with a E. 3.45 hp
design factor of 4 based on Su. The steel has the F. 4.29 hp
strength equivalent to C1020 annealed and the welded G. 4.65 hp
joints should have a relative strength (efficiency) H. 5.02 hp
of 90%. If Su for annealed C1020 steel is 57 ksi. Ans. B
Compute the longitudinal stress.
E. 128,000 psi Two 2 ¾ in sellers standard square thread screws are
F. 821,000 psi used to raise and lower a hydraulic gate weighing 60
G. 800,000 psi tons. A 570 rpm electric motor operates the screws.
H. 12,800 psi The coefficients of collar and thread friction are
Ans. D 0.03 and 0.14 respectively. The mean diameter of the
collar 4in. if the gate rises at the rate of 2fpm,
The mass of a flywheel is 175 kg and its radius of determine the size of the motor required to lift the
gyration is 380 mm. Find the torque required to gate if the mechanical efficiency is 85% for the
attain a speed of 500 rpm from rest in 30 seconds. speed reducing equipment.
E. 40.46 N E. 20 hp
F. 44.12 N F. 30 hp
G. 35.66 N G. 34 hp
H. 38.48 N H. 24 hp
Ans. B Ans. C
A steel bar 24 in. in length is to withstand a

tensile impact load caused by a weight of 100 lb
having a velocity on impact of 140 fpm. Find the A crate weighing 4,000 lb is moving at a speed of
stress in the bar if the diameter is 1 ½ in and the 4ft/s. It is brought to rest by two compression
modulus of Elasticity (E) is 30x10 psi. spring in stopping the crate, the springs are to be
compressed 8 in. If the spring index is 6 and the
Ans. S=12,000 psi allowable stress is 52,000 psi, determine the
maximum load on each springs.
The cylinder head of a 10in x 18in. freon compressor E. 1491 lbs
is attached by 10 stud bolts made of SAE grade 5. F. 2037 lbs
The cylinder pressure is 300 psi. What is the G. 1675 lbs
approximate tightening torque should be used to H. 2453 lbs
induce a tightening stress (St) of 0.90 times the Ans. A
proof stress if the diameter of the bolt is 5/8 in
and coefficient of collar friction c = 0.2? What describes very rough grinding such as that
performed in foundries to remove gates, fins and
Ans. T = 2161 in-lb risers from castings?
E. Snagging
Calculate the power consumed during cutting of a low F. Honing
carbon steel bar 40 mm diameter if cutting force is G. Lapping
150 kg at 200 rpm. H. Snugging
E. 0.46 hp Ans. A
F. 0.66 hp
G. 0.75 hp Which of the following is a single measure that
H. 0.83 hp combines the external dynamic load of an application
Ans. D with a gear drive’s reliability and operating life?
E. Ratio factor
A broach is used to cut a key way 8mm wide, 5mmm F. Service factor
deep in a boss 64mm long. Determine the cutting G. Reliability factor
length of broach if the rise per tooth is 0.0875mm H. Life factor
and the number of finishing teeth is 13. Ans. C
E. 672 mm
F. 627 mm What is the term used to described the distance from
G. 762 mm a point on one gear to the corresponding point
H. 726 mm measures along the base circle.
Ans. C E. Diametral Pitch
F. Circular Pitch
Calculate the power of electric motor for a drilling G. Normal Pitch
machine to drill a hole 15 mm diameter in cast iron H. Chordal pitch
workpiece at 450 rpm and 0.2 mm feed. The specific Ans. C
power is 0.03 kW and efficiency of motor is 80%.
36
Which of the following is the best method used for 20. A leather belt 6 inches by ¼ in. thick
increasing a spring’s fatigue life? running at 4000 ft/min. connects 12 in and
E. Sprickling 60 in. in diameter pulleys. The angles of
F. Shot peening contact are 270 deg. And 240 deg for small
G. Stress relieving and large pulleys respectively. Coefficient
H. Shot relieving of friction on large pulley is 0.4 on small
Ans. B pulley 0.3. if the allowable tension is 100
lb per in. determine the maximum horsepower
What is the term applied to parallel forces equal in that can be transmitted without considering
magnitude but opposite direction? centrifugal force.
E. Concurrent forces e. 44 hp
F. Non-concurrent forces f. 55 hp
G. Couple g. 33 hp
H. Equillibrant h. 66 hp
Ans. C Ans: B
It is one of the rigid members / bodies joined 21. Determine the time required to turn a brass
together to form a kinematic chain. component 50 mm diameter and 100 mm long at
E. Coplanar a cutting speed of 36 m/min. the feed is 0.4
F. Link and only one cut is taken.
G. Frame e. 2.2 min
H. Machine f. 3.3 min
Ans. B g. 1.2 min
h. 4.4 min
The kinematics chain in which one link is considered Ans. C
fixed for the purpose of analysis but motion is
possible in other links. 22. A tool will cut for 4 hrs before it needs
E. Belting sharpening. Determine the time charged to
F. Mechanism one cycle if it takes 12 minutes to change
G. Frame the tool can be sharpened 10 times before it
H. Sprocket Chain is discarded.
Ans. C e. 62 m/min
What describes very rough grinding, such as that f. 82 m/min
performed in foundries to remove gates, fins and g. 72 m/min
risers from castings? h. 52 m/min
E. Snagging Ans. B
F. Honing
G. Lapping
H. Snugging
Ans. A
17. A carbide milling cutter 250 mm in diameter
is used to cut a block mild steel with a
plain cutter. The block is 500 mm long. If 23. Which of the following simple mechanical
the feed is 0.50 mm/rev and depth of cut is machine with the ability to increase an
1.2 mm, determine the time required to take applied force?
one cut. The over travel is 16 mm. the e. Hinges
cutting speed is 80 m/min. f. Lever
e. 8.45 min g. Roller
f. 7.45 min h. Spring
g. 9.45 min
h. 10.45 min Ans: B
Ans: D
24. Which of the following devices that is
18. The feed of an 8 tooth face mill cutter is mainly used to raise or lower an object?
0.325 mm per tooth at 200 rpm. The material e. Hoist
cut is 300 BHN steel. If the depth of cut is f. Lever
3 mm and width is 100 mm, calculate the g. Spring
power at the cutter. h. Roller
e. 10.24 hp Ans: A
f. 12.48 hp
g. 11.62 hp 25. What is term applied to the process of
h. 13.22 hp separating different sizes of the same
Ans: B material?
A. Screening
19. Determine the power required for milling a B. Separation
mild steel work piece with a cutter of 80 mm C. Sieving
diameter 9 teeth and rotating at 120 rpm. D. Screening
The work piece has a width of 60 mm. depth Ans:C
of cut is 4 mm and tooth load is 0.03 mm
e. 1.2 kW It is the process of separating a material
f. 2.3 kW into a variety of specifically sized groups.
g. 1.9 kW a. Centrifugal
h. 2.6 kW b. Fractioning
Ans: C c. Sieving
d. Screening
Ans: B
37
d. 1.86
It is process in which metal is dropped in Ans: D
dilute acid solutions to remove dirt,
grease, and oxides. 18. What pressure is required to punch a hole 3 in.
a. Pickling diameter through a ¼ in. steel plate?
b. Polishing a. 45 tons
c. Sheradizing b. 20 tons
D. Pakerizing c. 30 tons
Ans: A d. 40 tons
Ans: A
Which of the following mechanism is used to
change the direction of an applied tensile 19. A steel tie rod on bridge must be made to
force? withstand a pull of 6,000 lbs. find the diameter of
a. Gears the rod assuming a factor of safety of 5 and
b. Pulleys ultimate stress of 64,000 psi.
c. Flywheels a. 0.705 in
d. Ropes b. 0.891 in
Ans: B c. 0.809 in
d. 0.773 in
Ans: D
What is usually the lose factor for most wire
ropes and chains with 180 contact at low 20. An engine parts is being tested with a load of
speeds? 30,000 lb. the allowable tensile stress is 10,000
A. varies from 1.03 to 1.06 psi, modulus of elasticity of 40× 10 psi. If the
B. varies 1.07 to 1.10 original length of specimen is 42 inches with
C. varies from 1.20 to 1.50 elongation not exceeding 0.0015 inch, what diameter
D. varies from 1.60 to 1.80 of the specimen is required?
Ans: A a. 4.2 in
b. 3.0 in
Which of the following is the method to c. 2.5 in
determine the reactions on continuous beams? d. 5.17 in
a. two-moment equations Ans: D
b. Second moment equations
c. three-moment equations 21. A steel rod 75 inches long tested with a load of
d. third moment equations 3000 lb is suspended from the other end. If the rod
Ans: C stretches 0.025 inches, find the modulus of
elasticity of the steel.
a. 36× 10 psi
b. 11.5× 10 psi
c. 30× 10 psi
d. 27× 10 psi
Ans: A
A machine component of mass 0.77 kg moves

with simple harmonic motion in a straight 22. Considered is 20 deg C and a maximum temperature
line and completes 175 oscillations per of 30 deg C is designed for, and the modulus of
minute. Find the accelerating force when the elasticity of steel to be 207,000 Mpa, determine the
component is 50 mm from mid-travel. clearance between rails such that adjoining rail
a. 11.65 N will just touch at maximum design temperature.
b. 12.93 N a. 2.34
c. 10.44 N b. 2.32
d. 13.22 N c. 3.41
Ans: B d. 1.86
Ans: D
What load in Newton must be applied to a 25
mm round steel bar 3.0 m long to stretch the 23. What pressure is required to punch a hole 3 in.
bar 1.3 mm? diameter through a ¼ in. steel plate?
a. 42,056 a. 45 tons
b. 52,840 b. 20 tons
c. 55,016 c. 30 tons
d. 44,031 d. 40 tons
Ans: D Ans: A
24. In practice and theory as well, what is the

17. In the LRT II project steel railroad rails of 10 allowed permissible misalignment in cylindrical and
meters long are to be installed. If lowest tapered roller bearings?
temperature considered is 20 deg. C and a maximum a. 0.005 rad
temperature of 36 deg C is designed for, and the b. 0.006 rad
modulus of elasticity of steel to be 207,000 Mpa, c. 0.001 rad
determine the clearance between the clearance d. 0.003 rad
between rails such that adjoining rail will just Ans: C
touch at maximum design temperature.
a. 2.34
b. 3.32
c. 3.41
38
25. In practice and theory as well, the misalignment b. 21.7 mm
of spherical bearings should not exceed how many c. 25.8 mm
radians? d. 30.2 mm
a. 0.0087 rad Ans.A
b. 0.0065 rad
c. 0.0041 rad 33. A line shaft with a power of 150 KW at a speed
d. 0.0043 rad of 1200 rpm, had a rectangular key used in its
Ans: A pulley connection. Consider the shearing of stress
of the shaft to be 40 N/mm^2 and the key to be 200
26. What term is used to describe a maximum load N/mm^2, determine the shaft diameter.
that a bolt can withstand without acquiring a a.66.62 mm
permanent set? b.53.31 mm
a. Live load c.40.82mm
b. Dead load d.44.94 mm
c. Proof load Ans. B
d. Ultimate load
Ans: C 35. A cylinder having an internal diameter of 20 in
and an external diameter of 36 in is subjected to an
27. In bolts design, the quotient of the proof load internal pressure of 10,000 psi and an external
and the tensile-stress area is called pressure of 2,500 psi. Determine the hoop stress at
a. proof strength the inner surface of the cylinder.
b. yield strength a. 24, 705.16 psi
c. section modulus b. 19, 028.52 psi
d. modulus of resilience c. 13, 142.86 psi
Ans: A d. 11, 696.43 psi
Ans. D.
28. In bolts design, proof strength corresponds
approximately how many percent of the 0.2 percent 36. A thin walled cylindrical pressure vessel is
offset yield strength? subjected to internal pressure which varies from 750
a. 85% kPa to 3350 kPa continuously. The diameter of the
b. 95% shell is 150 cm. Find the required thickness of the
c. 90% cylinder based on yield point of 480 MPa net
d. 45% endurance limit of 205 MPa and a factor of safety of
Ans: C 2.5.
a. 21.2 mm
29. What type of brass that is usually used to form b. 22.21 mm
tubing or piping to carry hot water in such c. 23.83 mm
application of radiators or condenser? d. 20.72 mm
a. Red brass Ans. A
b. Commercial brass
c. Yellow brass 37. A compression ring is to be used at the junction
d. Cartridge brass of a conical head and shell. Determine the required
Ans: A area of the compression ring if the pressure is 50
psi and the stress is 13750 psi. Assume efficiency
of the joint is 80%.
a. 0.00715 d^2
b. 0.00482 d^2
c. 0.00712 d^2
d. 0.00682 d^2
Ans. A
30. It is in widespread use for the numbering system
for cast iron by ASTM (American Society for Testing
and Material), then this system is based on which of 38. A cylindrical vessel measuring (2ft x 5 ft)
the following? holds a gas at 3,000 psi. Using stainless OQT 12000,
a. Bearing Strength determine the thickness of the plate with a design
b. Compressive Strength factor of 1.4 yield. A assume efficiency of welded
c. Axial Strength joint as 85%.
d. Tensile Strength a. 0.549 in
Ans: D b. 0.455 in
c. 1.2 in
31. It casting, brass, bronze, steel, gray iron and d. 0.3 in
aluminum are most often used materials. What is the Ans. A
minimum wall thickness for of the aforementioned
materials used in casting? 39. Which of the following is considered to be the
a. 5mm lightest of all commercial metals and is used in
b. 10mm aircraft industry?
c. 7 mm a. titanium
d. 3 mm b. chromium
Ans: A c. magnesium
d. aluminum
32. A rectangular key was used in a pulley connected Ans. C
1200 rpm. If the shearing stress of the shaft and 40. Brass with 40% zinc are called ___
key are 30 N/mm^2. Respectively. What is the a. muntz metal
diameter of the shaft? b. bronze
a. 22.2 mm c. yellow brass
39
d. admiralty metal c. 347 kg
Ans. A d. 385 kg
41. How do you call a brass that contains 28% zinc, 48. A 48 in diameter spoked steel flywheel having a
1 % tin and very excellent corrosion resistance 12 in wide x 10 in deep rim rotates at 200 rpm. How
especially in saltwater. long a cut (in inches) can be stamped in one inch
a. muntz metal thick aluminum plate if ultimate shearing strength
b. bronze of the aluminum is 40,000 lb/in2. During stamping ,
c. yellow brass the force exerted by the stamp varies from a maximum
d. admiralty metal F lb at the point of contact to zero lb when the
stamp emerges from the metal. Neglect the weight of
42. A brass with 40% zinc or same composition as the flywheel weight of the flywheel and spokes and
muntz metal expect for the addition of 0.75% tin use 0.28 lb/in3 density for flywheel material.
that contributes to the corrosion resistance of this a. 43.2 in
material. b. 41.1 in
a. naval brass c. 44.5 in
b. bronze d. 35.9 in
c. cartridge brass Ans. B
d. admiralty metal
Ans. A 49. A shearing machine requires 150 kg m of energy
to shear a steel sheet, and has normal speed of 3.0
43. High pressure vessels and pipes carrying high rev/sec slowing down to 2.8 rev/sec during the
pressure fluids develop which of the following shearing process. The flywheel account for 15% of
stresses? its total weight, find the thickness of the rim in
a. tangential stress only cm.
b. radial stress only a. 0.00487 cm
c. bearing stress only b. 0.00432 cm
d. both radial and tangential stress c. 0.00363 cm
Ans. C d. 0.00482 cm
Ans. C
44. For the rotating elements like flywheels and
blowers, the analysis of stresses will be based 50. In a shearing machine the energy is 29,264 ft-
similar on which of the following theory? lb, the ultimate shearing stress of the steel plate
a. thin-walled cylinder is 40,000 psi, the plate thickness is 1 inch the
b. thick- walled cylinder length of the plate which can be sheared is:
c. radial ball bearing a. 7055 in
d. rotating shaft member b. 10.55 in
Ans. B c. 12.75 in
d. 17.56 in
45. For thin-walled pressure vessels, which of the
following statements is correct of the stresses? 51. What would be the weight of a flywheel in kg if
a. Radial stresses is quite small as compared with the weight of the rim is 3 times the sum of the
the tangential stress. weight of the hub and arms. Given the outside
b. Radial stresses is quite bigger as compared with diameter and inside diameter to be 24 in and 18 in
the tangential stress. respectively and the rim width is 4.5 in. (assume
c. Radial stresses is same as tangential stress. steel flywheel)
d. Only radial stress is present and no tangential a. 140.95 kg
stress. b. 160.95 kg
Ans. A c. 200.95 kg
d. 152.95 kg
Ans. D
52. A cast iron flywheel with a mean diameter of 36

inches changes speed from 300 rpm to 280 while it
46. How do you call the ratio of lateral strain to gives up 8000 ft-lb of energy. What is the
longitudinal strain? coefficient of fluctuation?
a. Poission’s ratio
b. Modulus of resilience a. 0.069
c. Modulus of rigidity b. 0.015
d. Offset ratio c. 0.082
Ans. A d. 0.020
Ans. A
47. A sheet metal working company purchase a
shearing machine from a surplus dealer without a 53. Which of the following processes usually used to
flywheel. It is calculated that the machine will use create a bar of material of a particular shape and
2380 Joules of energy to shear a 1.2 mm thick sheet dimensions?
metal. The flywheel to be used will have a mean a. extrusion
diameter of 91.44 cm with a width of 25.4 cm. The b. cold working
normal operating speed is 180 rpm and slows down to c. forging
160 rpm during the shearing process. Assuming that d. hot rolling
the arms and the hub will account for 12 % of the Ans. D
rim weight concentrated at the mean diameter and
that the material density is 0.26 lb/cu/ in, compute 54. The G10400 is a plain carbon steel with steel
for the weight of the flywheel. with a carbon content of which of the following?
a. 296 kg a. 0.37 to 0.44%
b. 306 kg b. 0.21 to 0.54%
40
c. 0.25 to 0.57% collar having an outside diameter of 37 mm and an
d. 0.34 to 0.54% inside diameter of 27 mm. Find the required torque
Ans. A in N-m to raise a load of 400 kg if the coefficient
of friction is 0.3 for both thread and collar.
55. The S30200 is usually called and 18-8 stainless I. 34.6 N-m
steel, which means 18% of what? J. 32.6 N-m
a. chromium K. 39.1 N-m
b. nickel L. 38.5 N-m
c. carbon Ans. B
d. manganese
Ans. A 63. Determine the diameter of the stud bolt that are
required to fasten down the cylinder head of a 203
56. Which of the following terms is used to descry mm x 304 mm gas engine. There are ten bolts on the
punch-pressed operations like forming, blanking block. The explosion pressure is 31 kg/sq.cm and
shallow drawing and coining? studs are made of ordinary bolts material SAE 1020.
a. stamping How deep should the bolt be drilled?
b. heading I. 38.1 mm
c. roll treading J. 40.2 mm
d. spinning K. 37.3 mm
Ans. A L. 35.5 mm
Ans. A
57. Which of the following processes produce a
refined grain structure and eventually increased 64. A single square thread power screw is to raise a
strength and ductility of the material? load of 70 kN. The screw has a major diameter of 36
a. Extrusion mm and a pitch of 6 mm. The coefficient of thread
b. Cold working friction and collar friction are 0.13 and 0.10
c. Forging respectively. If the collar mean diameter is 90 mm
d. Hot rolling and the screw turns at 60rpm, find the combined
Ans. C efficiency of screw and collar.
I. 13.438%
58. The S30200 is usually called and 18-8 stainless J. 15.530%
steel, which means 8% of what? K. 14.526%
a. Chromium L. 12.526%
b. Nickel Ans. D
c. Carbon
d. Manganese 65. Find the horsepower required to drive a power
Ans. B screw lifting a load of 4000 lbs. A 2 and ½ inches
double square thread with two threads/in is to be
59. It is a supersaturated solid solution of carbon used. The friction radius of the collar is 2 inches
in ferrite and it the hardest and strongest form of and the coefficients of friction are 0.1 for the
steel? threads and 0.15 for the collar. The velocity of the
a. Bainite nut is 10 ft/min.
b. Ferrite I. 5.382 HP
c. Martensite J. 4.395 HP
d. Lignite K. 3.683 HP
Ans. C L. 6.472 HP
Ans. B
60. An ammonia compressor is driven by a 20kW motor.
The compressor and the motor RPM are 380 and 1750, 66. A flywheel has a mean diameter of 4 ft and is
respectively. The small sheave has a pitch diameter required to handle 2200 ft-lb of kinetic energy. The
of 152.4 mm. If the bolt to be used is standard C- flywheel has a width of 8in. Normal operating speed
120 (L=122.9in.). Determine the center distance is 300 rpm and the coefficient of fluctuation is to
between sheaves be 0.05. Find the weight of the rim assuming that
D. 709 mm the arms and hub are equivalent is 10% of the
E. 865 mm specific weight.
F. 806 mm I. 412 lb
G. 686 mm J. 334 lb
Ans. C K. 452.4 lb
L. 533 lb
61. A safety valve spring having 9 and ½ coils has Ans. B
the ends squared and ground. The outside diameter of
the coil is 115 mm and the wire is 13 mm. It has a 67. Find the rim thickness for a cast iron flywheel
free length of 203 mm. Determine the length of the with a width of 200 mm, a mean diameter of 1.2 in a
wire to which this spring must be initially normal operating speed of 300 rpm, a coefficient
compressed to hold a boiler pressure of 1.38 MPa on fluctuation of 0.05 and which is capable of hanging
the seat of 32 mm diameter. Modulus of rigidity is 3000 N-m of kinetic energy. Assume that the hub and
taken as G=80GN/m². arms represent 10% of the rim weight and the
I. 172 specific weight of cast iron is 7200 kg/m³
J. 179 I. 25.28 mm
K. 192 J. 28.82 mm
L. 158 K. 28.25 mm
Ans. A L. 25.25 mm
Ans. C
62. A single threaded trapezoidal metric thread has
a pitch of 4 mm, and a mean diameter of 18 mm. It is 68. A cast iron flywheel is rotated at a speed of
used as a translation screw in conjunction with a 1200 rpm and having a mean rim radius of 1 foot. If
41
the weight of the rim is 30 lbs. What is the Calculate the torsional stress induced on the 40 mm
centrifugal force? Use factor C=41. diameter motor shaft.
I. 14,800 lbs I. 11,193.45 kPa
J. 70,000 lbs J. 12,420.72 kPa
K. 14 860 lbs K. 10,010.85 kPa
L. 14,760 lbs L. 13,113.83 kPa
Ans. D Ans. C
69. The maximum-strain theory which apples only in 78. A 80 mm solid shaft is to be replaced with a
elastic range of stresses are also known as _______ hallow shaft of equal torsional strength. Find
percentage of weight saved, if the outside of the
I. Hooke’s Law hallow shaft is 100 mm.
J. Saint Venant’s Theory I. 56.53%
K. Stress-strain Theory J. 67.31%
L. Cataligno’s Theory K. 48.49%
Ans. B L. 52.90%
Ans. D
70. It refers to the collision of two or more masses
with initial velocities. 79. A solid transmission shaft is 4.0 inches in
I. Shock diameter. It is desired to replace it with a hallow
J. Impact shaft of the same material and same torsional
K. Creep strength but its weight should only be half as much
L. Load as the solid shaft. Find the outside diameter of the
Ans. B hallow shaft in millimeters.
I. 107.315 mm
71. A term used to describe sudden applied force or J. 112.231 mm
disturbance. K. 122.940 mm
I. Shock L. 131.204 mm
J. Impact Ans. C
K. Creep
L. Load 80. A railroad track is laid at a temperature of 10
Ans. A degree F with gaps of 0.01 feet between the ends of
the rails. The rails are 33 feet long. If they are
72. A cone-disk spring is also known as _____ prevented from buckling, what stress will result
I. Believille Spring from a temperature of 110 degree F? Coefficient of
J. Heavy duty spring linear expansion = 6.5x10 per degree F.
K. Helical spring I. 10,000 psi
L. Conical spring J. 8,530 psi
Ans. A K. 9,450 psi
L. 10409 psi
73. What is the other term used for die casting? Ans. D
I. Thermosetting
J. Shell-molding 81. What load P which causea total deformation of
K. Metal-mold casting 0.036 inch of a steel rack which has a cross-section
L. Tangential casting area of 4 sq. inches and a length of 5 ft.
Ans. C I. 55,000 lb
J. 72,000 lb
74. It is a cold-working process in which metal is K. 60,000 lb
gathered or upset. L. 50,000 lb
I. Heading Ans. B
J. Cold rolling
K. Spinning 82. A lubrication where lubricant is introduced
L. Stamping between surfaces which are in rolling contact such
Ans. A as roller gears or rolling bearings?
I. Hydrostatic lubrication
75. Which of the following is the high-leaded brass J. Hydrodynamic lubrication
used for instrument, lock and watch parts? K. Elastohydrodynamic lubrication
I. Red brass L. Solid-film lubrication
J. Commercial brass Ans. C
K. Yellow brass
L. Engraver’s brass 83. What lubrication is usually used when bearings
Ans. D are operating at extreme temperatures?
76. The rapid cooling of steel to a temperature I. Hydrodynamic lubrication
between 400 to 800 deg F in enough time, then J. Solid-film lubrication
austenite is transformed into a materials called. K. Hydrostatic lubrication
I. Bainite L. Liquid-film lubrication
J. Lignite Ans. B
K. Quinite
L. Ferrite 84. Which of the following is not a form of bearing
Ans. A lubrication?
I. Liquid-film lubrication
77. A centrifugal pump is directly couple to a J. Hydrodynamic lubrication
motor. The pump rating is 3,600 liters per minute K. Hydrostatic lubrication
against a total head of 8 meters of water. Pump L. Solid-film lubrication
efficiency is 65% at shaft speed of 550 rpm. Ans. A
42
85. In ASTM standard, what is the instrument used in 94. What type of spring made in the form of dished
determining viscosity? washer?
I. Dynamic viscometer I. Air spring
J. Saybolt universal furol J. Volute spring
K. Hagen-Poinsulle viscometer K. Believille spring
L. Saybolt universe viscometer L. Motor spring
Ans. D Ans. C
86. In what country that the present theory of What is the minimum number of teeth on a smaller
hydrodynamic lubrication originates from? sprocket for high speed?
I. China I. 12
J. Germany J. 21
K. US K. 24
L. England L. 14
Ans. D Ans. B
87. In viscosity chart, Raimond-Boyd analysis Which of the following is the minimum number of
assumed that the viscosity of the lubricant is teeth on a smaller sprocket for moderate speed?
_________ I. 15
I. Constant J. 12
J. Increasing K. 21
K. Decreasing L. 17
L. Vanishing Ans. D
Ans. A
What is the minimum number of teeth on a smaller
88. What do you call the phenomenon occurring when sprocket for low speed?
two touching surfaces have a high contact pressure I. 11
and when these surfaces have minute relative motion? J. 17
I. Prestressing K. 21
J. Friction L. 12
K. Fretting Ans. 12
L. Carving
Ans. C Two shaft at right angles to each other may be
connected by what arrangement?
89. What type of bolt threaded on both ends and can I. Half turn
be used where a through bolt impossible? J. ¾ turn
I. Coupling K. Quarter turn
J. Stud bolt L. One turn
K. Carriage bolt Ans. C
L. Machine bolt
Ans. B What is the recommended initial tension of the belt?
I. 75 lb/in of width
90. What type of bolt distinguished by a short J. 71 lb/in of width
potion of the shank underneath the head being square K. 73 lb/in of width
or finned or ribbed? L. 80 lb/in of width
I. Coupling Ans. A
J. Stud bolt
K. Carriage bolt What factor of safety is needed for a 2 in. diameter
L. Machine bolt shaft with an ultimate strength of 50,000 psi to
Ans. C transmit 40,000 in-lb torque.
I. 2.25
91. What is the term applied to the reciprocal of J. 1.95
the velocity ratio? K. 2.14
I. Train value L. 2.62
J. Modular value Ans. D
K. Ratio factor
L. None of these A round steel shaft transmits 373 watts at 1800 rpm.
Ans. A The torsional deflection is not to exceed 1 deg in a
length equal to 20 diameters. Find the shaft
92. For very slender column, what type of formula diameter.
that is best applied? I. 6.53 mm
I. Column formula J. 8.72 mm
J. Moment formulas K. 12.84 mm
K. Slenderness formulas L. 18.16 mm
L. Euler formula Ans. A
Ans. A
A steel shaft operates at 186 rad/s and must handle
2 kW of power. The shearing stress is not to exceed
93. Which of the following is the type of failure 40 MN/m². Calculate the minimum shaft diameter based
due to unstability? on pure torsion.
I. Buckling
J. Stability I. 9 mm
K. Slenderness formulas J. 11 mm
L. Euler formula K. 13 mm
Ans. A L. 15 mm
Ans. B
43
b. less than
A 100 mm diameter solid shaft is to be replaced with c. more than
a hollow shaft equally strong (torsion) and made of d. approximately the same
the same material. The outside diameter of the ans. D
hollow shaft is to 27 mm. What should be the inside
diameter? The allowable shearing stress is 41.4 MPa? In pure torsion, the maximum stress is at the center
I. 107.42 mm of the
J. 105.82 mm a. peripheral sides
K. 291.53 mm b. long sides
L. 109.60 mmw c. medium sides
Ans. A d. short sides
ans: B
If the weight of 6” diameter by 48” long SAE 1030
shafting is 174.5 kg then what will be the weight of The ability of a material to absorb energy within is
chromium SAE 51416 of same size? proportional limit is known as
I. 305.79 lbs a. resilience
J. 426.70 lbs b. endurance
K. 347.96 lbs c. toughness
L. 465.89 lbs d. spring action
Ans. C ans: A
A 50 inches diameter diamond saw blade is mounted on A method whereby a gear is run with another gear
a pulley driven steel shaft, required a blade that has abrasive surface material.
peripheral linear speed of 150 ft/sec. Motor drive a. hobbing
is 125 hp at 1,200 rpm, with 6 inches diameter b. honing
pulley. Determine the shaft rpm to attain blade c. lapping
peripheral speed required. d. milling
I. 716.2 rpm ans. C
J. 635.3 rpm
K. 539.10 rpm A multiple disc clutch of 10 steel disc and 9 bronze
L. 687.55 rpm disc. the effective outside and inside diameter are
Ans. D 20.32 cm and 15.24 cm, respectively if the axial
force of 450 Newton is applied and the shaft turns
A steel shaft transmits 40 hp at 1400 rpm. at 1200 rpm, find the horsepower capacity, assume a
Considering allowable shearing stress based on pure coefficient of friction of 0.27.
torsion to be 5000 psi, find the torsional a. 39.566 hp
deflection of the shaft in degrees per foot. b. 40.482 hp
I. 0.392 degrees/foot c. 37.456 hp
J. 0.246 degrees/foot d. 35. 659 hp
K. 0.541 degrees/foot Ans: A
L. 0.435 degree/foot
Ans. B An engine of a motor vehicle with a wheel diameter
The process by which high pressure is applied to a efficiency of the differential and tranmission is
heated metal billet or blank which causes it to flow 75% with an overall speed reduction of 25 is to 1.
through restricted orifice. Determine the speed reduction of travel of the
I. Extrusion vehicle in km/hr.
J. Intrusion a. 10.74
K. Forging b. 11.69
L. Hot rolling c. 12.58
Ans. A d. 13.80
Ans: A
A tolerance where the size of a part is permitted to
be either larger or smaller than the given An engine of a motor vehicle with a wheel diameter
dimension. of 712 mm develops 50 kW at 2,000 rpm. the combined
I. Bilateral efficiency of the differential and transmission is
J. Unilateral 75% with an overall speed reduction of 25 is to 1.
K. Lateral determine the speed reduction of travel of the
L. None of these vehicle in km/hr.
Ans. A a. 10.74
b. 11.69
In a pressure vessel, the ratio of minimum strength c. 12.58
of joint to the strength of solid joint is known as d. 13.80
I. Efficiency Ans. A
J. Performance factor
K. Joint efficiency An engine of a motor vehicle with a wheel diameter
L. Relative strength of 712 mm develops 50 kW at 2,000 rpm combined
Ans. D efficiency of the differential and transmission is
75% with an over-all speed reduction to. 1 determine
he torque to be delivered by the clutch N-m.
a. 239 N-m
b. 359 N-m
When tested in compression, ductile material usually c. 432 N-m
exhibit________ characteristics up to the yield d. 471 N-m
strength as they do when tested in tension.
a. the same Ans: A
44
g. 18%
The large diamter and face of the disk of a multiple h. 15%
disk clutch are 255 mm and 25 mm respectively the Ans: C
helical compression spring used to engage the clutch
has 9 and 1/2 effective coils of 10 mm steel wire. A widely used in tool steels considering that the
the outer coil diameter is 80 mm. the free length of will maintain its hardness even it is red heat. The
the spring is 185 mm. when in place with clutch effect is like molybdenum, except it is to be added
engaged, its length is 130 mm. Assuming that there in greater quantities.
is 10 pairs of friction surface in contact, that the e. Vanadium
motor runs at 1200 rpm, f=0.15, determine axial f. Manganese
force available for the clutch. g. Tungsten
a. 1,688 N h. Nickel
b. 2,493 N Ans: C
c. 1,542 N
d. 2,783 N Which of the following is the most widely used cast
Ans: A materials?
e. White cast iron
A flange bolt coupling consist of eight steel 20 mm f. Gray cast iron
diameter steel bolts spaced evenly around a bolt g. Malleable cast iron
circle 300 mm in diamter. if the coupling is h. Nodular cast iron
subjected to a torque of 15.1 KN-m, determine the Ans: B
maximum shearing stress in the bolts?
a. 40450 kPa What is the result if all the carbon in cast iron is
b. 63320 kpa in the form of cementite and pearlite with not
c. 40054 kpa graphite present?
d. 31298 kpa e. White
Ans: C f. Gray
g. Malleable
a flange coupling is to be designed, using 25 mm h. Nodular
diameter bolts at a distance of 152 mm from the Ans: A
center of the shaft. allowable shearing stress on
the bolt is 103 Mpa. if the shaft is to transmit Which of the following is a characteristic of
5,600 hp at a speed of 1200 rpm, how many bolts are aluminium and its alloys?
needed in the connection? e. Resistance to corrosion
a. 2 f. High thermal and electrical resistance
b. 3 g. Strength to weight ratio
c. 4 h. All of these
d. 5 Ans: D
Ans: D.
The corrosion resistance of aluminium alloys depends
Two short shaft identical diameter 38.1 mm and upon which of the following?
rotating …. e. Thin coating oxide
e. 30.4 kW f. Percentage of electrolyte present
f. 28.5 kW g. Dissolve ferrite
g. 29.3 kW h. Casting of the material
h. 32.3 kW Ans: A
Ans:B
A spherical shell of 1.8 m of outside diameter and
Two short shaft identical diameter 38.1 mm and 1.725 m inside at a pressure of 10.4 MPa. Compute
rotating …. the stress in the shell.
e. 19.30 mm e. 124.8 Mpa
f. 22.37 mm f. 119.6 Mpa
g. 20.40 mm g. 96.48 Mpa
h. 16.32 mm h. 88.46 Mpa
Ans: D Ans: B
What is material is produced if austenite is cooled A thin hollow spheres of radius 10 in and thickness
rapidly to 400 deg. F or less? 0.1 in is subjected to an internal pressure of 100
e. Bainite psig the maximum normal stress on an element of the
f. Fermite sphere is:
g. Martensite e. 5,000 psi
h. Lignite f. 7,070 psi
Ans: C g. 14,140 psi
h. 2,500 psi
Stainless steels are iron-based alloys that contain Ans: A
at least how many percent chromium?
e. 45% Pressurized water at 1.37 Mpa is stored in a steel
f. 25% cylindrical tank 1.4 meters in diameter. If the
g. 12% allowable tangential stress is 8.5 Mpa, find the
h. 5% required wall thickness of the tank.
Ans: C e. 123.6 mm
f. 130.5 mm
The very high carbon steels have good quench-harden g. 112.9 mm
ability up to how many percent chromium? h. 135.1 mm
e. 35% Ans: A
f. 12%
45
h. 0.12
Ans: C
A mechanical press is used to punch 6 holes per

holes is 25 mm diameter and the plates has an
ultimate strength in shear of 420 Mpa. The normal
operating speed 200 rpm. And it slows down to 180 Type of roller bearing in which the balls are
rpm during the process of punching. The flywheel has assembled by the eccentric displacement of the inner
a mean diameter of one meter and the rim width is 3 ring.
times the thickness. Assume that the hub and arm e. Shallow groove ball bearing
account for 5% of the rim weight concentrated at the f. Self-alignning ball bearing
mean diameter and the density of cast iron is 7200 g. Fillinf-shot ball bearing
kg per cubic meter. Find the power in kW required to h. Deep-groove ball bearing
drive the press. Ans: D
e. 1.310 kW
f. 5.57 kW Which of the following is not a type of ball
g. 8.92 kW bearing?
h. 9.03 kW e. Shallow groove ball bearing
Ans: A f. Self-aligning ball bearing
g. Filling-slot ball bearing
Find the weight of the flywheel needed by a machine h. Deep-groove ball bearing
to punched every stroke plane. The machine is to Ans: A
punched every stroke. The hole is to be formed Which of the following is the approximate density of
during 30 degrees rotation of the puncher’s the leather belt?
crankshaft. A gear train with a ratio of 12 to 1 is e. 0.025 lb/in^3
to connect the flywheel shaft to the crankshaft. Let f. 0.035 lb/in^3
the mean diameter of a flywheel rim to be 91.44 cm. g. 0.0135 lb/in^3
the minimum flywheel speed is to be 90% of the h. 0.0465 lb/in^3
maximum and assume mechanical efficiency of the Ans: B
machine to be 80%. Assume an ultimate stress of
49000 psi. The breaking strength of oak-tanned beltings varies
e. 1.310 kW from 3 to more than:
f. 5.57 kW e. 5 ksi
g. 8.92 kW f. 7 ksi
h. 9.03 kW g. 6 ksi
Ans: A h. 9 ksi
Ans: C
Find the weight of the flywheel needed by a machine
to punch 20.5 mm holes in 15.87 mm thick steel Based on experience, what is the most economical
plate. The machine is to make 30 strokes per minute design belt speed?
and a hole be punched every stroke, the hole is to e. 6000 to 7500 fpm
be formed during 30 degrees rotation of the puncher f. 3500 to 4700 fpm
crankshaft. A gear train with a ratio of 12 to 1 is g. 3000 to 5000 fpm
to correct the flywheel shaft to the crankshaft. Let h. 5000 to 1000 fpm
mean diameter of a flywheel rim to the 91.44 cm. the Ans: A
manimum flywheel speed is to be 90% of the maximum
and assume mechanical efficiency of the machine to The tension in the belt due to centrifugal force
be 80% Assume an ultimate stress of 49000 psi. increasing rapidly above about
e. 68 kg e. 1500 fpm
f. 97 kg f. 3500 fpm
g. 90 kg g. 3000 fpm
h. 92 kg h. 2500 fpm
Ans: B Ans: D
It is found that the shearing machine requires 205 What is the recommendation speed for leather belt?
joules of energy to shear a specific gauge of sheet e. 6000 to 7000 fpm
metal. The mean diameter of the flywheel is to be f. 7000 to 8000 fpm
76.2 cm. the normal operating speed is 200rpm and g. 5000 to 6000 fpm
slow down to 180 rpm during shearing process. The h. 4500 to 5600 fpm
rim width is 30.48 cm and the weight of cast iron is Ans: B
7,196.6 kg/m^3, find the thickness of the rim,
assuming that the hub and arm account for 10% of the What is the recommended speed for fabric belts?
rim weight concentrated on the mean diameter. e. 4000 to 5000 fpm
e. 0.583 cm f. 2000 to 3000 fpm
f. 0.587 cm g. 3000 to 4000 fpm
g. 0.672 cm h. 2000 and more fpm
h. 0.480 cm Ans: A
Ans: B
A tubular shaft, having an inner diameter of 30 mm
Which of the following cannot be a Poisson’s ratio and an outer diameter of 42 mm, is to be used to
of material? transmit 90 kW of power, determine the frequency of
e. 0.35 rotation of the shaft so that the shear stress
f. 0.20 cannot exceed 50 Mpa.
g. 0.57 e. 26.6 Hz
46
f. 20.6 Hz
g. 97.5 Hz It is the measure of the material’s ability to yield
h. 66.5 Hz and absorb highly localized and rapidly applied
Ans: A stresses.
e. Hardness
f. Toughness
g. Stiffness
h. Resilience
Ans. B
made of the same material and have diameter as
follows: hollow shaft inside diameter is one-half of What is term applied to the load at which a column
the external diameter. The external diameter is fails?
equal to the diameter of the solid shaft. What is e. Maximum load
the ratio of the twisting moment of the hollow shaft f. Moving load
to that of the solid shaft? g. Critical load
e. ¼ h. Dynamic load
f. ½ Ans. C
g. 9/16
h. 15/16 It is otherwise known as the percentage difference
Ans: D in solid and working deflections?
e. Clash allowance
Determine the thickness of hollow shaft having an f. Spring allowance
outside diameter of 100 mm if it is subjected to a g. Working allowance
maximum torque of 5,403.58 N-m without exceeding a h. Thrust allowance
shearing stress of 60 Mpa or a twist of 0.5 degree Ans. C
per meter length of shaft G=83,000 Mpa
e. 15 mm It is known as the shaft’s natural frequency of
f. 86 mm vibration.
g. 16.8 mm e. Vibration index
h. 14.2 mm f. Critical speed
Ans: A g. High speed
h. Low speed
A hollow shaft with outside diameter of 14 cm, and Ans. B
wall thickness of 0.8 cm, transmits 200 kW at 500
rpm. What must be the angular deflection of the What do you call the mixture of the solid
shaft it the length in 5 meters? The material of the ingredients with no solubility?
shaft is C4140 steel. e. Binary alloy
e. 21.41 rad f. Miscible alloy
f. 21.71 rad g. Bitectic material
g. 36.80 rad h. Eutectic alloy
h. 17.37 rad Ans. D
Ans. D
Which of the following terms applied to an
A 1 1/4 in by 7/8 in. key is to be designed for a interrupted quenching process resulting in an
12.7 cm shaft which will transmit power of 150 KW at austenite to banite transition?
360 rpm. If the allowable shear stress for the key e. Austempering
is 920 kg/cm^2 and the allowable compressive stress f. Austenitizing
is 1300 kg/cm^2. Determine the length of key to be g. Martempering
used. h. Martenitizing
e. 2.41 cm Ans. A
f. 2.73 cm
g. 4.42 cm Which of the following processes where the material
h. 4.79 cm will become progressively stronger, harder and more
Ans. C brittle until eventually fails?
e. Hot working
A pulley is keyed to a 2 and 1/2 inches diameter f. Cold Working
shaft by a 7/16 in x 3 in flat key. The shaft g. Tempering
rotates at 50 rpm. The allowable compressive stress h. Normalizing
for the key, hub and shaft are 66 ksi. 59 ksi and 72 Ans. B
ksi, repectively. Determine the maximum torque the
pulley can safety deliver. …. to engage the clutch?
e. 48398.4 in-lb e. 600 lbs
f. 54140.6 in-lb f. 715 lbs
g. 51562.5 in-lb g. 625 lbs
h. 67495.2 in-lb h. 800 lbs
Ans. A Ans. B
Which of the following is the statement of how the A set screw 12 mm effective diameter is broken by a
total moment is derived from a number of forces force of 410 N on the end of a spanner 300 mm long.
acting simultaneously at a point? Find the torque to break a set screw of 16 mm
e. Goodman’s theorem effective diameter if its breaking stress is 10%
f. Varignon’s theorem greater than the former.
g. Soderberg’s theorem e. 320.6 N-m
h. Cataligno’s theorem f. 223.5 N-m
Ans. B g. 230.5 N-m
47
h. 345.6 N-m Ans. C
Ans. A
In a standard bevel gear, the pinion rotates at 150
A Warwick screw is used to tighten a guy rope. It rpm, its number of teeth is 14 while the gear has 42
has right-hand thread of 10 mm pitch at the top and teeth, what is the pitch angle of the pinion?
a left-hand thread of 5 mm pitch at the bottom, and I. 18.4 degrees
the effective radius of the toggle bar is 336 mm. J. 20 degrees
Find the velocity. K. 14.5 degrees
e. 220.6 L. 20.5 degrees
f. 130.5 Ans. A.
g. 140.8
h. 210.5
Ans. C
A 4 inches diameter shaft is driven at 3600 rpm by a

400 Hp motor. The shaft drives a 48 inches diameter In damped free vibration, when the system returns to
chain sprocket having an output efficiency of 85%. its static position with the …… equilibrium, the
The output force of the driving sprocket and the system is said to be
output of the driven sprocket are: I. Underdamped
I. 200 lb and 250 hp J. Overdamped
J. 261.6 lb and 300 hp K. Resonant
K. 291.66 lb and 340 hp L. Critically damped
L. None of the above Ans. D
Ans. C
Balancing o grinding wheel is done to
A certain farm equipment which requires 2200 Newton I. Make the outside diameter concentric with
mater torque at 500 RPM has a diesel engine to the bore
operates at 1500 RPM as its prime mover. A No. 60 J. Make the sides of wheel parallel
roller chain with a total length of 60 pitches and a K. Equalize the weight in every portion of the
small sprocket with 23 teeth are to be used with an wheel
operating temperature to remain constant at 45 L. None of the above
degree C. Determine the no. of teeth of the larger Ans. C
sprocket.
I. 70 A grinding wheel is marked as 51A 46L 5V 23, out of
J. 69 these 5 means
K. 68 I. Kind of abrasive
L. 69 J. Structure
Ans. D K. Kind of bond
L. Grain size
A sleeve bearing has an outside diameter of 1.5 in Ans. B
and a length of 2 in, the wall thickness is 3/16 in.
The bearing is subjected to a radial load of 450 lb. It is also known as diamond pyramid hardness test,
Find the bearing pressure. uses a pyramid shaped diamond indenter and a load
I. 100 psi that ranges from 1 kg to 120 kg.
J. 150 psi I. Vickers test
K. 200 psi J. Mohs hardness
L. 250 psi K. Knoop test
Ans. C L. Brinell test
Ans. A
Find the torsional deflection, in degrees of a solid
steel shaft 110 mm OD 1.4 m long subjected to 3.1 x The maximum moment induced in a simply supported
10 N-mm. The torsinal modulus of elasticity is beam of 20 foot span, by a 2,000 pound load at
80,000 N/mm-mm midspan is
I. 0.22 I. 125,000 ft-lbs
J. 0.195 J. 15,000 ft-lbs
K. 0.28 K. 30,000 ft-lbs
L. 0.24 L. 10,000 ft-lbs
Ans. A Ans. D
A cut gear transmits 25 Hp at a pitch line velocity A 10" diameter pulley is belt driven with a net
of 6000 ft/min. If the service is intermittent the torque of 250 ft-lbs. The ratio of tensions in the
dynamic load is: tight to stack sides of the belt is 4 to 1. What is
I. 244 the maximum tension in the belt?
J. 264 I. 250 lbs.
K. 274 J. 800 lbs.
L. 284 K. 83 lbs.
Ans. C L. 500 lbs.
Ans. B
An internal gearing requires an idler gear if the
driving gear of 6 inches in diameter and the center Compute how many 3/8 inch diameter set screws
distance of the idler to the driver is 20 inches. required to transmit 3 Hp at a shaft speed of 1000
What is the inside diameter of the driven gear? rpm. The shaft diameter is 1 inch
I. 62 I. 1 ½
J. 70 J. 2
K. 74 K. 3
L. 81 L. 1
48
Ans. B J. Angle subtended by live portion of cam at
the cam center’
A drop hammer of 1 ton dead weight capacity is K. The angle subtended at the cam center by the
propelled downward by a 12 inch diameter cylinder. portion of cam during which the follower
At 100 psi air pressure what is the impact velocity moves
if the stroke is 28 inches? L. The angle subtended by the cam at the cam
I. 47.4 ft/sec center when the follower dwells.
J. 31.6 ft/sec Ans. A
K. 15.8 ft/sec
L. 63.2 ft/sec For a kinematic chain to be considered as mechanism
Ans. B I. None of the links should be fixed
J. One link should be fixed
A link has a load factor of 0.8 the surface factor K. Two links should be fixed
0.8, the surface factor is 0.92 and the endurance L. There is no such criterion
strength is 28000 psi. Compute the alternating Ans. B
stress of the link if it is subjected to a reversing
load. Assume a factor of safety of 3.
I. 8150
J. 10920
K. 9,333
L. 7260
Ans. C Slip in belt drive is
I. Loss of power
Determine the average time to cut by automatic oxy- J. Difference between the angular velocities of
acetylene (machine) crosswise a 4ft x 8ft x 4in two pulleys
thick steel plate. K. Difference between the velocities of two
I. 6.85 min. pulleys
J. 318 sec L. Difference between the linear speed of the
K. 10 min rim of pulley and the belt on it.
L. 360 sec Ans. D
Ans. D
Multiple collars are provided on a flat collar pivot
A 16 mm plate is lapped over and secured by fillet bearing to
weld on the inside and outside to form a penstock I. Increase frictional resistance
1.5 meter in diameter. Determine the safe internal J. To establish self-sustaining bearing
pressure, assuming an allowable stress of 140 MPa on condition
the plate and an allowable shear stress of 90 MPa on K. Distribute the frictional load due to
the throat side of the 14 mm fillet weld. limiting friction
I. 2.376 MPa L. Distribute the axial load due to limiting
J. 3.590 MPa bearing pressure on a collar
K. 2.843 MPa Ans. D
L. 1.695 Mpa
Ans. A In gramophones for adjusting the speed of the tum-
table, the following type of governor is commonly
Which of the following dynamometer is widely used used
for absorption of wide range of powers at wide range I. Hartung governor
of speeds? J. Inertia governor
I. Hydraulic K. Pickering governor
J. Belt transmission L. Wilson hartnell
K. Rope brake Ans. C
L. Electric generator
Ans. A Shearing the sheet into two or more pieces
I. Parting
Which of the following dynamometer is used for power J. Perforating
measurement when the speed is high and the viscous K. Lancing
force is small? L. Notching
I. Tesla fluid friction dynamometer Ans. A
J. Froude water vortex dynamometer
K. Rope brake dynamometer The mechanism used to enlarge or reduce moments for
L. Amsler dynamometer reproducing drawings to different scales is called
Ans. A I. Clinograph
J. Trisquare
In case of spur gears the flank of the tooth is K. Graphometer
I. The part of the tooth surface lying below L. Bantograph
the pitch surface’ Ans. D
J. The curve forming face and flank
K. The width of the gear tooth measures axially Which of the following is a higher pair?
along the pitch surface I. Thomson an indicator mechanism
L. The surface of the top of the tooth J. Double Mc Innes Indicator mechanism
Ans. A K. Hart’s straight line mechanism
L. Tooth gearing mechanism
The cam angle is Ans. D
I. The angle of rotation of the cam for a
definite displacement of the follower
49
A process of indenting but not breaking through the proof stress if the diameter of the bolt is 5/8 in
surface of a workpiece with a punch in order to and coefficient of collar friction c = 0.2?
produce a cavity of an impression
I. Heading Ans. T = 2161 in-lb
J. Cogging
K. Barreling Calculate the power consumed during cutting of a low
L. Piercing carbon steel bar 40 mm diameter if cutting force is
Ans. D 150 kg at 200 rpm.
I. 0.46 hp
A turbine developing 15,000 Hp turns the shaft at J. 0.66 hp
300 rpm. The propeller attached to this shaft K. 0.75 hp
develops a thrust of 150,000 lb. A hollow steel L. 0.83 hp
shaft having an outside diameter of 14 in. is to be Ans. D
the maximum shearing stressed based on the torsion A broach is used to cut a key way 8mm wide, 5mmm
alone is not to exceed 7500 psi. What is the deep in a boss 64mm long. Determine the cutting
percentage savings in weight. length of broach if the rise per tooth is 0.0875mm
and the number of finishing teeth is 13.
Ans. %W saving = 37.3% I. 672 mm
J. 627 mm
A short compression member with Do= 2Di is to K. 762 mm
support a dead load of 25 tons. The material is to L. 726 mm
be 4130. A short compression member with Do= 2Di is Ans. C
to support a dead load of 25 tons. The material is
to be 4130 steel, WQT 1100⁰F. Calculate the outside
and inside diameters on the basis of yield strength
of 114 ksi and factor of safety of 2.
Ans. Do=1.22 in. and Di=0.61 in.
A 15/16-in wide key has a depth of 5/8 in. It is 12 Calculate the power of electric motor for a drilling
inches long and is to be used on a 200 hp, 1160 rpm, machine to drill a hole 15 mm diameter in cast iron
squirrel-cage induction motor. The shaft diameter is workpiece at 450 rpm and 0.2 mm feed. The specific
3 7/8 inches. The maximum running torque is 200% of power is 0.03 kW and efficiency of motor is 80%.
the full-load torque. Determine the maximum I. 0.6 kW
compressive stress of the key J. 0.9 kW
I. 779 psi K. 0.7 kW
J. 997 psi L. 0.4 kW
K. 197 psi Ans. A
L. 279 psi
Ans. B A double square thread screw is used to raise a load
of 20,000 lb at a velocity of 3 fpm. Outside
A storage tank for air, 36 inche in diameter, is to diameter of thread and pitch are 2 7/8 in. and 1 in.
withstand an internal pressure of 200 psi with a respectively. Collar friction coefficient is 0.12,
design factor of 4 based on Su. The steel has the thread friction coefficient is 0.10. Mean diameter
strength equivalent to C1020 annealed and the welded of collar 5 in. Determine the power required to
joints should have a relative strength (efficiency) drive the screw.
of 90%. If Su for annealed C1020 steel is 57 ksi. I. 3.45 hp
Compute the longitudinal stress. J. 4.29 hp
I. 128,000 psi K. 4.65 hp
J. 821,000 psi L. 5.02 hp
K. 800,000 psi Ans. B
L. 12,800 psi
Ans. D Two 2 ¾ in sellers standard square thread screws are
used to raise and lower a hydraulic gate weighing 60
The mass of a flywheel is 175 kg and its radius of tons. A 570 rpm electric motor operates the screws.
gyration is 380 mm. Find the torque required to The coefficients of collar and thread friction are
attain a speed of 500 rpm from rest in 30 seconds. 0.03 and 0.14 respectively. The mean diameter of the
I. 40.46 N collar 4in. if the gate rises at the rate of 2fpm,
J. 44.12 N determine the size of the motor required to lift the
K. 35.66 N gate if the mechanical efficiency is 85% for the
L. 38.48 N speed reducing equipment.
Ans. B I. 20 hp
J. 30 hp
A steel bar 24 in. in length is to withstand a K. 34 hp
tensile impact load caused by a weight of 100 lb L. 24 hp
having a velocity on impact of 140 fpm. Find the Ans. C
stress in the bar if the diameter is 1 ½ in and the
modulus of Elasticity (E) is 30x10 psi. A crate weighing 4,000 lb is moving at a speed of
Ans. S=12,000 psi spring in stopping the crate, the springs are to be
compressed 8 in. If the spring index is 6 and the
The cylinder head of a 10in x 18in. freon compressor allowable stress is 52,000 psi, determine the
is attached by 10 stud bolts made of SAE grade 5. maximum load on each springs.
The cylinder pressure is 300 psi. What is the I. 1491 lbs
approximate tightening torque should be used to J. 2037 lbs
induce a tightening stress (St) of 0.90 times the K. 1675 lbs
50
L. 2453 lbs e. 2.0 kN
Ans. A f. 1.0 kN
g. 3.0 kN
What describes very rough grinding such as that h. 4.0 kN
performed in foundries to remove gates, fins and Ans. A
risers from castings?
I. Snagging
J. Honing
K. Lapping
L. Snugging
Ans. A
Which of the following is a single measure that

with a gear drive’s reliability and operating life?
I. Ratio factor
J. Service factor
K. Reliability factor
L. Life factor
Ans. C
What is the term used to described the distance from

measures along the base circle.
I. Diametral Pitch
J. Circular Pitch
K. Normal Pitch
L. Chordal pitch
Ans. C
Which of the following is the best method used for

increasing a spring’s fatigue life?
I. Sprickling
J. Shot peening
K. Stress relieving
L. Shot relieving
Ans. B
What is the term applied to parallel forces equal in

magnitude but opposite direction?
I. Concurrent forces
J. Non-concurrent forces
K. Couple
L. Equillibrant
Ans. C
It is one of the rigid members / bodies joined

together to form a kinematic chain.
I. Coplanar
J. Link
K. Frame
L. Machine
Ans. B
The kinematics chain in which one link is considered

fixed for the purpose of analysis but motion is
possible in other links.
I. Belting
J. Mechanism
K. Frame
L. Sprocket Chain
Ans. C
What describes very rough grinding, such as that

risers from castings?
I. Snagging
J. Honing
K. Lapping
L. Snugging
Ans. A
Two spur wheels in gear transmit a power 6.7 kW. The

driver has 40 teeth of 12 mm pitch and runs at 7
rev/s,find the force on the teeth.
51
1. A carbide milling cutter 250 mm in diameter d. 52 m/min
is used to cut a block mild steel with a
plain cutter. The block is 500 mm long. If Ans. B
the feed is 0.50 mm/rev and depth of cut is 7. Which of the following simple mechanical
1.2 mm, determine the time required to take machine with the ability to increase an
one cut. The over travel is 16 mm. the applied force?
cutting speed is 80 m/min. a. Hinges
a. 8.45 min b. Lever
b. 7.45 min c. Roller
c. 9.45 min d. Spring
d. 10.45 min
Ans: B
Ans: D
2. The feed of an 8 tooth face mill cutter is
0.325 mm per tooth at 200 rpm. The material
cut is 300 BHN steel. If the depth of cut is
3 mm and width is 100 mm, calculate the 8. Which of the following devices that is
power at the cutter. mainly used to raise or lower an object?
a. 10.24 hp a. Hoist
b. 12.48 hp b. Lever
c. 11.62 hp c. Spring
d. 13.22 hp d. Roller
Ans: B Ans: A
3. Determine the power required for milling a 9. What is term applied to the process of
mild steel work piece with a cutter of 80 mm separating different sizes of the same
diameter 9 teeth and rotating at 120 rpm. material?
The work piece has a width of 60 mm. depth a. Screening
of cut is 4 mm and tooth load is 0.03 mm b. Separation
a. 1.2 kW c. Sieving
b. 2.3 kW d. Screening
c. 1.9 kW
d. 2.6 kW Ans:C
10. It is the process of separating a material
Ans: C into a variety of specifically sized groups.
4. A leather belt 6 inches by ¼ in. thick a. Centrifugal
running at 4000 ft/min. connects 12 in and b. Fractioning
60 in. in diameter pulleys. The angles of c. Sieving
contact are 270 deg. And 240 deg for small d. Screening
and large pulleys respectively. Coefficient
of friction on large pulley is 0.4 on small Ans: B
pulley 0.3. if the allowable tension is 100 11. It is process in which metal is dropped in
lb per in. determine the maximum horsepower dilute acid solutions to remove dirt,
that can be transmitted without considering grease, and oxides.
centrifugal force. a. Pickling
a. 44 hp b. Polishing
b. 55 hp c. Sheradizing
c. 33 hp D. Pakerizing
d. 66 hp
Ans: A
Ans: B 12. Which of the following mechanism is used to
5. Determine the time required to turn a brass change the direction of an applied tensile
component 50 mm diameter and 100 mm long at force?
a cutting speed of 36 m/min. the feed is 0.4 a. Gears
and only one cut is taken. b. Pulleys
a. 2.2 min c. Flywheels
b. 3.3 min d. Ropes
c. 1.2 min
d. 4.4 min Ans: B
Ans. C
6. A tool will cut for 4 hrs before it needs 13. What is usually the lose factor for most
sharpening. Determine the time charged to wire ropes and chains with contact at
one cycle if it takes 12 minutes to change low speeds?
the tool can be sharpened 10 times before it A. varies from 1.03 to 1.06
is discarded. B. varies 1.07 to 1.10
a. 62 m/min C. varies from 1.20 to 1.50
b. 82 m/min D. varies from 1.60 to 1.80
c. 72 m/min
Ans: A
14. Which of the following is the method to 20. An engine parts is being tested with a load of
determine the reactions on continuous beams? 30,000 lb. the allowable tensile stress is 10,000
a. two-moment equations psi, modulus of elasticity of 40 psi. If the
original length of specimen is 42 inches with
b. Second moment equations
elongation not exceeding 0.0015 inch, what diameter
c. three-moment equations of the specimen is required?
d. third moment equations a. 4.2 in
b. 3.0 in
Ans: C c. 2.5 in
15. A machine component of mass 0.77 kg moves d. 5.17 in
with simple harmonic motion in a straight
Ans: D
line and completes 175 oscillations per
minute. Find the accelerating force when the 21. A steel rod 75 inches long tested with a load of
component is 50 mm from mid-travel. 3000 lb is suspended from the other end. If the rod
a. 11.65 N stretches 0.025 inches, find the modulus of
b. 12.93 N elasticity of the steel.
c. 10.44 N a. 36 psi
d. 13.22 N b. 11.5 psi
c. 30 psi
Ans: B d. 27 psi
Ans: A
16. What load in Newton must be applied to a 25
mm round steel bar 3.0 m long to stretch the 22. Considered is 20 deg C and a maximum temperature
bar 1.3 mm? of 30 deg C is designed for, and the modulus of
a. 42,056 elasticity of steel to be 207,000 Mpa, determine the
b. 52,840 clearance between rails such that adjoining rail
c. 55,016 will just touch at maximum design temperature.
a. 2.34
d. 44,031
b. 2.32
c. 3.41
Ans: D d. 1.86
Ans: D
23. What pressure is required to punch a hole 3 in.

diameter through a ¼ in. steel plate?
a. 45 tons
b. 20 tons
c. 30 tons
17. In the LRT II project steel railroad rails of 10 d. 40 tons
meters long are to be installed. If lowest
temperature considered is 20 deg. C and a maximum Ans: A
temperature of 36 deg C is designed for, and the
modulus of elasticity of steel to be 207,000 Mpa, 24. In practice and theory as well, what is the
allowed permissible misalignment in cylindrical and
determine the clearance between the clearance tapered roller bearings?
between rails such that adjoining rail will just a. 0.005 rad
touch at maximum design temperature. b. 0.006 rad
c. 0.001 rad
a. 2.34 d. 0.003 rad
b. 3.32
c. 3.41 Ans: C
d. 1.86
25. In practice and theory as well, the misalignment
Ans: D of spherical bearings should not exceed how many
radians?
18. What pressure is required to punch a hole 3 in. a. 0.0087 rad
diameter through a ¼ in. steel plate? b. 0.0065 rad
a. 45 tons c. 0.0041 rad
b. 20 tons d. 0.0043 rad
c. 30 tons
d. 40 tons Ans: A
Ans: A 26. What term is used to describe a maximum load

that a bolt can withstand without acquiring a
19. A steel tie rod on bridge must be made to permanent set?
withstand a pull of 6,000 lbs. find the diameter of a. Live load
the rod assuming a factor of safety of 5 and b. Dead load
ultimate stress of 64,000 psi. c. Proof load
a. 0.705 in d. Ultimate load
b. 0.891 in
c. 0.809 in Ans: C
d. 0.773 in
27. In bolts design, the quotient of the proof load
Ans: D and the tensile-stress area is called
a. proof strength 35. A cylinder having an internal diameter of 20 in
b. yield strength and an external diameter of 36 in is subjected to an
c. section modulus internal pressure of 10,000 psi and an external
d. modulus of resilience pressure of 2,500 psi. Determine the hoop stress at
the inner surface of the cylinder.
Ans: A
a. 24, 705.16 psi
28. In bolts design, proof strength corresponds b. 19, 028.52 psi
approximately how many percent of the 0.2 percent c. 13, 142.86 psi
offset yield strength? d. 11, 696.43 psi
a. 85% Ans. D.
b. 95%
c. 90% 36. A thin walled cylindrical pressure vessel is
d. 45% subjected to internal pressure which varies from 750
kPa to 3350 kPa continuously. The diameter of the
Ans: C shell is 150 cm. Find the required thickness of the
cylinder based on yield point of 480 MPa net
29. What type of brass that is usually used to form endurance limit of 205 MPa and a factor of safety of
tubing or piping to carry hot water in such 2.5.
application of radiators or condenser?
a. Red brass a. 21.2 mm
b. Commercial brass b. 22.21 mm
c. Yellow brass c. 23.83 mm
d. Cartridge brass d. 20.72 mm
Ans: A Ans. A
30. It is in widespread use for the numbering system 37. A compression ring is to be used at the junction
for cast iron by ASTM (American Society for Testing of a conical head and shell. Determine the required
and Material), then this system is based on which of area of the compression ring if the pressure is 50
the following? psi and the stress is 13750 psi. Assume efficiency
a. Bearing Strength of the joint is 80%.
b. Compressive Strength
c. Axial Strength a. 00715 d^2
d. Tensile Strength b. 0.00482 d^2
c. 0.00712 d^2
Ans: D d. 0.00682 d^2
Ans. A
31. It casting, brass, bronze, steel, gray iron and 38. A cylindrical vessel measuring (2ft x 5 ft)
aluminum are most often used materials. What is the holds a gas at 3,000 psi. Using stainless OQT 12000,
minimum wall thickness for of the aforementioned determine the thickness of the plate with a design
materials used in casting? factor of 1.4 yield. A assume efficiency of welded
a. 5mm joint as 85%.
b. 10mm
c. 7 mm a. 0.549 in
d. 3 mm b. 0.455 in
c. 1.2 in
Ans: A d. 0.3 in
32. A rectangular key was used in a pulley connected Ans. A

1200 rpm. If the shearing stress of the shaft and 39. Which of the following is considered to be the
key are 30 N/mm^2. Respectively. What is the lightest of all commercial metals and is used in
diameter of the shaft? aircraft industry?
a. 22.2 mm a. titanium
b. 21.7 mm b. chromium
c. 25.8 mm c. magnesium
d. 30.2 mm d. aluminum
Ans.A Ans. C
40. Brass with 40% zinc are called ___
33. A line shaft with a power of 150 KW at a speed
of 1200 rpm, had a rectangular key used in its a. muntz metal
pulley connection. Consider the shearing of stress b. bronze
of the shaft to be 40 N/mm^2 and the key to be 200 c. yellow brass
N/mm^2, determine the shaft diameter. d. admiralty metal
a.66.62 mm Ans. A
b.53.31 mm
c.40.82mm 41. How do you call a brass that contains 28% zinc,
d.44.94 mm 1 % tin and very excellent corrosion resistance
especially in saltwater.
Ans. B
a. muntz metal
b. bronze
c. yellow brass 48. A 48 in diameter spoked steel flywheel having a
d. admiralty metal 12 in wide x 10 in deep rim rotates at 200 rpm. How
long a cut (in inches) can be stamped in one inch
42. A brass with 40% zinc or same composition as thick aluminum plate if ultimate shearing strength
muntz metal expect for the addition of 0.75% tin of the aluminum is 40,000 lb/in2. During stamping ,
that contributes to the corrosion resistance of this the force exerted by the stamp varies from a maximum
material. F lb at the point of contact to zero lb when the
stamp emerges from the metal. Neglect the weight of
a. naval brass the flywheel weight of the flywheel and spokes and
b. bronze use 0.28 lb/in3 density for flywheel material.
c. cartridge brass
d. admiralty metal a. 43.2 in
b. 41.1 in
Ans. A c. 44.5 in
d. 35.9 in
43. High pressure vessels and pipes carrying high
pressure fluids develop which of the following Ans. B
stresses?
49. A shearing machine requires 150 kg m of energy
a. tangential stress only to shear a steel sheet, and has normal speed of 3.0
b. radial stress only rev/sec slowing down to 2.8 rev/sec during the
c. bearing stress only shearing process. The flywheel account for 15% of
d. both radial and tangential stress its total weight, find the thickness of the rim in
cm.
Ans. C
a. 0.00487 cm
44. For the rotating elements like flywheels and b. 0.00432 cm
blowers, the analysis of stresses will be based c. 0.00363 cm
similar on which of the following theory? d. 0.00482 cm
a. thin-walled cylinder Ans. C

b. thick- walled cylinder
c. radial ball bearing 50. In a shearing machine the energy is 29,264 ft-
d. rotating shaft member lb, the ultimate shearing stress of the steel plate
is 40,000 psi, the plate thickness is 1 inch the
Ans. B length of the plate which can be sheared is:
45. For thin-walled pressure vessels, which of the a. 7055 in

following statements is correct of the stresses? b. 10.55 in
c. 12.75 in
a. Radial stresses is quite small as compared with d. 17.56 in
the tangential stress.
b. Radial stresses is quite bigger as compared with 51. What would be the weight of a flywheel in kg if
the tangential stress. the weight of the rim is 3 times the sum of the
c. Radial stresses is same as tangential stress. weight of the hub and arms. Given the outside
d. Only radial stress is present and no tangential diameter and inside diameter to be 24 in and 18 in
stress. respectively and the rim width is 4.5 in. (assume
steel flywheel)
Ans. A
a. 140.95 kg
46. How do you call the ratio of lateral strain to b. 160.95 kg
longitudinal strain? c. 200.95 kg
d. 152.95 kg
a. Poission’s ratio
b. Modulus of resilience Ans. D
c. Modulus of rigidity
d. Offset ratio
52. A cast iron flywheel with a mean diameter of 36
Ans. A inches changes speed from 300 rpm to 280 while it
gives up 8000 ft-lb of energy. What is the
47. A sheet metal working company purchase a coefficient of fluctuation?
shearing machine from a surplus dealer without a
flywheel. It is calculated that the machine will use a. 0.069
2380 Joules of energy to shear a 1.2 mm thick sheet b. 0.015
metal. The flywheel to be used will have a mean c. 0.082
diameter of 91.44 cm with a width of 25.4 cm. The d. 0.020
normal operating speed is 180 rpm and slows down to
160 rpm during the shearing process. Assuming that Ans. A
the arms and the hub will account for 12 % of the
rim weight concentrated at the mean diameter and 53. Which of the following processes usually used to
that the material density is 0.26 lb/cu/ in, compute create a bar of material of a particular shape and
for the weight of the flywheel. dimensions?
a. 296 kg a. extrusion
b. 306 kg b. cold working
c. 347 kg c. forging
d. 385 kg d. hot rolling
Ans. D
61. A safety valve spring having 9 and ½ coils has
54. The G10400 is a plain carbon steel with steel the ends squared and ground. The outside diameter of
with a carbon content of which of the following? the coil is 115 mm and the wire is 13 mm. It has a
free length of 203 mm. Determine the length of the
a. 0.37 to 0.44%
b. 0.21 to 0.54% wire to which this spring must be initially
c. 0.25 to 0.57% compressed to hold a boiler pressure of 1.38 MPa on
d. 0.34 to 0.54% the seat of 32 mm diameter. Modulus of rigidity is
taken as G=80GN/m².
Ans. A
A. 172
55. The S30200 is usually called and 18-8 stainless
B. 179
steel, which means 18% of what?
C. 192
a. chromium D. 158
b. nickel
c. carbon Ans. A
d. manganese
62. A single threaded trapezoidal metric thread has
Ans. A a pitch of 4 mm, and a mean diameter of 18 mm. It is
56. Which of the following terms is used to descry used as a translation screw in conjunction with a
punch-pressed operations like forming, blanking collar having an outside diameter of 37 mm and an
shallow drawing and coining? inside diameter of 27 mm. Find the required torque
in N-m to raise a load of 400 kg if the coefficient
a. stamping of friction is 0.3 for both thread and collar.
b. heading
c. roll treading A. 34.6 N-m
d. spinning
Ans. A B. 32.6 N-m
57. Which of the following processes produce a C. 39.1 N-m
refined grain structure and eventually increased D. 38.5 N-m
strength and ductility of the material?
Ans. B
a. Extrusion
b. Cold working 63. Determine the diameter of the stud bolt that are
c. Forging
required to fasten down the cylinder head of a 203
d. Hot rolling
mm x 304 mm gas engine. There are ten bolts on the
Ans. C block. The explosion pressure is 31 kg/sq.cm and
studs are made of ordinary bolts material SAE 1020.
58. The S30200 is usually called and 18-8 stainless How deep should the bolt be drilled?
steel, which means 8% of what?
A. 38.1 mm
a. Chromium
B. 40.2 mm
b. Nickel
c. Carbon C. 37.3 mm
d. Manganese D. 35.5 mm
Ans. B Ans. A
59. It is a supersaturated solid solution of carbon 64. A single square thread power screw is to raise a
in ferrite and it the hardest and strongest form of
load of 70 kN. The screw has a major diameter of 36
steel?
mm and a pitch of 6 mm. The coefficient of thread
a. Bainite friction and collar friction are 0.13 and 0.10
b. Ferrite respectively. If the collar mean diameter is 90 mm
c. Martensite and the screw turns at 60rpm, find the combined
d. Lignite efficiency of screw and collar.
Ans. C
A. 13.438%
60. An ammonia compressor is driven by a 20kW motor. B. 15.530%
The compressor and the motor RPM are 380 and 1750, C. 14.526%
respectively. The small sheave has a pitch diameter D. 12.526%
of 152.4 mm. If the bolt to be used is standard C-
120 (L=122.9in.). Determine the center distance Ans. D
between sheaves
65. Find the horsepower required to drive a power
A. 709 mm screw lifting a load of 4000 lbs. A 2 and ½ inches
B. 865 mm double square thread with two threads/in is to be
C. 806 mm used. The friction radius of the collar is 2 inches
D. 686 mm and the coefficients of friction are 0.1 for the
threads and 0.15 for the collar. The velocity of the
Ans. C nut is 10 ft/min.
A. 5.382 HP
B. 4.395 HP 71. A term used to describe sudden applied force or
C. 3.683 HP disturbance.
D. 6.472 HP
A. Shock
Ans. B B. Impact
C. Creep
66. A flywheel has a mean diameter of 4 ft and is D. Load
required to handle 2200 ft-lb of kinetic energy. The
flywheel has a width of 8in. Normal operating speed Ans. A
is 300 rpm and the coefficient of fluctuation is to
be 0.05. Find the weight of the rim assuming that 72. A cone-disk spring is also known as _____
the arms and hub are equivalent is 10% of the
specific weight. A. Believille Spring
B. Heavy duty spring
A. 412 lb C. Helical spring
B. 334 lb D. Conical spring
C. 452.4 lb
D. 533 lb Ans. A
Ans. B 73. What is the other term used for die casting?
67. Find the rim thickness for a cast iron flywheel A. Thermosetting
with a width of 200 mm, a mean diameter of 1.2 in a B. Shell-molding
normal operating speed of 300 rpm, a coefficient C. Metal-mold casting
fluctuation of 0.05 and which is capable of hanging D. Tangential casting
3000 N-m of kinetic energy. Assume that the hub and
arms represent 10% of the rim weight and the Ans. C
specific weight of cast iron is 7200 kg/m³
74. It is a cold-working process in which metal is
A. 25.28 mm gathered or upset.
B. 28.82 mm
C. 28.25 mm A. Heading
D. 25.25 mm B. Cold rolling
C. Spinning
Ans. C D. Stamping
68. A cast iron flywheel is rotated at a speed of Ans. A

1200 rpm and having a mean rim radius of 1 foot. If
the weight of the rim is 30 lbs. What is the 75. Which of the following is the high-leaded brass
centrifugal force? Use factor C=41. used for instrument, lock and watch parts?
A. 14,800 lbs A. Red brass

B. 70,000 lbs B. Commercial brass
C. 14 860 lbs C. Yellow brass
D. 14,760 lbs D. Engraver’s brass
Ans. D Ans. D
69. The maximum-strain theory which apples only in 76. The rapid cooling of steel to a temperature
elastic range of stresses are also known as _______ between 400 to 800 deg F in enough time, then
austenite is transformed into a materials called.
A. Hooke’s Law A. Bainite

B. Saint Venant’s Theory B. Lignite
C. Stress-strain Theory C. Quinite
D. Cataligno’s Theory D. Ferrite
Ans. B Ans. A
70. It refers to the collision of two or more masses 77. A centrifugal pump is directly couple to a
with initial velocities. motor. The pump rating is 3,600 liters per minute
against a total head of 8 meters of water. Pump
A. Shock efficiency is 65% at shaft speed of 550 rpm.
B. Impact Calculate the torsional stress induced on the 40 mm
C. Creep diameter motor shaft.
D. Load
A. 11,193.45 kPa
Ans. B B. 12,420.72 kPa
C. 10,010.85 kPa
D. 13,113.83 kPa A. Hydrodynamic lubrication
B. Solid-film lubrication
Ans. C C. Hydrostatic lubrication
D. Liquid-film lubrication
78. A 80 mm solid shaft is to be replaced with a
hallow shaft of equal torsional strength. Find Ans. B
percentage of weight saved, if the outside of the
hallow shaft is 100 mm. 84. Which of the following is not a form of bearing
lubrication?
A. 56.53%
B. 67.31% A. Liquid-film lubrication
C. 48.49% B. Hydrodynamic lubrication
D. 52.90% C. Hydrostatic lubrication
D. Solid-film lubrication
Ans. D
Ans. A
79. A solid transmission shaft is 4.0 inches in
diameter. It is desired to replace it with a hallow 85. In ASTM standard, what is the instrument used in
shaft of the same material and same torsional determining viscosity?
strength but its weight should only be half as much
as the solid shaft. Find the outside diameter of the A. Dynamic viscometer
hallow shaft in millimeters. B. Saybolt universal furol
C. Hagen-Poinsulle viscometer
A. 107.315 mm D. Saybolt universe viscometer
B. 112.231 mm
C. 122.940 mm Ans. D
D. 131.204 mm
86. In what country that the present theory of
Ans. C hydrodynamic lubrication originates from?
80. A railroad track is laid at a temperature of 10 A. China

degree F with gaps of 0.01 feet between the ends of B. Germany
the rails. The rails are 33 feet long. If they are C. US
prevented from buckling, what stress will result D. England
from a temperature of 110 degree F? Coefficient of
linear expansion = 6.5x per degree F. Ans. D
A. 10,000 psi 87. In viscosity chart, Raimond-Boyd analysis

B. 8,530 psi assumed that the viscosity of the lubricant is
C. 9,450 psi _________
D. 10409 psi
A. Constant
Ans. D B. Increasing
C. Decreasing
81. What load P which causea total deformation of D. Vanishing
0.036 inch of a steel rack which has a cross-section
area of 4 sq. inches and a length of 5 ft. Ans. A
A. 55,000 lb 88. What do you call the phenomenon occurring when

B. 72,000 lb two touching surfaces have a high contact pressure
C. 60,000 lb and when these surfaces have minute relative motion?
D. 50,000 lb
A. Prestressing
Ans. B B. Friction
C. Fretting
82. A lubrication where lubricant is introduced D. Carving
between surfaces which are in rolling contact such
as roller gears or rolling bearings? Ans. C
A. Hydrostatic lubrication 89. What type of bolt threaded on both ends and can
B. Hydrodynamic lubrication be used where a through bolt impossible?
C. Elastohydrodynamic lubrication
D. Solid-film lubrication A. Coupling
B. Stud bolt
Ans. C C. Carriage bolt
D. Machine bolt
83. What lubrication is usually used when bearings
are operating at extreme temperatures? Ans. B
90. What type of bolt distinguished by a short
potion of the shank underneath the head being square
or finned or ribbed? What is the minimum number of teeth on a smaller
sprocket for low speed?
A. Coupling
B. Stud bolt A. 11
C. Carriage bolt B. 17
D. Machine bolt C. 21
D. 12
Ans. C
Ans. 12
91. What is the term applied to the reciprocal of
the velocity ratio? Two shaft at right angles to each other may be
connected by what arrangement?
A. Train value
B. Modular value A. Half turn
C. Ratio factor B. ¾ turn
D. None of these C. Quarter turn
D. One turn
Ans. A
Ans. C
92. For very slender column, what type of formula
that is best applied? What is the recommended initial tension of the belt?
A. Column formula A. 75 lb/in of width

B. Moment formulas B. 71 lb/in of width
C. Slenderness formulas C. 73 lb/in of width
D. Euler formula D. 80 lb/in of width
Ans. A Ans. A
93. Which of the following is the type of failure What factor of safety is needed for a 2 in. diameter
due to unstability? shaft with an ultimate strength of 50,000 psi to
transmit 40,000 in-lb torque.
A. Buckling
B. Stability A. 2.25
C. Slenderness formulas B. 1.95
D. Euler formula C. 2.14
D. 2.62
Ans. A
Ans. D
94. What type of spring made in the form of dished
washer? A round steel shaft transmits 373 watts at 1800 rpm.
The torsional deflection is not to exceed 1 deg in a
A. Air spring length equal to 20 diameters. Find the shaft
B. Volute spring diameter.
C. Believille spring
D. Motor spring A. 6.53 mm
B. 8.72 mm
Ans. C C. 12.84 mm
D. 18.16 mm
What is the minimum number of teeth on a smaller
sprocket for high speed? Ans. A
A. 12 A steel shaft operates at 186 rad/s and must handle

B. 21 2 kW of power. The shearing stress is not to exceed
C. 24 40 MN/m². Calculate the minimum shaft diameter based
D. 14 on pure torsion.
Ans. B A. 9 mm
B. 11 mm
Which of the following is the minimum number of C. 13 mm
teeth on a smaller sprocket for moderate speed? D. 15 mm
A. 15 Ans. B
B. 12
C. 21 A 100 mm diameter solid shaft is to be replaced with
D. 17 a hollow shaft equally strong (torsion) and made of
the same material. The outside diameter of the
Ans. D
hollow shaft is to 27 mm. What should be the inside In a pressure vessel, the ratio of minimum strength
diameter? The allowable shearing stress is 41.4 MPa? of joint to the strength of solid joint is known as
A. 107.42 mm A. Efficiency
B. 105.82 mm B. Performance factor
C. 291.53 mm C. Joint efficiency
D. 109.60 mmw D. Relative strength
Ans. A Ans. D
If the weight of 6” diameter by 48” long SAE 1030 When tested in compression, ductile material usually
shafting is 174.5 kg then what will be the weight of exhibit________ characteristics up to the yield
chromium SAE 51416 of same size? strength as they do when tested in tension.
A. 305.79 lbs a. the same

B. 426.70 lbs b. less than
C. 347.96 lbs c. more than
d. approximately the same
D. 465.89 lbs
ans. D
Ans. C
In pure torsion, the maximum stress is at the center
A 50 inches diameter diamond saw blade is mounted on of the
a pulley driven steel shaft, required a blade a. peripheral sides
peripheral linear speed of 150 ft/sec. Motor drive b. long sides
is 125 hp at 1,200 rpm, with 6 inches diameter c. medium sides
d. short sides
pulley. Determine the shaft rpm to attain blade
ans: B
peripheral speed required.
The ability of a material to absorb energy within is
A. 716.2 rpm proportional limit is known as
B. 635.3 rpm a. resilience
C. 539.10 rpm b. endurance
D. 687.55 rpm c. toughness
d. spring action
Ans. D ans: A
A steel shaft transmits 40 hp at 1400 rpm. A method whereby a gear is run with another gear
Considering allowable shearing stress based on pure that has abrasive surface material.
torsion to be 5000 psi, find the torsional a. hobbing
deflection of the shaft in degrees per foot. b. honing
c. lapping
d. milling
A. 0.392 degrees/foot
B. 0.246 degrees/foot ans. C
C. 0.541 degrees/foot
D. 0.435 degree/foot A multiple disc clutch of 10 steel disc and 9 bronze
disc. the effective outside and inside diameter are
Ans. B 20.32 cm and 15.24 cm, respectively if the axial
force of 450 Newton is applied and the shaft turns
at 1200 rpm, find the horsepower capacity, assume a
The process by which high pressure is applied to a coefficient of friction of 0.27.
heated metal billet or blank which causes it to flow a. 39.566 hp
through restricted orifice. b. 40.482 hp
c. 37.456 hp
A. Extrusion d. 35. 659 hp
B. Intrusion
C. Forging Ans: A
D. Hot rolling An engine of a motor vehicle with a wheel diameter
Ans. A efficiency of the differential and tranmission is
A tolerance where the size of a part is permitted to Determine the speed reduction of travel of the
be either larger or smaller than the given vehicle in km/hr.
dimension. a. 10.74
b. 11.69
c. 12.58
A. Bilateral d. 13.80
B. Unilateral
C. Lateral Ans: A
D. None of these
An engine of a motor vehicle with a wheel diameter
Ans. A of 712 mm develops 50 kW at 2,000 rpm. the combined
efficiency of the differential and transmission is
determine the speed reduction of travel of the What is material is produced if austenite is cooled
vehicle in km/hr. rapidly to 400 deg. F or less?
a. 10.74 a. Bainite
b. 11.69 b. Fermite
c. 12.58 c. Martensite
d. 13.80 d. Lignite
Ans. A Ans: C
Stainless steels are iron-based alloys that contain
An engine of a motor vehicle with a wheel diameter at least how many percent chromium?
of 712 mm develops 50 kW at 2,000 rpm combined a. 45%
efficiency of the differential and transmission is b. 25%
75% with an over-all speed reduction to. 1 determine c. 12%
he torque to be delivered by the clutch N-m. d. 5%
a. 239 N-m
b. 359 N-m Ans: C
c. 432 N-m The very high carbon steels have good quench-harden
d. 471 N-m ability up to how many percent chromium?
a. 35%
Ans: A b. 12%
c. 18%
The large diamter and face of the disk of a multiple d. 15%
disk clutch are 255 mm and 25 mm respectively the
helical compression spring used to engage the clutch Ans: C
has 9 and 1/2 effective coils of 10 mm steel wire. A widely used in tool steels considering that the
the outer coil diameter is 80 mm. the free length of will maintain its hardness even it is red heat. The
the spring is 185 mm. when in place with clutch effect is like molybdenum, except it is to be added
engaged, its length is 130 mm. Assuming that there in greater quantities.
is 10 pairs of friction surface in contact, that the a. Vanadium
motor runs at 1200 rpm, f=0.15, determine axial b. Manganese
force available for the clutch. c. Tungsten
a. 1,688 N d. Nickel
b. 2,493 N
c. 1,542 N Ans: C
d. 2,783 N Which of the following is the most widely used cast
materials?
Ans: A a. White cast iron
b. Gray cast iron
A flange bolt coupling consist of eight steel 20 mm c. Malleable cast iron
diameter steel bolts spaced evenly around a bolt d. Nodular cast iron
circle 300 mm in diamter. if the coupling is
subjected to a torque of 15.1 KN-m, determine the Ans: B
maximum shearing stress in the bolts? What is the result if all the carbon in cast iron is
a. 40450 kPa in the form of cementite and pearlite with not
b. 63320 kpa graphite present?
c. 40054 kpa a. White
d. 31298 kpa b. Gray
c. Malleable
Ans: C d. Nodular
a flange coupling is to be designed, using 25 mm Ans: A

diameter bolts at a distance of 152 mm from the Which of the following is a characteristic of
center of the shaft. allowable shearing stress on aluminium and its alloys?
the bolt is 103 Mpa. if the shaft is to transmit a. Resistance to corrosion
5,600 hp at a speed of 1200 rpm, how many bolts are b. High thermal and electrical resistance
needed in the connection? c. Strength to weight ratio
a. 2 d. All of these
b. 3
c. 4 Ans: D
d. 5 The corrosion resistance of aluminium alloys depends
Ans: D. upon which of the following?
Two short shaft identical diameter 38.1 mm and a. Thin coating oxide
rotating …. b. Percentage of electrolyte present
c. Dissolve ferrite
a. 30.4 kW d. Casting of the material
b. 28.5 kW
c. 29.3 kW Ans: A
d. 32.3 kW A spherical shell of 1.8 m of outside diameter and
1.725 m inside at a pressure of 10.4 MPa. Compute
Ans:B the stress in the shell.
Two short shaft identical diameter 38.1 mm and a. 124.8 Mpa
rotating …. b. 119.6 Mpa
c. 96.48 Mpa
a. 19.30 mm d. 88.46 Mpa
b. 22.37 mm
c. 20.40 mm Ans: B
d. 16.32 mm A thin hollow spheres of radius 10 in and thickness
0.1 in is subjected to an internal pressure of 100
Ans: D
psig the maximum normal stress on an element of the assuming that the hub and arm account for 10% of the
sphere is: rim weight concentrated on the mean diameter.
a. 5,000 psi a. 0.583 cm
b. 7,070 psi b. 0.587 cm
c. 14,140 psi c. 0.672 cm
d. 2,500 psi d. 0.480 cm
Ans: A Ans: B
Pressurized water at 1.37 Mpa is stored in a steel Which of the following cannot be a Poisson’s ratio
cylindrical tank 1.4 meters in diameter. If the of material?
allowable tangential stress is 8.5 Mpa, find the a. 0.35
required wall thickness of the tank. b. 0.20
a. 123.6 mm c. 0.57
b. 130.5 mm d. 0.12
c. 112.9 mm
d. 135.1 mm Ans: C
Ans: A
A mechanical press is used to punch 6 holes per
holes is 25 mm diameter and the plates has an
ultimate strength in shear of 420 Mpa. The normal
operating speed 200 rpm. And it slows down to 180
rpm during the process of punching. The flywheel has Type of roller bearing in which the balls are
a mean diameter of one meter and the rim width is 3 assembled by the eccentric displacement of the inner
times the thickness. Assume that the hub and arm ring.
account for 5% of the rim weight concentrated at the a. Shallow groove ball bearing
mean diameter and the density of cast iron is 7200 b. Self-alignning ball bearing
kg per cubic meter. Find the power in kW required to c. Fillinf-shot ball bearing
drive the press. d. Deep-groove ball bearing
a. 1.310 kW
b. 5.57 kW Ans: D
c. 8.92 kW Which of the following is not a type of ball
d. 9.03 kW bearing?
a. Shallow groove ball bearing
Ans: A b. Self-aligning ball bearing
Find the weight of the flywheel needed by a machine c. Filling-slot ball bearing
to punched every stroke plane. The machine is to d. Deep-groove ball bearing
punched every stroke. The hole is to be formed Ans: A
during 30 degrees rotation of the puncher’s Which of the following is the approximate density of
crankshaft. A gear train with a ratio of 12 to 1 is the leather belt?
to connect the flywheel shaft to the crankshaft. Let a. 0.025 lb/in^3
the mean diameter of a flywheel rim to be 91.44 cm. b. 0.035 lb/in^3
the minimum flywheel speed is to be 90% of the c. 0.0135 lb/in^3
maximum and assume mechanical efficiency of the d. 0.0465 lb/in^3
machine to be 80%. Assume an ultimate stress of
49000 psi. Ans: B
a. 1.310 kW The breaking strength of oak-tanned beltings varies
b. 5.57 kW from 3 to more than:
c. 8.92 kW a. 5 ksi
d. 9.03 kW b. 7 ksi
c. 6 ksi
Ans: A d. 9 ksi
Find the weight of the flywheel needed by a machine
to punch 20.5 mm holes in 15.87 mm thick steel Ans: C
plate. The machine is to make 30 strokes per minute Based on experience, what is the most economical
and a hole be punched every stroke, the hole is to design belt speed?
be formed during 30 degrees rotation of the puncher a. 6000 to 7500 fpm
crankshaft. A gear train with a ratio of 12 to 1 is b. 3500 to 4700 fpm
to correct the flywheel shaft to the crankshaft. Let c. 3000 to 5000 fpm
mean diameter of a flywheel rim to the 91.44 cm. the d. 5000 to 1000 fpm
manimum flywheel speed is to be 90% of the maximum
and assume mechanical efficiency of the machine to Ans: A
be 80% Assume an ultimate stress of 49000 psi. The tension in the belt due to centrifugal force
increasing rapidly above about
a. 68 kg a. 1500 fpm
b. 97 kg b. 3500 fpm
c. 90 kg c. 3000 fpm
d. 92 kg d. 2500 fpm
Ans: B Ans: D
It is found that the shearing machine requires 205 What is the recommendation speed for leather belt?
joules of energy to shear a specific gauge of sheet a. 6000 to 7000 fpm
metal. The mean diameter of the flywheel is to be b. 7000 to 8000 fpm
76.2 cm. the normal operating speed is 200rpm and c. 5000 to 6000 fpm
slow down to 180 rpm during shearing process. The d. 4500 to 5600 fpm
rim width is 30.48 cm and the weight of cast iron is Ans: B
7,196.6 kg/m^3, find the thickness of the rim, What is the recommended speed for fabric belts?
a. 4000 to 5000 fpm
b. 2000 to 3000 fpm
c. 3000 to 4000 fpm a. 48398.4 in-lb
d. 2000 and more fpm b. 54140.6 in-lb
c. 51562.5 in-lb
Ans: A d. 67495.2 in-lb
A tubular shaft, having an inner diameter of 30 mm
and an outer diameter of 42 mm, is to be used to Ans. A
transmit 90 kW of power, determine the frequency of
rotation of the shaft so that the shear stress Which of the following is the statement of how the
cannot exceed 50 Mpa. total moment is derived from a number of forces
a. 26.6 Hz acting simultaneously at a point?
b. 20.6 Hz
c. 97.5 Hz a. Goodman’s theorem
d. 66.5 Hz b. Varignon’s theorem
c. Soderberg’s theorem
Ans: A d. Cataligno’s theorem
made of the same material and have diameter as Ans. B
follows: hollow shaft inside diameter is one-half of It is the measure of the material’s ability to yield
the external diameter. The external diameter is and absorb highly localized and rapidly applied
equal to the diameter of the solid shaft. What is stresses.
the ratio of the twisting moment of the hollow shaft
to that of the solid shaft? a. Hardness
a. ¼ b. Toughness
b. ½ c. Stiffness
c. 9/16 d. Resilience
d. 15/16
Ans. B
Ans: D
Determine the thickness of hollow shaft having an What is term applied to the load at which a column
outside diameter of 100 mm if it is subjected to a fails?
maximum torque of 5,403.58 N-m without exceeding a
shearing stress of 60 Mpa or a twist of 0.5 degree a. Maximum load
per meter length of shaft G=83,000 Mpa b. Moving load
a. 15 mm c. Critical load
b. 86 mm d. Dynamic load
c. 16.8 mm
d. 14.2 mm Ans. C
Ans: A It is otherwise known as the percentage difference

in solid and working deflections?
a. Clash allowance
b. Spring allowance
c. Working allowance
d. Thrust allowance
A hollow shaft with outside diameter of 14 cm, and
wall thickness of 0.8 cm, transmits 200 kW at 500 Ans. C
rpm. What must be the angular deflection of the
shaft it the length in 5 meters? The material of the It is known as the shaft’s natural frequency of
shaft is C4140 steel. vibration.
a. 21.41 rad a. Vibration index

b. 21.71 rad b. Critical speed
c. 36.80 rad c. High speed
d. 17.37 rad d. Low speed
Ans. D Ans. B
A 1 1/4 in by 7/8 in. key is to be designed for a What do you call the mixture of the solid
12.7 cm shaft which will transmit power of 150 KW at ingredients with no solubility?
360 rpm. If the allowable shear stress for the key
is 920 kg/cm^2 and the allowable compressive stress a. Binary alloy
is 1300 kg/cm^2. Determine the length of key to be b. Miscible alloy
used. c. Bitectic material
d. Eutectic alloy
a. 2.41 cm
b. 2.73 cm Ans. D
c. 4.42 cm
d. 4.79 cm
Ans. C
A pulley is keyed to a 2 and 1/2 inches diameter Which of the following terms applied to an
shaft by a 7/16 in x 3 in flat key. The shaft interrupted quenching process resulting in an
rotates at 50 rpm. The allowable compressive stress austenite to banite transition?
for the key, hub and shaft are 66 ksi. 59 ksi and 72
ksi, repectively. Determine the maximum torque the a. Austempering
pulley can safety deliver. b. Austenitizing
c. Martempering A. 70
d. Martenitizing B. 69
C. 68
Ans. A
D. 69
Which of the following processes where the material
will become progressively stronger, harder and more Ans. D
brittle until eventually fails?
A sleeve bearing has an outside diameter of 1.5 in
a. Hot working and a length of 2 in, the wall thickness is 3/16 in.
b. Cold Working The bearing is subjected to a radial load of 450 lb.
c. Tempering Find the bearing pressure.
d. Normalizing
Ans. B A. 100 psi

B. 150 psi
C. 200 psi
…. to engage the clutch? D. 250 psi
a. 600 lbs Ans. C

b. 715 lbs
c. 625 lbs
d. 800 lbs Find the torsional deflection, in degrees of a solid
steel shaft 110 mm OD 1.4 m long subjected to 3.1 x
Ans. B N-mm. The torsinal modulus of elasticity is
80,000 N/mm-mm
A set screw 12 mm effective diameter is broken by a
force of 410 N on the end of a spanner 300 mm long. A. 0.22
Find the torque to break a set screw of 16 mm
effective diameter if its breaking stress is 10% B. 0.195
greater than the former. C. 0.28
D. 0.24
a. 320.6 N-m
b. 223.5 N-m Ans. A
c. 230.5 N-m
d. 345.6 N-m A cut gear transmits 25 Hp at a pitch line velocity
of 6000 ft/min. If the service is intermittent the
Ans. A
dynamic load is:
A Warwick screw is used to tighten a guy rope. It
has right-hand thread of 10 mm pitch at the top and A. 244
a left-hand thread of 5 mm pitch at the bottom, and B. 264
the effective radius of the toggle bar is 336 mm. C. 274
Find the velocity. D. 284
Ans. C
a. 220.6
b. 130.5 An internal gearing requires an idler gear if the
c. 140.8 driving gear of 6 inches in diameter and the center
d. 210.5 distance of the idler to the driver is 20 inches.
What is the inside diameter of the driven gear?
Ans. C
A 4 inches diameter shaft is driven at 3600 rpm by a A. 62

400 Hp motor. The shaft drives a 48 inches diameter B. 70
chain sprocket having an output efficiency of 85%. C. 74
The output force of the driving sprocket and the D. 81
output of the driven sprocket are:
Ans. C
A. 200 lb and 250 hp
In a standard bevel gear, the pinion rotates at 150
B. 261.6 lb and 300 hp
C. 291.66 lb and 340 hp rpm, its number of teeth is 14 while the gear has 42
D. None of the above teeth, what is the pitch angle of the pinion?
A. 18.4 degrees
Ans. C
B. 20 degrees
A certain farm equipment which requires 2200 Newton C. 14.5 degrees
mater torque at 500 RPM has a diesel engine to D. 20.5 degrees
operates at 1500 RPM as its prime mover. A No. 60
roller chain with a total length of 60 pitches and a Ans. A.
small sprocket with 23 teeth are to be used with an
operating temperature to remain constant at 45
degree C. Determine the no. of teeth of the larger
sprocket.
In damped free vibration, when the system returns to Compute how many 3/8 inch diameter set screws
its static position with the …… equilibrium, the required to transmit 3 Hp at a shaft speed of 1000
system is said to be rpm. The shaft diameter is 1 inch
A. Underdamped A. 1 ½
B. Overdamped B. 2
C. Resonant C. 3
D. Critically damped D. 1
Ans. D Ans. B
Balancing o grinding wheel is done to A drop hammer of 1 ton dead weight capacity is
propelled downward by a 12 inch diameter cylinder.
A. Make the outside diameter concentric with At 100 psi air pressure what is the impact velocity
the bore if the stroke is 28 inches?
B. Make the sides of wheel parallel
C. Equalize the weight in every portion of the A. 47.4 ft/sec
wheel B. 31.6 ft/sec
D. None of the above C. 15.8 ft/sec
D. 63.2 ft/sec
Ans. C
Ans. B
A grinding wheel is marked as 51A 46L 5V 23, out of
these 5 means A link has a load factor of 0.8 the surface factor
0.8, the surface factor is 0.92 and the endurance
A. Kind of abrasive strength is 28000 psi. Compute the alternating
B. Structure stress of the link if it is subjected to a reversing
C. Kind of bond load. Assume a factor of safety of 3.
D. Grain size
A. 8150
Ans. B B. 10920
C. 9,333
It is also known as diamond pyramid hardness test, D. 7260
uses a pyramid shaped diamond indenter and a load
that ranges from 1 kg to 120 kg. Ans. C
A. Vickers test Determine the average time to cut by automatic oxy-

B. Mohs hardness acetylene (machine) crosswise a 4ft x 8ft x 4in
C. Knoop test thick steel plate.
D. Brinell test
A. 6.85 min.
Ans. A B. 318 sec
C. 10 min
D. 360 sec
Ans. D
The maximum moment induced in a simply supported A 16 mm plate is lapped over and secured by fillet
beam of 20 foot span, by a 2,000 pound load at weld on the inside and outside to form a penstock
midspan is 1.5 meter in diameter. Determine the safe internal
pressure, assuming an allowable stress of 140 MPa on
A. 125,000 ft-lbs the plate and an allowable shear stress of 90 MPa on
B. 15,000 ft-lbs the throat side of the 14 mm fillet weld.
C. 30,000 ft-lbs
D. 10,000 ft-lbs A. 2.376 MPa
B. 3.590 MPa
Ans. D C. 2.843 MPa
D. 1.695 Mpa
A 10" diameter pulley is belt driven with a net
torque of 250 ft-lbs. The ratio of tensions in the Ans. A
tight to stack sides of the belt is 4 to 1. What is
the maximum tension in the belt? Which of the following dynamometer is widely used
for absorption of wide range of powers at wide range
A. 250 lbs. of speeds?
B. 800 lbs.
C. 83 lbs. A. Hydraulic
D. 500 lbs. B. Belt transmission
C. Rope brake
Ans. B D. Electric generator
Ans. A Ans. D
Which of the following dynamometer is used for power In gramophones for adjusting the speed of the tum-
measurement when the speed is high and the viscous table, the following type of governor is commonly
force is small? used
A. Tesla fluid friction dynamometer A. Hartung governor

B. Froude water vortex dynamometer B. Inertia governor
C. Rope brake dynamometer C. Pickering governor
D. Amsler dynamometer D. Wilson hartnell
Ans. A Ans. C
In case of spur gears the flank of the tooth is Shearing the sheet into two or more pieces
A. The part of the tooth surface lying below A. Parting

the pitch surface’ B. Perforating
B. The curve forming face and flank C. Lancing
C. The width of the gear tooth measures axially D. Notching
along the pitch surface
D. The surface of the top of the tooth Ans. A
Ans. A The mechanism used to enlarge or reduce moments for

reproducing drawings to different scales is called
The cam angle is
A. Clinograph
A. The angle of rotation of the cam for a B. Trisquare
definite displacement of the follower C. Graphometer
B. Angle subtended by live portion of cam at D. Bantograph
the cam center’
C. The angle subtended at the cam center by the Ans. D
portion of cam during which the follower
moves Which of the following is a higher pair?
D. The angle subtended by the cam at the cam
center when the follower dwells. A. Thomson an indicator mechanism
B. Double Mc Innes Indicator mechanism
Ans. A C. Hart’s straight line mechanism
D. Tooth gearing mechanism
For a kinematic chain to be considered as mechanism
Ans. D
A. None of the links should be fixed
B. One link should be fixed A process of indenting but not breaking through the
C. Two links should be fixed surface of a workpiece with a punch in order to
D. There is no such criterion produce a cavity of an impression
Ans. B A. Heading
B. Cogging
Slip in belt drive is C. Barreling
D. Piercing
A. Loss of power
B. Difference between the angular velocities of Ans. D
two pulleys
C. Difference between the velocities of two A turbine developing 15,000 Hp turns the shaft at
pulleys 300 rpm. The propeller attached to this shaft
D. Difference between the linear speed of the develops a thrust of 150,000 lb. A hollow steel
rim of pulley and the belt on it. shaft having an outside diameter of 14 in. is to be
Ans. D the maximum shearing stressed based on the torsion
alone is not to exceed 7500 psi. What is the
Multiple collars are provided on a flat collar pivot percentage savings in weight.
bearing to
Ans. %W saving = 37.3%
A. Increase frictional resistance
B. To establish self-sustaining bearing A short compression member with Do= 2Di is to
condition support a dead load of 25 tons. The material is to
C. Distribute the frictional load due to be 4130. A short compression member with Do= 2Di is
limiting friction to support a dead load of 25 tons. The material is
D. Distribute the axial load due to limiting to be 4130 steel, WQT 1100⁰F. Calculate the outside
bearing pressure on a collar
and inside diameters on the basis of yield strength A. 0.46 hp
of 114 ksi and factor of safety of 2. B. 0.66 hp
C. 0.75 hp
Ans. Do=1.22 in. and Di=0.61 in. D. 0.83 hp
A 15/16-in wide key has a depth of 5/8 in. It is 12 Ans. D

inches long and is to be used on a 200 hp, 1160 rpm,
squirrel-cage induction motor. The shaft diameter is A broach is used to cut a key way 8mm wide, 5mmm
3 7/8 inches. The maximum running torque is 200% of deep in a boss 64mm long. Determine the cutting
the full-load torque. Determine the maximum length of broach if the rise per tooth is 0.0875mm
compressive stress of the key and the number of finishing teeth is 13.
A. 779 psi A. 672 mm

B. 997 psi B. 627 mm
C. 197 psi C. 762 mm
D. 279 psi D. 726 mm
Ans. B Ans. C
A storage tank for air, 36 inche in diameter, is to Calculate the power of electric motor for a drilling
withstand an internal pressure of 200 psi with a machine to drill a hole 15 mm diameter in cast iron
design factor of 4 based on Su. The steel has the workpiece at 450 rpm and 0.2 mm feed. The specific
strength equivalent to C1020 annealed and the welded power is 0.03 kW and efficiency of motor is 80%.
joints should have a relative strength (efficiency)
of 90%. If Su for annealed C1020 steel is 57 ksi. A. 0.6 kW
Compute the longitudinal stress. B. 0.9 kW
C. 0.7 kW
A. 128,000 psi D. 0.4 kW
821,000 psi Ans. A
B. 800,000 psi A double square thread screw is used to raise a load

C. 12,800 psi of 20,000 lb at a velocity of 3 fpm. Outside
diameter of thread and pitch are 2 7/8 in. and 1 in.
Ans. D respectively. Collar friction coefficient is 0.12,
thread friction coefficient is 0.10. Mean diameter
The mass of a flywheel is 175 kg and its radius of of collar 5 in. Determine the power required to
gyration is 380 mm. Find the torque required to drive the screw.
attain a speed of 500 rpm from rest in 30 seconds.
A. 3.45 hp
A. 40.46 N B. 4.29 hp
B. 44.12 N C. 4.65 hp
C. 35.66 N D. 5.02 hp
D. 38.48 N
Ans. B
Ans. B
Two 2 ¾ in sellers standard square thread screws are
A steel bar 24 in. in length is to withstand a used to raise and lower a hydraulic gate weighing 60
tensile impact load caused by a weight of 100 lb tons. A 570 rpm electric motor operates the screws.
having a velocity on impact of 140 fpm. Find the The coefficients of collar and thread friction are
stress in the bar if the diameter is 1 ½ in and the 0.03 and 0.14 respectively. The mean diameter of the
modulus of Elasticity (E) is 30x psi. collar 4in. if the gate rises at the rate of 2fpm,
determine the size of the motor required to lift the
Ans. S=12,000 psi gate if the mechanical efficiency is 85% for the
speed reducing equipment.
The cylinder head of a 10in x 18in. freon compressor
is attached by 10 stud bolts made of SAE grade 5. A. 20 hp
The cylinder pressure is 300 psi. What is the B. 30 hp
approximate tightening torque should be used to C. 34 hp
induce a tightening stress (St) of 0.90 times the D. 24 hp
proof stress if the diameter of the bolt is 5/8 in
and coefficient of collar friction c = 0.2? Ans. C
Ans. T = 2161 in-lb A crate weighing 4,000 lb is moving at a speed of

Calculate the power consumed during cutting of a low spring in stopping the crate, the springs are to be
carbon steel bar 40 mm diameter if cutting force is compressed 8 in. If the spring index is 6 and the
150 kg at 200 rpm. allowable stress is 52,000 psi, determine the
maximum load on each springs.
A. 1491 lbs The kinematics chain in which one link is considered
B. 2037 lbs fixed for the purpose of analysis but motion is
C. 1675 lbs possible in other links.
D. 2453 lbs
A. Belting
Ans. A B. Mechanism
C. Frame
What describes very rough grinding such as that D. Sprocket Chain
risers from castings? Ans. C
A. Snagging What describes very rough grinding, such as that

B. Honing performed in foundries to remove gates, fins and
C. Lapping risers from castings?
D. Snugging
A. Snagging
Ans. A B. Honing
C. Lapping
Which of the following is a single measure that D. Snugging
with a gear drive’s reliability and operating life? Ans. A
A. Ratio factor Two spur wheels in gear transmit a power 6.7 kW. The
B. Service factor driver has 40 teeth of 12 mm pitch and runs at 7
C. Reliability factor rev/s,find the force on the teeth.
D. Life factor
a. 2.0 kN
Ans. C b. 1.0 kN
c. 3.0 kN
What is the term used to described the distance from d. 4.0 kN
measures along the base circle.
Ans. A
A. Diametral Pitch
B. Circular Pitch
C. Normal Pitch
D. Chordal pitch
Ans. C
Which of the following is the best method used for

increasing a spring’s fatigue life?
A. Sprickling
B. Shot peening
C. Stress relieving
D. Shot relieving
Ans. B
What is the term applied to parallel forces equal in

magnitude but opposite direction?
A. Concurrent forces
B. Non-concurrent forces
C. Couple
D. Equillibrant
Ans. C
It is one of the rigid members / bodies joined

together to form a kinematic chain.
A. Coplanar
B. Link
C. Frame
D. Machine
Ans. B

Kathniel Break Up

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Kathniel Break Up

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Republic of the Philippines

PROFESSIONAL REGULATION COMMISSION

BOARD OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Registered Mechanical Engineer Licensure Examination

INSTRUCTION: Select the correct answer for each of the following

2. In designing a cylindrical pressure tank 3 feet in

3. A flywheel weighing 6 kN has a mean diameter of 90 cm. The

4. When measuring a drill for size measure across the:

5. The tool used in precision work to smooth or enlarge holes

6. Which of the following chisels would be used for cutting

7. Which of the following is not a cut of file?

8. Which of the following is the smallest size drill?

9. Two parallel shaft connected by pure rolling turn in the

10. What modulus of elasticity in tension is required to obtain

11. Determine the bursting steam pressure of a steel plate with

12. What is the working strength of a 2 in bolt which is

13. Which of the following is the largest size drill?

14. The size of a drill is stamped on the:

15. Which of the following safety precautions should be followed

16. Which of the following safety precautions should be

17. Before installing a new flange gasket be sure that the:

18. On a standard wire gage:

19. Which of the following tools would be most useful when

20. The cutting action in on both stokes in

21. The straddle milling is done by means of two

24. There are two different movements of the crank in

25. In a vertical milling machine the spindle is situated to

26. Planer type built machine is built up for work of

27. In a straddle milling operation how many cutters are used

29. A body weighing 1000 lb falls 6 inches and strikes a 2000

30. A 60 inch diameter steel pipe, 3/8 inch thick, carries

33. A round steel bar 12 inches long is to withstand a dead

34. How long will it take to saw a rectangular piece of steel

36. In a slotter, the table gets ___ different feeds

37. If a clearance of a cutting edge is 15 deg, the lip (wedge)

38. The approximate hardness of HSS end mill cutter is

39. When the feed motion takes place in a slotting machine

43. A polygon with 9 flats is to be milled using the indexing

44. Where the relieved cutters are reground?

45. What happens if the job is loosely fitted between centers

46. Internal and external taper on cylindrical jobs are ground

47. Which of the following is used to clean the gauge blocks

48. The grade of grinding wheel depends upon

49. Which kind of bond is commonly used?

51. A grinding wheel is marked as 51A 46L 5V 23, out of these 5

52. Balancing of grinding wheel is done to

53. Taps are resharpened by grindings

55. Choose the economical type of material for gears that

56. Allowance added in the casting pattern to compensate for

57. Ratio of the angle of action to the pitch angle

58. The principle materials used in the production of metal

59. Also called eccentrically loaded bearing is ________.

62. Height of tooth above pitch circle or the radial distance

63. The function of clutch in the machine tool is?

64. The rule of thumb in journal bearing design; the clearance

65. Cold rolled shafting is not available in diameter larger

66. The cast iron flywheels are commonly designed with a

67. A pair of equal and opposite (not collinear) forces that

68. The ratio of the pitch diameter in inches to the number of

69. When high strength and durability are a requirements for

70. The distance between similar, equally-spaced tooth surfaces

73. The most known lubricants being utilized in whatever

* END *

A. less than 0.008 C. 0.30 0.80